THE UPAS T RE E OF D ISEA SE

m mno m no t All w ar mm m m , o “ w A) : : , n r an

m mm o mmmm I
“ r 14 . mm mm m m u
a .
”
f 1 8 711 : 1 : se

or n oun ons o N
r nau I mn o n u mooumm
a
’
s w s. t is
-
e w r :

m aw m uum m mom m uo n m mm v w w x

m oons
,

u" .
N atur e C ur e

UNITY OF DISEASE AND

-
H L I N D LA H R ,
. MD . .

S ECO N D E D I T I O N

C HI CAGO

535 South M i mi Boul

a evar d

1 91 4
Cow m an , 1 9 1 3 , by H . L m
nuum M D
, . .

COPYRI GHT , 1 9 1 4 , by H . MD . .

A ll Rights Reser ved

 IND E X

ca m
In trod uction
I What is Natur e Cure t .

Caw chismof Nature C u

.

II . re

III . What is Life ?

IV The Unity of Disease and Treatme nt
—Th e Thr ee Primary C auses of
.

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

of Disease
VI .
—
Th e Laws of Cure The Law of Dual

Suppre ssion the C ause of Chronic

Infl am mation The Five S tages of

—
Inflammatio n
The E fl ec ts of S upp r ession on Ven
er eal Di seases — The Destructive
After Meets of Mercury
-

Suppressive S ur gical T reatm mi t of

"

Tonsilitis and Enlarged Adenoids

—
,

C ancer Not a Local but a Con sti ,

tu ti onal Disease
—
Woman s Suffering The Climacte r ic
’

or Change of Life
The Treatmen t of Acute Diseases by
Natural Methods — The Natural
Remedies — The Electra Magnetic -

E fiec ts of Cold W ater Applications

-
,
 IND EX

n ot

The True S cope of —

Medicine Dr
Medicin e Inorganic
.

“ ”—
Od er on
Minerals an d Mineral Poisons The
—
EE c ien cy of the S m all Dose
H o m e o p a t h y a Compleme nt of

—
Homeop athy Th e Per so nal Respo nsi
b ility of the Cell
The Diphtheria Antitoxi n
XVII . Vaccination
—
S urgery De struction or Cur e ; Which
is Better The Hum an Body a Unit,
-

Chronic Diseases
— —
Cris es Dise ase C r i e s H e a l in g
s
—
C r i s e s Drugs Versus Healin g

—
Periodicity The Law of Sevens .

Wh at Abo ut the Ch r onic l— I t take s

so lo n g— Afraid of Co ld W ater
—
Pull the Ro ots I s the Ch r o nic to
be Left to H is Fate Becaus e A llo
—
pathy S ay s H e is I nc ur ab le l Why
'

Nature Cure Achieve s R esul ts

The Tre atm e nt of Chronic Diseases
—
Di a gnosis from the Eye T he S tory
of a Gre at D iscove r y

XXI V .
—
Vita lity S tim ulati on by Paralysis
Hypnotism an d O bse ssio n .

Natural Di etetics—M i xin g Fruits and

Vegetables—Mixin g S ta rches and
Acid Fruits
—
Acid Diseases The Rel atio nship b e
tween Foo ds and Acid Dise ases . 2 90
—
Fasti ng When Fast in g is Indicated 301 ,

XXVI II . Hydrotherapy in the Treatment of

 M) !
P
—
Air and Light Baths The Importance
of the S kin as an O rgan of E limin a
tion
—
Correct Bre athing R h y t h m i c a l
—
Bre athing Yogi Breathing
Physical Exercises
Manipulativ e T r eatme nt—Massage
—
Osteopathy Chiropractic
The Legitimate S cope of Mental and
Metaphysical Healing
The Difl er en ce Between Fun ctional
a n —
and O rg i c Disease The Limita
tions of Metaphysical Healing
The Two fold Attitude of M
.

-
ind and
Soul. 3 85
3 90
XXXVII The Three fold Constituti on of Man
-
3 93
—
Mental Therapeutics Posi tive Afiir
.
,

How Shall We Pray ?

Scientifi c Rel ax ati on and N or m al
—
Suggestion R e l a x a t i o n While
Working .

Concl usion The S tren gthenin g of

-

Will Power an d Self Control

- -
 TO T H E PRO G RE S S I VE PHY S I C IANS OF
T HE AG E

H E RE are two principal methods of tre ating dis

ease One is the combative the other the p r e
.
,

v en ti ve The trend of modern medical research and

.

practice in our gre at colleges an d endowed research

institutes is almost entir ely alon g comb ative lines while ,

the indi vid ual p r ogr essive p hysici an lea rns to work mo re
,

and more along preventive lines The slogan of mode r n .

“
medical science is Kill the ger m and cur e the dis
,
"
ease. The usual proced ure is to wait un til ac ute or
chronic diseases ha v e fully developed and then if pos , ,

sible to subd ue them by means of drugs sur gic al oper a

, ,

tions an d by means of the mo r bid prod ucts of disea se

, ,

in the form of serums an titoxins v acci nes etc The

, , ,
.

combative method fights disease with di sease poison with ,

poison an d germs with ge r ms an d ger m prod ucts 1 11

,
.

the lang uage of the Good Book it is Beelzeb ub against

“
,

”
the Devil .

The preventive meth od does not wait until diseases

ha ve fully developed and gain ed the ascen d ancy in the
body but concentrates its best endeavors on preve nting
ral methods oftreatm
, .

by hygie n ic livi ng and by n at u ent ,

the developmen t of diseases By these it endeavo rs to

.

put the h uman body i n such a no rmal healthy con ditio n ,

that it is practically proof against in fection or contagio n

by disease tain ts and mi m
as s, an d against the inr oads of
germs bacteria and parasites
,
.

The question is which method is the most practical ,

the m
,

ost successful and most pop ular ? Which will

2 s u m cus s
stand the test of the u
s r vival of the fittest in the
gr eat struggle for ex istence l
The medical profession has good reason to be alarm ed
by the in roads made in its work by irregular unor ,

thodox systems schools and cults of treating h u

, man ail
men ts ; but instead of raging at the audacious p resum p
o

tion of these interloper s would it not be better to

,

in quire if there is not some reason for the astonishing

spread and popularity of these therape utic innovations ?
Thei r succemundoubtedly is based on the fact that
they concentrate thei r best efiorts on preventive instead
of combative methods of treati ng disease People are .

beginni ng to realize that it is cheaper and more adv an

tageou s to prev ent disease than to cu re it To create .

and maintain continuous buoyant good h ealth means

,

greater efi ci enc y for men tal and physical work greater ,

capacity for the true e njoyment of life and the best ,

insurance against failure and poverty Therefore, he .

who builds health is of greater val ue to humanity than

he who allows people to drift in to disease through ignor
ance of Nature s laws and then attempts to cure them
’
,

by doubtful and uncertain combative methods .

It is said that in C hina the physician is hired and

paid by the year ; that he receives a certain stipend as
long as the membe r s of the family are in good health ,

bu t th at the sa lary is suspended as long as one of his

cha rges is ill If some similar method of engaging and
.

paying for medical services were in vogue in thi s coun

try the trend of medical research and practice would
soon undergo a radical ch ange .

The diet expert, the hydropath the physi cal cul ,

turist the adjuster of the spin e the mental healer and

, , ,

Ch ristian scientist do not pay much attention to the

,

pathological conditions or to the symptoms of disease .

 w ar m CURE 3

T hey regulate the diet and habits of living on a natural

basis promote elimination teach correct breathing and
, ,

who lesome ex ercise correct the mechanical lesions of the

,

spine establish the right men tal and emotional attitude

,

and in so f
, ar as they succeed in doing this they bu ild ,

health and dim inish the possi bili ty of disease The ene
cmf
.

ul doctor ofthe futur e w i ll have to fall in li ne w ith

the procession and do more teachin g than prescrib ing .

I realis e that many of the statements and clai ms made

in this volume will seem radical and ir ratio nal to my
colleag ues of the regular sch ool of medicine They will
°

say that m ost of my teachin gs are contrary to the firmly

established theories of medical science All I ask of
themis not to j u
.

dge too hasti ly ; to obser ve to think

m
,

and to test and l a certai n that they w ill fin d verified

in actual experience many of the teachings of the Nat ure
Cure Philosophy M edical science has had to abandon
.

innumerable theories and practices which at one time

w ere as fir mly established as some of the pet theories

of today .

By none of the state ment made

s in this book do l
mean to deny the necessity of combative methods under
cer tain cir cu mstances What iah to em
.
p has ize is

that the regular school of medicine is spen ding too much

of its efl or t along combative lines an d not en ough a long
preventive It would be foolish to deny the n ecessity
.

of surgery in trauma tism an d in abn ormal con ditions

,

which req uire mechani cal means of adjustment or

treatment
Such necem
.

i ty, for instan ce will exist in certain

,

obstetrical cases as long as women have not learned or

ch a w ay as to m
, ,

ar e not w illi ng tol i ve in su ake su r gi

cal interventi on unnec essary in child birth The same -

e w i th regar d to the treatm ent of ger mdiseusa

.

is tr u .
4

As lon g as p p
e l
persist in vi olating the law s of their
o e

being and thereby making their bodies prolific breeding

,

grounds for disease tainta germs and parasites which ,

are bound to provoke inflammatory feverish processes ,

’
( Na ture s cleansing and healin g efior ts ) combative meas
um w ill
,

have to be resor ted to by the p hysician, and

preca utionary measures against infection will have to

be observed but these sho uld be in har m
, ony with
Nature s en deavors not con trary and suppressive ; they
’
,

should tend to conserve and not to destroy .

Natural dietetics, fastin g hydropa thy ost eopathy , , ,

chiropractic and mental therape utics are combative as

, ,

well as preventive but if properly applied they do not

,

in any way inj ure the o r ganism or interfere with

Nature s inten t and N ature s methods This cannot be
’ ’
.

said for much of the surgical and medical treatment

of the old school of med icine We c r iti cize an d condemn .

only those methods which are suppressive and destruo

tive instead of cur ative .

In man y instances already the warnings and teachi ngs

of Nature C ure Philosophy have bee n verified and had ,

to be heeded and accepted by medical science The .

exponents of Nature C ure protested against the bar

baro us practice of withholdin g water from patients burn
ing in fever he at and aga in st the excl u
,
sion of fr esh air

from the sickroom by or der of the doctor The col d .

water and no drug tre atment of typhoid fever the water ,

treatmen t for other ac ute diseases as well as the open ,

air treatmen t for tuberc ulosis we re forced upon the ,

medical profession by the Nature Cure people For .

more than half a century the latte r have been curing all
i nflammatory fev erish diseases from simple colds to
, ,

scarlet feve r diphtheria cerebro spinal meningitis small

, ,
-
,

pox appen dicitis etc etc by hydropathy fasting and

, , , .
, , , ,

other n atural methods without resorting at all to the

.
 '
u
N a r s s cone 5

use of poisonous drugs antitoxins and surgical opera

,
.

X Ray treatmen t, of extirpa tion of the ova ries, the

-

womb and of other vital org ans became so p atent that

, ,

the physici ans of the regular school co uld not i gn o r e them

As far back as ten years when the X Rays were

ago, -

in high fa vor for the tre atmen t of cancer lup u s and , ,

other diseases I warned agai nst the use of these rays

, ,

claimin g tha t thei r vibr ato r y velocity was too high an d

powerful and therefore destructive to the tissues of the
,

human body S ince the failure of the X Rays and the

.
-

discov ery of Radio activi ty the rays and emanations

-
,

of radi um and other radio ac tive substan ces are widely

-

adve r tised and exploited as therape utic agents but thm ,

rays also are far beyond the vibratory ranges of the

physical body in veloci ty and power Therefore it re .
,
.

mains to be seen whether th ei r inj urious by and after

efl ects do not ou t weigh in the lon g ru n their beneficial

ef fects
.

The destructive acti on of these high power rays as ,

w ell as of inorganic min erals is very slow an d insidio u

,
s ,

manifestin g only in the course of many years This .

new field of therape u tics therefore has not yet passed

, ,

the stage of dangerous experimen ta tion .

Inorganic minerals prove inj urious and destructive to

the tissues of the human body be cause they are too slow
in vibratory velocity an d too coarse in molecular strue
,

It is the inte nt and purpose of this volume to warn

against the exp loitation of destructive combative meth
 INTROD U CTI O N

T was the following letter from M r William Lo u

. de n
“
to the editor of H ealth Cultur e which prompted
”

the author to issue the Natur e C ur e M

“
agazi ne
”
(p ub
lished from November 1 907 to October , ,
In the,

series of boob of which this is the first vol ume he will ,

endeavor to collect an d systematize all his former writ

in gs in the N atur e C ur e Magazi ne
“ ” “
H ealth C u
,
l
”
Notu
” “ ” “
tu re, Life and A c tion, the rop oth the ,
“ ”
Volksr ath an d other p u
,
blicat ions and to amplify
,

these by new material obtain ed through further research

and wider experience .

Mn An m r Tum
a ,
“
of H ealth Culture
E ditor
Dun Sta—I wr ite to ask wh at you consider the best
.

b ook or pamphlet to put into the han ds of people gen

er ally in r egard to the pres erv atio n of hea lth I
, .

kn ow there are a n umber of v er y excellent p ublica

tions but as a rul e they deal with certa in details or
,

phases of the questi on and do not begin with the great

,

under lying p r in ciples in such a w ay as to attract and

hold the attentio n of the mass es One advoc ates one
.

plan and another an entirely di fl er ent an d sometim es

, ,

—
a directly opposite plan suc h as uncooked v s thoa .

oughly cooked food ; a strictly vegetarian diet and ,

mental c ulture in place of attention to either , etc .

Such a state of af fair s m akes it confusing to average

people and gets them to be lieve that health reformers
ar e all at sea, and what is good f or one is not good for

7
3 IN TRODUCT I O N

another , or , in co mmon language, w hat is one man ’

s

Now , I know it is nat r al, u and doubtless beat,

that th ere should be a difi er enc e of opinion on any
q uestion but at the same time i f any moveme nt is to
, ,

be crowned with great success there should be some ,

un derlying principles upon which all should agree

ld be prm d to the forefron t so as to
,

and these shou ,

attrac t and hold the atte ntio n of the people in place ,

of the div ergent details upo n which they disagree If .

thes e fundamental laws and principles are thoroughly

s tudi ed and well defined it may be found that they ,

would explai n the disc r epancies b etween the di fier en t

theories and that un der certa in c o nditions one plan
, ,

is best and tha t und er di fl er ent c on ditio ns an other

,

plan is more applicable etc The pushing of these ,

.

fund amental pri nci ples to the front would also ten d to
c orr ec t e rr ors in to whi ch the di fier en t theorists have

fallen a nd would certainly te nd to make the different

,

theo ries more homogeneo us and more easily under

stood by people in general than at present , .

I n my opinion the gen eral fun dam ental principles

.

of life an d h ealth are wh at people n eed to understand

more than anythi ng el se Without this most of the .

,

details will be meaningless or at least confusin g dog

mas I don t me an by these fundamen tal principles
'
.

the details of an a tomy or for th at ma tter the details

, , ,

of an ythin g else bu t the general rules governi n g life

,

and de ath so that people m

, ay know which way they

are tending and may understand the many illusions

,

wi th which life and death as well as all else in nature

T om
,

are beset . s truly '

Lo ud en Mfg . Co , .

Fai rfield, Iowa .

 INTRODU CTION

c o n fusion ; ,
—
in sh ort empirical and n ecessarily , a fail
ur e .

Many teachers of Nature Cure Hygiene and Health

,

c ults have st umbled ac cidentally upo n some of the

n atur al laws and true methods of healin g but have ,

failed to grasp and to form ulate the broad underlying

p r i n c iples F or.this r eason they are often par tly ri ght
and partly wro n g and very ap t to overdo certai n

method s to the neglect of others j ust as efiecti ve and

essenti al or even more so
, .

I shall endea vor in these vol um es to formulate and

el ucidate some of the fun damen ta l l aws an d p r inciples
under lyi ng the phe nomena of life and death health
O
, ,

disease and c ure an d sh all try to asc erta in in the light

,

of these law s how m uch of truth and how m uch of

error how m uch of usefulness and how m uch of har m
,

fulness there m ay be contain ed in the various theories

and systems of livin g and of healing .

One of the reasons why Nature Cure is not mor e

popular with the m edical pr of ession an d the p ublic is
that it is too sim ple The average mind is mo r e im
.

p r essed by the involved an d mysterious th an by the

simple and commo n sense -
.

“
However it r emains a fac t th at exact science re
,

d uces complexity and confusion to simplicity and clear

n ess S cien ce becomes ex ac t science on ly when the un
.

der lyi ng law s which correla te and unify its scattered

facts and theorie s have been discovered .

These simple laws rightly understood and applied

will do for medical science wh at the law of gravitation

m
has done for physic s and astro nomy and what the laws,

of chemical a ni ty have done for chemistry, they wi ll

 IN TRO DU CTIO N 11

place medical scie nce i n the ran ks of ex act scie nces .

The understandin g an d prope r applic a tion Of these

truths will expl ain every fact and phenomenon in the
processes of health disease an d c ure and will enable
, ,

the student to reaso n from simple nat ur al laws and

,

principles to their lo gical e f fects The . R egular

school of medicin e so far has e ndeavored to bui ld a
, .

“ ”
medical scien ce on the O bserv ation of e ffects and
“ "
experien ces
, but sin ce one fun d amen tal law Of
nature may prod uce a million seemi ngly difier in g cl
fects it b ecomes self evide n t th at it is utterly im
-
p os

sible to found an exact scie nce on such u ncertai n and

confl icti ng eviden ce .

The p r ima ry laws and prin ciple s o nce und erstood it

,

bec omes easy to reason from and to expla in through

them the various phen omena which they prod uce
,
.

Herein lie the merit and achievement of the Nature

Cure philosophy .
 N A T U R E C UR E
CHAPT E R I

T is vastly mor e th an a system Of c uring aches and

I pains ; it is a com plete revoluti on in the ar t and
sci ence of living It is the p r actic al realization an d
.

app lication of all that is good in nat u ral science phil ,

osophy and religion Like many another world wide

,
.
-

revol ution and reform ation it had its inceptio n i n Ger

,

many the land Of thinke rs and philosophers

, .

About seventy yea rs ago this greatest and most

b en efic en t of refo r m a to r y movements w as inaugur ated
by Priess nitz in Grafe n b e r g a sm all v illage in the
,

S ilesian mo untains The ori gin ator of N ature C ure

.

was a simple fa r m er b ut he had a n atural ge nius for

,

the ar t O f healin g .

His pharmac opei a consisted not in poiso no us pills

and poti ons but in plenty of exercise fres h mountain ,

air water treatmen ts in the cool sparkli n g brooks

, , ,

and simple wholesom , e country fare co nsistin g largely

,

of black bread vegetables and milk fresh from cows

, ,

fed on n utritio us mountain grasses .

The results accomplished by thes e simple me an s were

won d erful Before he died a l arge sani ts ri um fill ed
.
, ,

with patients from all over the world and from all
sta tions of life had grown up around his for est home
Am ong those who m
.

ade the pilgrimage to G rafen

13
14 NATURE cuss

berg to become patient s an d students of this genial

healer the simple min ded far mer physician were
,
-
,

wealthy mer chants prin ces and doctors from all parts
, ,

of the wo r ld .

Rapidly the idea Ofdr ugless he alin g spread ove r Ger

many and over the civilized wor ld In the Fatherland .
,

Hahn the apothec ar y K uhn e the weaver Rik li the man

, ,

ufactur er Fathe r Kn eipp the priest Lehman n the doc

, ,

tor an d T u
,
r nvater J ahn the fo u nder of physical cul ,

ture bec ame e nth usiasti c p upils and followers of

,

Priessn itz .

Each one of these m en enl arged an d enriched some

special field of the gre at r ealm O f nat ur al heali n g .

S ome el abora ted the w ate r cur e an d natural dietetic s ,

others invented v ario us system s O f manipul ative treat

ment earth air and light cures magnetic healin g
, , ,
-
, ,

me nt al therape utic s curative gymn astics etc etc Von

, , , .

Peck zely ad ded the Di a gn osis from the Ey e which t e ,

veal s not o nly the i nn ermost secrets Of the h uman or

ga niam but also N ature s w ays and means of cure and
,
’
,

the changes for better or for worse con tin ually occ ur
ring in the body .

In this country Dr T r all of New Yo r k Dr Jackson

, .
,
.

of Danville Dr Kellogg of Battle Creek and other s

, .
,

caught the infection and cr ossed the ocean to become

students of Priessnitz The achievements of these men .

in their respective fi elds of endeavor will stand as en

d ur ing monum ents to the etern al truths revealed by the
genius Of Nature Cure .

Q u i mby ,
the itinerant spi r it ualis t and healer he ,

came successful and ren owned by the application O f

the natural methods of cure At first his favorite .

methods we re water, massa ge magnetic and mental ,

treatment Gradually be conc en trated hi s efl or ts on

.
 WHAT Is NATURR w as : 15

metaphysicalmethod s of c ur e and befo re he died he , ,

evolved a complete system Of ma gnetic and mental

Q i
’
u mby s teachi ngs an d methods were adopted by
Mr s Eddy his most en thusiastic pupil and by her
.
, ,

elaborated into Ch ristian S cience the latest and most ,

successful of modern men tal healin g cults -

Dr Sti ll of Kirksville M
.

. i ssouri made a val uable

, ,

additi on to natural methods of tr ea tment by the I nv en

ti on of Osteopathy a system Of scien tific mani pulatio n
,

of the bony structures n e r v es and nerve centers , ,

muscles and ligaments A l ater developmen t of m

,
. a nip
ulati v e scien ce is Chiropra ctic originated by Dr Pal , .

mer of D avenport Iowa ,

.

Thus the simple pio nee r s of G erman Nature Cure ,

ever y one of them gifted by Na ture with the instinct

and ge ni us of the true healer who is born n ot made , , ,

laid the fo undati on for the world wide modern health -

culture movement .

They were n ot blinded or co nfused by the conflic n

a

theories of books and a uthorities or by the action of ,

a thousand difl er ent drugs on a legion Of difl erent

symptoms but applied com mon sense reasoni ng to the -

ution oftho problem

,

sol s ofhealth , di sease, u

and c r e .

They went for in spiration to field and forest rather

than to the murky atmosphere Of the dissecting and
vi v isecti on rooms They studied the whole and not
ses as w ell as efiects snd sym m
.

onI y the parts ; cau pto s .

Realizing that man had los t his natural ins tin ct and
’
strayed far away from Nature 8 ways they studied and ,

imita ted the natural habits of the animal creation

rath er than the confusing doctrines of the schools .

“ ”
Thus they proclaimed the return to Nature and
“ "
the new gospel of heal th , which are desti ned to fr ee
15 NATURE CURE

humanity from the destr uctive infl uences of alcoholism

meat eating the dope and tobacco habit and of drug
,

~
, ,

poisoning vaccination surgical mutil ation vivisection

, , , ,

and a thousand other abuses practiced in the name of

When parents learn how to children in a ccord

cr ea te

with n atural law how to moul d th eir bodi es and their

,

ch aracters into harmony and bea uty befor e the new li fe

sees the light of day , when they learn to rear their 0& -

spri ng in health O fbody and p urity of mind in harmony

with the laws O f their bein g then we sh all h ave tr ue
,

types of beautiful manhood and womanhood then ,

children will no lon ger be a c urse and a burden to

themselves and to those w hb brin g them in to the world
or to soci ety at large
These thoughts are not the mere dream
.

s of a vision
ary When we see the wonderful changes wro ught i n
.

a human being by a few months or yea r s O f rational

living and treatment it seem s not im possible or im
,

probable that these ideals may be realized w ithin a

few ge nerati ons .

Children th us born and reared in h arm ony with the

law will be the futur e masters of the ea r th They will .

need neither gold nor influ ence to win in the race of

—
life their innate powers of body and soul will m ake
them victors over ev ery circumstance The oflspring .

of alcoholism drug poisoning and sexual perversity

, ,

will cut but sorry fi gures in comparison with the man

hood and wom anhood of a true and noble aristocracy of
health .
13 N ATURE CURE

What is Destr u
thecti ve Princi ple in Nature ?

The destructive principle in Nature is i hat p rin ci ple

which dis in tegrat es and destroys existing for ms and
types and whose activity i n Nature is desi gnated as
,

devolutionary and destructive

What is Nor m
.

al or N atu r al ?

That is normal or n atural which is in harmonic rela

tion with the life p urposes Of the individual .

What is Health ?
Health is normal and harmonious vibration O f the
e lements an d forces composin g the h uman entity on
the p hysical mental moral an d spiritual planes of be
, , ,

in g in co nformity with the constructive principle of

,

N ature applied to individual li fe .

What is Disease?
Disease is ab normal or inha r monious vibration of
the elements an d forc es composing the hum an entity
on on e or more planes O fbeing in conformity with the
,

destructive prin ciple of Nature applied to individual

What is the Pri mry Oau

a se of Disease?
The primary cause of disease barrin g accid ental or ,

surgical injury to the h uman organism and surro und

’
ings hostile to human life is violati on of Nature s law s
What is the Meet of Violation of Natur e s
.
,
’

Law : on the Physi cal Hum an Organis ? m

The efl ect of violation Of Nature s laws on the phys
ical human organism is

2 . Abnor mal ompo iti on of blood

c s and m
ly ph .

These conditions are identical with disease because

m
,

they tend to lower hinder or inh ib it nor al f

, ,unction
 CAT ECHI SM or NATURE CURE 19

( harmonious vibration ) , and because they engender

and promote des truction of living tissues .

What is Acute Disease? s

What is comm only called acute disease is i n

reality the result of Nature s efl orts to elimin ate from
'

the organism waste matter foreign matter and poisons

, , ,

and to repair injury to living tissues In oth er words,.

ever y so called ac
-
ute di sease is the result of a cleansing
and healing sh ort of Nature The real disease is low
.

ered vitality abnorm al composition of the vital fluids

,

( blood an d lymph ) and the

, res ult in g accum ulation of

What is Chr onic

Disease?
( )
a Chro n ic disease is a co n ditio n of the organism
in which lowered vibration ( lowered vitality ) , due to
the a cc um ulation of waste matter and poisons with ,

the conseq ue nt d estruction of vital parts and orga ns ,

has pr ogra sed to such an extent that Nature s con ’

s tructive and healin g forces are no lon ger able to react

against the disease conditions by ac ute corrective ef

forts ( healin g crises ) .

( )
b C hronic disease is a condit i on of the o r ganism
in which the morbid en cumbrances have gained the
ascen dancy and prevent acute reaction ( healing crises )
on the part of the co nstructive forces of N ature .

( c ) Chronic disease is the inability of the organism

“ ”
to react by acute efior ts or healing crises against
constitutional disease conditions .

What is a Healing Crisis ?

“ "

A healing crises is an acute reaction resulting from ,

’
the ascendancy of Nature s healing forces over disease
conditi ons Its tendency is towards recovery and it is
.
, ,
’
therefore in conformity with Nature s constructive
,
20 NA TUR E CUBE

Are All Acnte B-eacti m He ling O i u?

a r s

No , there are healing crises and disease crises .

What is a Diseas e Crisis ?

“ "

A disease crisis is an ac ute reaction resulting from

the ascend ancy of disea se co nditions over the healing
forces of the organ ism I ts tendency is toward fatal
termi n ation and it is the r efore in conform
.

, , , ity with
Nature s destructive prin ciple
’
.

What is Cure?
Cure is the rea dj ustmen t of the h uman organism
from a bnorm al to normal co n ditions an d functions
What Methods of Cur e ar e in Confor m
.

ity with
the Constr uctive Pri ncip le in Natur e?
Those method s which
1. Establish n o r mal surroundin gs and natu r al
h abits of life in accord with N atur e s l aw s ’
.

2. E co nomiz e vital force .

3. Build up the blood on a nat ural basis th at is , .

su pply the blood with its n atural c onstituents in r ight

p r oportio n s .

4. P rom ote the eliminati o n of waste matter an d

poiso ns without in any w ay i nj uring the h um an b ody .

5 . Aro use the individual in the high est po ssi ble de

gr ee to the co nscio usn ess of personal acco unta b ility
and the n ecessity of in telli ge nt perso nal efl or t an d self

help
Ar e Medi cines in C onform
.

i ty with the C on
str uctive Pr inci ple in Nature ?
Medic ines ar e in c onformity with the constructive
p rinciple in N at ure in so fa r as they in thems elve s are
rious and destructi v e to the hum
, ,

not inju an o r ganism

and in so far as they act as tissue foods and promote
the neutraliza tion and elimination of morbi d m att er
and poisons .
 OAT Ro m sN or NA TURE w as 31

M Poi sonous Dr u
gs and Pr o iscuous Bur gim

Poisono us drugs and prom iscuous operations are not

in conform ity with the constructive principle in Nature ,

because
1 . They suppress acute diseases or reactions
( crises ) the c leansin g an d he ali ng etforts of N at ure
,
.

2 . They are in them se lves h armful and destructiv e

to huma n life .

3 . S uch treatm e nt fosters the belief tha t drugs and

surgica l oper ati ons c an be substit uted for obedien ce
to N ature s laws an d for personal efl o
’
r t and self help -

Is Metaphysi cal Healing in Confor m

.

ity with
the Constr u cti ve Pr in ciple in Natu re?
Metaphysical systems of healin g are in conformity
with the constructive principle in Nature i n so far as
I . They do n ot interfere with or suppress N at ure s ’

healing e fforts .

2 . They awaken hope and co n fide nce ( therape utic

fai th ) and in crease the infl ow of vital force into the
,

organism .

They are not in c on formity with the constructive

p r in ciple in Nature in so far as
I They fail to ass ist Nature s healing cfl orts ’

m
. .

2 They i ore obscure and deny the la ws of

, ,

Nat ure and defy the di ctates of reason and com

.

mon

3 .They substitute in the trea tment of disease a

b lind d ogm
, ,

, atic belief in the wonder workin g power of -

metaphysical formulas and prayer for intelligent cc

oper ati on with N ature s constructive forces for per
’
,

son al efi ort and self help -

.
22 NATURE CURE

4s They weaken the consciousness of personal re

h Nat e Ou re mConfor ity m m w ith the Con

str u cti v e Pri ncipl e in Nature?
Nature Cure is in conformity with the c o nst r uctive
principle in Nature because
1 It tea ches that the prim ary cause of weakness
.

and disease is disobedience to the laws of N ature .

2 It aro uses the in divid ual to the study of n atural

.

laws and demons trates the n ecessity of strict compli

ance with these laws .

3 It stre n gthens the conscious ness of person al t e

.

sponsibility of the individ ual for his own status of

health an d for the he r editary co nditions traits an d ten , ,

dencies of his ofl sp r in g .

4 It encourages personal efiort and self help

.
-
.

5 It ad apts surroundin gs an d habits of life to nat

.

ural laws .

6 It assists Nature s cleansin g and healing efiorts

.
’

by simple natural means and methods of tre atmen t

which ar e in n o wise ha rmful or destructive to health
and li fe an d which ar e within the reach of ev eryo ne

What are the Natnr al MethOds of I i vlng and

.
,

'

of Treat ment?
1 . Retur n to Natu
reby the regulation of eating ,

drinkin g breathing bathing dressing workin g rest

, , , , ,

ing thinking the moral life sexual and social activ i

, , ,

ties etc on a normal and natural basis

Elementary r em
, , .

2 . edies, su ch as water air li gh t , , ,

ear th cures magnetism electricity etc

Che i cal rem m
, , , .

3 . edi es su ch as scienti fi c food selec

,

ti on and combin a tio n homeopathic medicin es simple

, ,

h er b extracts and the Vito chemical remedies -

4 Hecln ni cal rem edi es, such as corrective gym

.
,

. nas
 CATECH IS MOF NA TURE CURE
massage ma gnetic treatm
ti cs , , ent osteopathic m
, ani pu

lation and when indicated surgery

Mental and spiri tual remedies, such as scientific
.
, ,

5 .

r elaxation
, nor mal sug gestion constr uctive thought
, ,

the prayer of faith etc

, .
 CHAPTER III

WHAT IS LI FH?

N our study of the c ause and character of disease

we m ust e ndeav or to begin at the begi nn in g and that ,

is LIFE itself ; for the p r ocesses of health disease and ,

cure are manifestations of that which we call life ,

vita lity life elements etc

, ,
.

While endeavoring to fathom the mystery of life

we soon realize however that we are dealin g with
, ,

an u ltimate which n o h uman min d is capable of solving

or explaini ng We can study and un derstand life only
.

in its manifest ations not in its origin and real essen ce

,
.

There ar e two prevale nt b ut widely difier in g con

,

ceptions ofthe n at u re of LIFE or VITAL FO RCE : the

mater ial and the vital .

The former looks upo n life or vital force with all its
physic al men tal and psychical phen omena as mani
, ,

festati ons of the elec tric ma gnetic and chemical acti vi

, ,

tie s of the physical material eleme nts c omposin g the

-

h uman organism From this viewpoin t life is a sort

.
,

“ ”
of spo n taneou s comb u sti on or as one scientist ex
, ,

“ ”
pressed it a successi on of fe r me ntations
,
.

This m ateri alistic co nception of life however has , ,

already become obso lete among the m ore adv an ced biol
ogists as a resu lt of the wo nde r f ul di scoveries of mod
er n science which ar e fast bridging the chasm between
,

the material and the spiritual realm s of being .

Bu t medic al science as ta u ght in the regular schools

,

24
26 NATURE CURE

Oversoul Brahma , Pran a etc each one according to

, , .
,

his best understan din g .

It is this supreme power and intelligence acting in ,

an d thro u gh every atom molecule and cell in the , ,

human body which is the true healer the via medica

, ,
”
trix natur w which always e ndeavo r s to repair to heal , ,

and to restore the perfect type All that the physician .

can do is to remove obstru cti ons and to establish norm al

“
con ditions within and around the patient so that the ,
”
healer within can do hi s work to the best advantage .

“
Here the Christian Scientist will say : Th at is ex
actly what we claim All is God all is mind ! There is
.
,

no matter ! Our attitude towards disease is based on

th ese facts .

“
Well what of it B r other Scientist ? S uppose in
, , ,

the final analysis matter is nothing but vibration an

, ,

expression of Divin e Min d an d Will That for all ,

.
,

practical p urposes d oes not justify me to deny and to

,

“ ”
ign ore its re ality Because I have an all mind body
.
,

is it advisable for me to place myself in the w ay of an

“ ”
all mind locomotive moving at the rate of sixty
miles an hour ?
The ques tion is not what m atter is in the fin al analy
sis but how m
, atter afl ects us We h ave to t ake it an d .

treat it as we find it We m ust be as obedient to the

.

laws of matter as to those of the higher planes of bei ng .

In the final analysis all thin gs in Nature from a , ,

fleetin g thought or emotion to the har dest piece of

diamond or platinum are modes of motion or vibra
,

tion A few years ago physical science assumed that

.

an atom was the smallest imaginable part of a given

element of matter ; that although in fini tesimally small ,
 WHAT IS LIFE ? 27

it still represented solid m atter Now in the light of .

,

better evidenc e we h ave good reason to believe th at

,

there is n o such thing as solid matter : th at every atom

is made up of ch arges of negative and posi tive elec
tr ic ity actin g in and upo n an omn ipres e nt ethe r ; th at
the differe n ce betwee n an atom of i r o n and of hydrogen
or any othe r eleme nt consists solely in the nu mber of
electrical charges or corpu scles it contains and on the ,

v elocity with which the se vibrate a ro u n d one another .

Th us the at om which w as tho ught to be the ultima te

,

parti c le of soli d matt er is f oun d to be a littl e uni v erse

,

in itse lf in whi c h c orp u scl es of electr icity rotate or

vibrate around on e another like the suns an d plan ets
in the sidereal universe Thi s exp l ain s wh at we me an
.

when we say life and matter are vibratory .

As ea r ly as 1 863 John Newlands di scov er ed th at

when b e arranged the elemen ts of matter in the orde r
of their atomic weight th ey displayed the sam e rel a
,

tion ship to one anothe r as do the to nes in the music al

scale Th us modern chemist r y demo ns trates the verity
”—
.

“
of the m usic of the sphere s
“
another v isionary,

”
concept of ancie nt mysticism The individ ual atoms
.

in themselves as well as a ll the at om s of m atter in

,

their relationship to on e an other ar e constructed and ,

arra nged in exact c o r r espo nden ce with the l aws of

harmony The r efore the e ntir e si dereal universe is
.

built on the laws ofm usic .

That which is o r derly lawful good bea utiful , , , ,

natural healthy vibrates in uni son with th e h armon

, ,
“
ics of this great Diapason of Nature in oth er
“
words it is in alignmen t with the Constructive Pri n
,
"
ciple in Nature .

That which is disor de r ly ab norm al ugly unn atur al

, , , ,

unhealthy , vibrates i n di scor d with Nature s harmon ’

23 NATURE cuss

ics . It is in alignme nt with the D estructive Prin

cip le in N ature .

What we call Inan imate N ature is beauti ful and

”

orderly beca use it plays in t une with the score

of the Symph ony of Life Man alone c an play out of.

tune This i s his privilege if he so chooses by virtue

.
, ,

of his freedom of choice an d action .

We c an n ow better und erstand the definitions of

HEALTH and of DI S EA S E gi v e n i n the C atec hism ,

of N ature C ure as follows

“
Health is norm al and h arm onious vibration of the
elem e nts and fo r ce s c omposi ng the h uman enti ty on
the physic al me ntal mo r al an d spi r itual planes of
, , ,

b ein g in co n fo r mity with the constr uctiv e principl e

,

of Nature app lied to in divi dual life .

“
Disease is ab norm al or inharm onio us vib r a tion
of the eleme nts and for ces composin g the h um an en
ti ty on one or more plan es ofbeing in conformity with ,

the de structive principle of Nature applied to i ndi vid

"
ual life .

The question naturally arisin g here is No r mal or ,

”
abnormal vib r atio n with what ? The answe r is that
the vib r atory co nditio ns of the orga ni sm must be in
h armony with Nat ure s establish ed ha r monic rela
’

tions in the physical men tal moral spiritual and

, , . ,

psychical r ealms of h um an life and ac tion .

What l s an “
B stah u
ah ed B ar monc d atlon?

Let us see whethe r we c ann ot make this clear by a

“
simile If a watch is in good condition in harm oni
.
,
”
ou s vibration its movemen t is so adjust ed that it
,

co incides exactly i n poin t of time with the rota tions

, ,

of our earth aroun d its axis The established re gular .

,

movement of the earth forms the basis of the estab

 w nar rs ur s t «
29

lished harmoni c relationship between the vibrations

“ ”
of a n ormal, healthy ti me piece and the revolutions
-

of our planet The wat ch has to vibrate in unison

with the har m 0ni es of the pl anetary un iverse in order
“
to be normal or in harmony
, .

In like manner everything that is normal natural

, , ,

heal thy good bea uti ful m ust vibrate in unison with its
, ,

correlated har monics in Nature .

Obedi ence the Only Salv ati on

Orthodox medical science attrib ute s disease largely
to accidental ca uses : to chance in fection by d isease
taints germs or parasites ; to drafts c hills wet feet
, , , , ,

etc .

The r eligiously inclined frequently attribute disease

and oth er tribulations to th e arbitrary ru lin gs of an
inscru table Providen ce .

C hristian Scien tists tell us that si n suf

feri n g disease, , ,
“
and all other kinds of evil are only errors of mortal
"
min d , or the prod uc ts of diseased imag in ation
( th ough this in itself adm its the existence of some
thin g abnormal or diseased ) .

Nature Cure philosophy prese nts a ra ti onal c oncept

of evil its cause an d purpose namely that it is
, . .

br ought on by viola t ion of N at ure s l aws ; th at it is ’

correctiv e in its purpose ; th at it c an b e overc ome only

by complianc e with the law Ther e is no sufl er ing
.
,

disease or evil of any kind anywh ere unless the law

,

has been tr ansgressed somewhere by someo ne .

These tr ans gress io ns of the law m ay be du e to igus

m to indifl er enoe or to w ilfu lness and vi eiousneas

mmn n at
, .

v fll d w ays be oo e s r a w ith ths

30 NATURE cuss

’
clearly that what we call disease is pri marily Nature s
efiort to elimin ate morbid m atter and to res tore the

normal fun cti ons of the body ; th at the processes of

disease are j ust as order ly in their way as everything
else in Nature ; that we m ust not check or suppress
them but co o perate with them Th us we con slowly
,
-
.
,
“
and l aboriously the all important less on th at obedi
,
-

ence to the law is the only mean s of preven tion of

di sease and the only cure
,
.

The F undamental Law of Cure the Law of Action ,

and R eaction and the Law of Crises as revealed by

, ,

the N atur e Cure philosophy impress upon us the truth ,

th at there is nothi ng acci dental or ar bitrary in the

p r ocesses of he alth disease and c ure ; that every chang
,

ing co ndition i s either in harmo ny or in di scord with

the l aws of our bein g ; that only by complete surrender
an d obedie n ce to the law c an we attain and maintain

perfect physical health .

Self Gout”! the

-
Master '
s Kay

Thus N ature Cure brings home to us c onstantly an d

forci bly the inexor able facts of n atural law and the
necessity of compli ance with the law Herein li es its .

great ed uc ational val ue to the i ndivid ual an d to the

r ace. The man who has lea rned to m aster his habits
and his appetite s s o a s to conform to N ature s laws
’

on the phy si cal p lan e and who has thereby regained

,

his bodily hea l th r e alizes tha t perso n al efl ort and self

co ntrol ar e the Master s Key to all further develop
,

ment on the m ental and spiritual planes of being as

well ; th at self m astery and unremitting an d unsel fish
-

personal e ffort are the only means of self completion -

of individ ual and social salv ation .

The nat urist who has rega ined h ea lth and stren gth
 WHAT IS LIFE ! 31

through obedience to the laws of hi s being enjoys a

,

measure of self content gladn ess of soul and enthusi

-
, ,

asm which cannot be explained by the mere possession

of physical health These highest and purest attain
.

ments of the human soul are not the resul ts of mere

physical well being but of the peace and harmony
-

which come only from obedience to the law Suc h is .

the peace which passeth understanding .

 CHAPT ER IV

HER E exists clos e resemblance between the

a

mechanism and the functions of a watch and of

the h um an body Their well bein g is sub j ect to similar
.
-

underlyin g l aws and p r inciples Both a w atch and a

.

h uman body may fun ction a b norma lly as a result of

accidental inj u ry or unfavo r able exter nal conditions ,

such as extreme he at or cold etc However in our

,
.
,

present st udy of the c auses of disease w e sha ll not

c onsider accidental inj ury and hostile environment ,

bu t con fin e o u rselv es to causes arisin g withi n the or

gani am itself .

The w atch m ay cease to vibrate in accord with the

harmonics of our pl an etary universe for several rea

sons It m
. ay lose tim c or stan d sti ll ( 1 ) beca u se the

m
woun d sprin g has spent its force or ( 2 ) bec ause its
,

p arts ar e not ade up of the right constituents or ( 3 )

b eca use fo r eign matte r clogs or corrodes its mechanism
,

Sim il ar ly there exis t three prim ary c au

, ses of disease
an d of prematu re death of the physical body These .

( )
1 Lowered Vitality
2
( ) Abnormal Compo sition of B lood and Lymph
3
( ) Acc um u l a ti on of M orbid M atter an d Poiso ns
In the ultim ate di sease and ev er ything else that w e
,

d esi gnate s- evil are ths r sault of tr ansgr aulona of

“ "

natu ral law s in thinking breathin g eating dressing

, , , ,

32
34 N ATURE

Primary C ause s S econdary Causes

placements of b o n y
and poisou due to structures m uscles and ,

causes One and Two , ligaments ; weaken ing

as well as to faulty and loss of r easo n will , ,

diet over e ati n g the

,
-
, and self control result
-

use of alcoholic and in g i n n egative sensi ,

n a r c o t i c stimulan ts , tive and su

,
b j ective con
drugs vaccines an ti
, , ditions which Open the
toxins a c c i d e n t a l
, way to n e r vous prostra
poisoning and last b ut
, pr ostration control by ,

not least to the sup

,
0 t h e r personalities
pression of ac ute di s ( hypn otic infl uen ce oh ,
’
eases ( N ature s clean session possession ) ; the
,

sing and healing ef di fier ent forms of in

“
f o r t s ) by poiso nous san ity epilepsy
,
petit ,
”
d r ug s an d s urgical mal etc
, .

operations .

TABLE II
TH E UNI TY OF D I S E AS E AND TR E AT ME N T
In corresponden ce with the three prim ary ca uses of
disease Natu r e Our s recognizes the followin g
,

1 . Return to Natur e, or the establishment of n o r mal

habits and surro undings which n ec essitates ,

( a ) E xte n sio n of co nscio usn ess by pop ular gen

eral and individual ed ucatio n
b
( ) The constant exercise of reaso n ,
will ,
an d
self con trol
-

( c ) A retur n to n at ural habits of l ife in thinking ,

breathing eatin g dressin g working resting

, , , , ,

and in moral sexual and social conduct

, ,
 mm rr or msms s w n r mm
r r 35

( d ) Cor rection of mechanical defects and inj uries

by means of massage osteopathy surgery
, , ,

and other mechanical methods of t r eatment

( ) Prevention of waste of vital force by the stop

a

page of all leaks

( b ) Scientific relaxatio n proper
, rest and sleep
( c ) Proper food selection m a gnetic tre atme n t etc
, , .

( )
d T h e right mental attitude

3 . m
Eli inati on, which nec essitates
( a ) Scienti fi c selection and combination of food

Hydrother apy ( water cure )

Li ght and air baths friction,

Osteopathy massa ge an d other manipulative

, ,

treatmen t
Correc t breat hin g curative gymn astics
,

Such medicin al remedies as will b uild up the

blood on a n orm al basi s and supply the sys
tem wi th the all im portant min eral salts in
-

organic for m

In the followin g ch apters I shall e ndeavor to sh ow

that all the di fferen t forms phases an d phen omen a of
, ,

disease arising wi thin the h uman organism provided ,

they are not ca used by accident or external co nditions

unfavorable to the existence of h uman life ca n be at ,

tributed to one or more of t hree primary ca uses ( see

Tables I and Wh en we succeed in proving t hat
all disease originates from a f ew simple cau ses it will ,

not seem so str ange and improbable that all diseas e

can be cured by a few si mple natural methods of liv

,

ing and of treatm ent If N ature Cure can accomplish

.
36 NATURE cuss

this it thereby establishes its right to be classed with

,

the exact sciences .

Tho Thrse Pr l m y Oanses of Dlm

ar e

We shall now co nsi der the three prim ary ca us es of

disease one by one .

There is a w ell defin ed limit to the running of a

o

watch When the wo und spring has spent i ts force

.
,

the mechanism stops .

So also the living forms of vegetable animal and , ,

“ ”
human life seem to be wound by N ature to r un a
certain len gth of time in accor d ance with the laws,

governin g their growth and development Even the .

healthie st of animals living in the most congenial sur

ro undin gs i n the freedom of Nature do n ot m uch ex
c eed the ir allotted span of life nor do they fall m u ch ,

below it As a rule , the longer the period between

.

birth an d m aturity the long er the life of the animal

,
.

All the di fferent familie s of m ammalia whe n livin g ,

in freedom live closely up to the life period allotted

,

to th em by N ature Man is the on ly exceptio n It is

. .

claim ed th at acco r din g to the l aws of lo n ge v ity h is

a verage le ngth of life should be co nsiderably ove r one

h undr ed years while a ccor din g to li fe insuran c e sta

,

tistics the average is at pre se nt abo u

, t thirty se v e n -

years Th is shows an imme nse d iscr epan cy b etween

.

the possible and the act ual lo n gevity of m an .

Eve n this brief span of life m eans littl e else th an

wea k ness physic al and me ntal sufier in g and degene r
,

acy for th e m ajority of m ankind Visiting physicians .

of the public schools in our l arge cities report that

 THE UNITY O F DIS E ASE AND TRE AT ME NT 37

seventy fiv e per cent of all school children show defee

-

tive health in some way Dia gnosis from the Eye proves
.

that the remaining twenty five per cent are al so more

or less afiec ted by he r editary an d acquired dise as e con
“
di tion s .Christi an S cience say s The r e is n o dis ,
”
ease. Natur e 8 records m the i ris of the eye say there
’

is no perfect health .

These established facts of greatly impaired lon gevity

and universal ab norm ality of the h uman race woul d
of themselves in di cate th at there is somethin g radic
ally wron g somewhere in th e life habits of m an and ,

that there is ample re ason for the great health reform -

movemen t which w as started about the middle of the

last century by the p oneers of N ature Cure in Ger
i
many and which has since swept under many dif ferent
, ,

forms and guises all portions of the civili zed world

,
.

When people mgeneral grow better acq ua inted with

the laws unde r lyin g prenatal and postnatal c hild cul
ture n atural livi n g and the nat ural tre atment of dis
, ,

eases h um an beings will approach m uch more cl osely

,

the normal in health stre ngth beauty and longevity

, , , .

Then will arise a true ar is tocr acy not of morbid v en , ,

ou s bl ue blood but pulsatin g with the rich red bl ood

-
.

of health .

However to reach this ideal of perfect physical

, ,

men tal an d moral health succeedin g gen erations will

, ,

have to adhere to the natural ways of livi n g and of

treating their ailments It c annot be attain ed by the
.

presen t gen er ation The enthusiasts who claim th at

.

they can by thei r particular methods a chieve perfect

, ,

h ealth and live th e full term of h uman li fe are destined ,

to disappoin tme nt We are so handicapped by the

.

mistakes of the past that the heat which most of us

“ ”
adults ca n do is to patch up to attain a reasonable ,
38 N A TU RE CURB

measure of health and to approach somewhat nearer

,

Nature s full allotment of life

'
.

Wi ld animals living in fr eedom retain their full

vigor unimpai red almost to the end of life Hunters .

report that among the great herds of bufl alo, elk an d

deer the oldest bucks are the rulers and mainta in their
,

sovereignty over the younger m ales of the herd solely

by reason of their superior strength and prow ess Pre .

mature old age amon g h um an beings, as in dicated by

,

the early decay of physical and me ntal powers is ,

'
brought on solely by their violation of N ature s laws
in almost all the ordinary h abits of life .

The freer the inflow of life force i nto the organism ,

the greater the vitality the more there is of stren gth

, ,

of positive resistin g and recuperati ng power

In H arm
.

“ ”
oni cs ofE volu tion we ar e told that at the
very fo undation of the manifes t atio n of life li es the
principle of polarity which expresses itself in the dual
,

ity and unity of positive an d n egative afiin ity The .

swayin g to and fr o of the positive and the n egative the ,

desire to balan ce in complete polarity constitutes the ,

very ebb and flow of life .

Disease is d ist urbed polarity E x aggerated positive.

or ne gative conditions whethe r physical mental

, , ,

moral or spiritual ten d to disease on the respective

, ,

planes of bei ng Foods medicines su ggestion, and all

.
, ,

the other di fier ent methods of therape utic treatment

exert on the individual subjected to them either a posi
tive or a negative influence It is therefore of the
.
, ,

g reatest impo r tance that the physician and every on e

who wishes to live and work in harmony with Nature s ’

 m UN ITY or D I SEASE AN D m um s 39

laws should un derstan d this all importan t question of-

magnetic polarity .

Lowered vitat means lowered, slower and coarser

vibration and this results in lowered resistance to the
,

accum ulation of mor bid matter poi sons disease taints ,

, ,

germs and parasites This is what we d esignate or di

.

“ ”
nar ily as the negative conditi on .

Let us see w hether w e can ex plain this m ore fully

by a homely but practical illustration : A great many
of my readers have probably seen in operation in the
“ ”
summ er amusement parks the h uman roulette This .

contrivance consists of a large wheel board covered ,

-

somewhat raised in the center and slop ing towards the

,

circ umference The wheel rotates horizontally evenly

.
,

with the fl oor or gro und The merry makers pay their
.
-

nickels for the privilege of throwin g themselves flat

down on the wheel and attemptin g to clin g to it while
it rotates with in creasin g swiftness While the wheel .

moves slowly it is easy eno ugh to clin g to it ; but the

,

faster it revolves the more stro ngly the ce ntrifugal

,

force ten ds to throw 06 the h uman flies who try to

stick to it .

The increas ing repelling power of the accelerated

motion of the wheel may serve as an ill ustration of that
which we ca ll vigorous vibration good vitality natural , ,
“
immunity or recuperative power This is the posi
, .

”
tive condition .

The more intense the action of the life force the ,

more rapid and vigorous are the vibratory activities

of the atoms and molec ules in the cells and of the cells ,

in the organs and tissues of the body The more rapi d .

an d vi goro us this vibratory activity, the more power

fnl is the repulsion and expulsion of morbid matter ,
40 NATU RE CU BE

poiso ns and germs of disease whi ch try to encumber

,

or destroy the organ ism .

We m ust not for get th at hea lth or disease in the ,

final analysis is resident in the ce ll Though a minute ,

, .

microscopic organism the cell is an in depe nden t livin g

,

being which is born grow s eats drin ks throws ofi

, , ,

waste matter m ultiplies ages an d dies j ust like m

, ,

, an , ,

the lar ge cell If the in dividual cell is well m

, ,

. an the , ,

complex cell , is well als o and vice versa Fr om thi s

, .

it is apparent th at in all our cons iderations of the p r o

cesses of health disease and c ure we have to deal
, ,

primar ily with the i n dividual cell .

The vibratory activity of the ce ll may be lowered

through the decline of vitality br o ught about in a nat
ural w ay by advancing age or in an artificial way ,

through wrong habits of livin g wron g thi nking an d ,

feelin g ove r work unnatural stimulation and excesses

, , ,

of various kin ds .

On the oth er han d the inflow of vital force into the

,

cells may be obstructed and their vibratory activity

lowered by the accum ulation of w ast e and morbid m at

ter in the tissues , bl ood vessels an d nerve chann els of ,

the body Such cloggin g will i nte r fere with the inflow
.

of life force and with the free and harmonious vibra

tion of the cells and organs of the body as surely as
dust in a w atch will interfere with the normal action
and vibration of its wheels an d balances .

From this it is e v ide nt that negative conditi ons may

be brought about not only by hyper r efin ement of the -

physic al o r gan ism b ut also by cloggin g it with waste

.

and morbid matter which interfere with the infl ow

and distrib ution of the vital force It also becomes .
42 N A TURE CUB E

The great problem ofnatur al dietetic s and of n atural

'

medi cal treatment is therefore how to resto r e and

, ,

maintain the positivity of the blood and of the organ

ismas a whole through providing in food dr ink , and ,

medicine an ab undant supply of the positive mineral

salts in organic form .

This is the third of the pri mary causes of disease .

We have learned how lowered vitality and the ab nor

mal composition of the vital fl uids favor the retention
ofsystemic poisons in the body If in addition to this
.
, ,

food and drink conta in too m uch ofthe w aste pr oduc

ing c arb o hydrates, hydro car bons , and proteins and
-
,

n ot e nough of the eliminatin g positive min er al sal ts ,

then waste and morbid materials are bo und to accum u

late in the system and this results in the clogging of
,

the tissues with acid precipitates and earthy deposits .

Such acc umulation of waste and mor bid m atter in

blood and ti ssues cre ates the great m aj ority of all dis
eases arisin g within the h uman organi sm This will .

be explained fully in the following chapters which

deal with the c ausation of acute and chronic disease
More h armful and dangerous and more di fi cult to
.

e liminate th an the di ffere nt kin ds of systemic po isons ,

that is those which h ave originated wi thin the body

, ,

are the drug poisons specially wh en they are admin

e ,

ister ed in the i norgani c mineral fo rm .

Health is depen de nt upo n an ab undant supply of life

force upon the un ob structed norm al ci r c ul ation of the
, ,

vital fl uids, and upon pe r fect oxy ge nati on and combue

tion Anything which interferes with these essentials
.

“ "
causes disease ; anythin g which promotes them ea
“ "
tablishes health
. Nothing so interferes with the
 THE UN I TY O F DIS EA SE AN D TREATMENT 43

in flow of the life force with free and norm , al circula

tion of blood and lymph and with the oxygen ation an d
,

c ombusti o n of food m ateri als an d sy st emic waste as

the accum ul ation of mo r bid m att er and poiso ns in the

tissues of the body .

This I h ave e nde avored to explain m or e fully in con

“ "
n ecti on with Lowered Vitality Let us now see .

how dise ase and health are afiec ted by mental and
emotion al condition s .

Mental and Emotional Influences

Our ment l nd emotion l conditions exert
a a aa most
powerful influen ce upon the in flow and distribution of
vita l force The author of The G r eat War
.
“
has de
scribed most graphically in the chapt er on Self Control -

how fe ar worry anxiety an d all kin d r ed emotions

, , ,

cre ate in the sy stem c o n ditions simi lar to thos e of

fr eezin g ; how these de struc tiv e vib r ati ons c ongeal the
tissue s clog the chan ne ls of life and p aralyze the vital
, ,

functions He shows how the emotio nal con ditions of

.

impa tience ir r ita bili ty an ge r etc h av e a he atin g

, , ,
.
, ,

c orrodin g efiec t u pon the tiss ues of the body .

In like mann er all other destructive emotion al vi b ra

,

tions obstruct the inflow and n or m al dist r ibution of the

li fe force s in an d through the organi sm while on the
“

other hand the constructive emoti ons of faith hope , ,

ch eerfulness happin ess and love exert a relaxin g

, , ,

harmoni zi n g infl uence upon the tissues blood vessel s ,

a nd nerve channels of the body th u s openin g wide the ,

floodgates of the life forces, an d r aisin g the discord s

of weakn ess disease and di sconte nt to the h armonics
,

of buoy an t health and happiness

Min d Controls Matter and
.

“
Let us see just how
how it afl ects the ch anging conditions of the physical
 N ATURE CURE

Life m an ifests throu gh vibration It acts on

.

s by acting thro ugh its min utest particles .

3 in the physica l body are wro u ght by vibra

an ges in atom
. s molecu
, les and cells Health is
.

”
3d pola r ity , th at is th e b alancin g of the posi
,

d n eg ative eleme nts in harmonious vibration .

l g that int er fe r es with the f r ee vigor o us and

,

ions vi b r ation of the mi nute parts and particles

ug the h um an organ is m tends to disturb polar
L
n atur al afii ni ty th u
, s c ausin g discord or dis

1 we f ully r ealize thes e facts we shall n ot stand

1 in aw e of ou r physica l bodi es I n the past we
en th inki n g of the bod y as a solid an d im
.

p ou
m ass di fli cult to cont r ol and to ch an ge This .

i on left us in a co nditi on of utte r h elplessneu

i elessn ess in the p r e se n c e of w eak n ess an d dis

IO W thi nk of the body as composed of minute

les rot atin g ar ound one an other within the
 TH E U NITY OE DISEASE AND TR EATME NT 45

comfort or pain T he servant s l orded it with a high

, .

hand over the mas ter of the house and the result was,

cha os Under the new conception control is placed

.
,

where it belon gs It is assumed by the real master of

.

the house the So ul M

,
-
an an d the serv ant s the physical
, ,

members of the body rema in obedien t to his biddin g

, .

This is the n ew m an the ideal progeny of New

,

Tho ught and Higher Phil osophy Understan din g the

.

structure o f the body the l aws of i ts b ein g and the

, ,

operatio n of the life eleme n ts withi n it the super man ,

-

retains perfect pois e and c onfiden c e un d er the most

tryin g ci r cum st an ces . A ni m ated by an abo undin g
faith in the supr ema cy of the heali ng forces within
him and sustai n ed by the powe r of his sovereign will ,

he governs hi s body as perfectly as the art ist con trols

his violin , and attunes its vibrations to Nature s har
’

monics of health and happiness .

 CHAPTER V

OF A CUTE DI SEASE S

last cha pter I e nde avo r ed to explain the three

ry c au ses of dise ase , n amely . 1
( ) L ow e r ed

2
( ) Abnorm al C omposition of B l ood a n d
( )
3 A c cumulat i on of W aste ,
M o r bi d M att e r,

one in the System .

all n ow c onsider s ome of th e seco nd ary m ani

3 r e su lt in g f r om th ese p r imar y causes C on.

h e t able on p age 3 3 we find me n ti oned as

,

on e of the seco ndary c au se s or man ifestatio n s

'
“ ”
e ,
Heredi tar y and C onsti tuti onal Taints .

t impressi o n it might be thought th at her edity

,

ar y ca u se of d iseas e ; b ut on f urther co nside r a

 TH E U NITY or AC UT E mm e es 47

gradual differentiation of the reprod uctive cell Its

, .

ab normalities of structure of cell m aterials, and of,

function al tende ncies are reproduced just as surely

as its normal constituents Her ein lies the simple ex
.

plan ation of h eredity which is proved to be an actual

fact not only by common experie nce and scientifi c ob
,

servation b ut also in a mor e de finite way by Nature s ’

records in the iris of the eye .

The iris of the new born chi ld reveals in its diagnoa

-

tic details n ot only in a ge ne r al way hereditary tain ts

, , ,

lower ed resistance and deterioration of vital fluids

, ,

bu t frequently speci al weakn ess and deterioration in

th ose organs which wer e weak or diseased in the
parents Un der the co nventional ( un natural ) manage
.

ment of the infant thes e hereditary te nd encies to

,

weakn ess and disease an d their c orrespo ndi ng signs in

the iris become more and more pronounced proceed ,

i ng through the vario u s stages of inc umbran ce fr om

acute infantile diseases thro ugh chron ic catar rh al con
,

diti ons to the fin al destructiv e stages .

In the face of the well established facts of disease

-

heredity we have however, this consolation : If the

'
,

child b e treated in accordance wi th the teachings of

Nature Cure p hilos0t the abnormal hereditary en

.

cumbrances and tendencies can be overcome and slim

inated within a few yea rs If we place the infant or
.

ganiam un der the right conditio ns of livin g and of

tr eatment, in harmony with the laws of its bein g the ,

Life Principle wi thin will approach ever nearer to the

“
establishment of the perfect type Hundreds of Na .

”
ture Cure babies all over this country are living
pr oof; of thi s gladsome messa ge to all those who have
assumed or intend to assum e the responsibil ities of
43 N ATUas c ss u

Natu
r al nn nntty m
“
Und er Divisi on II of Causes or Mani S econdary
”
festations of Disease we find mentioned germs bac
mati ons, fev ers akin eruptions,
,

teria parasites, infl am

, ,

catarrhal discharges ulcers, etc ,

Modern medical science is built up upon the ger m

.

theory of disease and of treatment S in ce the micro .

scope has revealed the presence an d seemingly en tirely

pernicious activity of certain micro o r gan isms in con
n ec ti on with certain diseases it has been assum ed that
mary causes ofmost dh mas
,

bacta i a ar s ths di n ct pfi .

“
Therefore the slogan now is : Kill the bacteria ( by
poison ous antiseptics sam e and an titoxins ) an d you
,

,
”
will cure the disease .

The Nature Cure philosophy takes a di fl erent view

of the problem Germs cannot be the cause of disease
.
,

because disease germs are also found in healthy bodies .

The real cause must be something else We claim that .

it is the waste and morbid matter in th e system which

afl or d the micro organisms of dis ease the opportunity
-

to breed and m ultiply .

We regard micro organisms as secondary manifesta

-

tions of disease and main tain th at bacteria and para

,

sites live thrive and multiply to the danger paint in

, ,

a weakened and diseased organism only If it were .

not so, the human family would be extinct within a

’
few months time .

The fear instilled by the bacterial theory of disease

is freq uently more destructive than the micro organisms -

themselves We have had under obse r vation and treat

'

ment a number of insane pa tients whose peculiar delu

siouor monomania w as an ex aggerated fe ar of germs ,
“ ”
a genuine bacteriophobia .
50 N ATU RE CUBE

A celebrated French bacteriologist reports that in

the mouth of a healthy infant two months old he found, ,

almost all the disease germs known to medical sc i ence .

Only lately a celebrated physic ian appointed by the

, ,

Fre nch government to investigate the causes of tu

b er culosis declared before a mee tin g of the Intern a
,

tional Tuberc ulosis Con gress in Rome tha t he found

the bacilli of tuberc ulosis in 9 5 per cent of all the sch ool
c hildren he had ex amined .

Dr Osler one of the greatest livi n g medical auth or i

.
,

ties mentions repeatedly in his works that the baci lli

,

of diphtheria p ne umoni a and of ma ny other virulen t

, ,

diseases are foun d i n the bodies of healthy persons .

The i nability of b acteria by the m selves to cre ate di s

, ,

eases is further confirmed by the w ell known facts of

°
-

natural imm u n ity to spec ifi c infection or contagion .

All m ankin d is more or less afi ec ted by hereditary and

acq u ired d ise ase taints morbid enc umbrances and drug
, ,

poisoning resultin g from age lon g v iolation of Nature s

’
-
,

l aws and from the suppression of acute diseases ; b ut

e v en und er the almost universal presen t conditions of
lowered vitality morbid heredity and physical and
. ,

mental degeneration it is fo und that under identical

,

conditio ns of ex posure to drafts or infection a certain ,

“ "
percen tage of individuals only will take the cold or
catch the di sease The fact of natural immunity is
c onsta ntLv con firmed by comm on experience as w ell as
in the clinics and laboratories of our medical schools
and research institutes O f a spec ifi c number of mice
.

or rabbits inoculated with particles of cancer only a ,

small percentage develops the mali gnant growth and

succumbs to i ts ravages .

eases necessi tates a cer tain predisposi tion , or , as medi '

 THE UN ITY OF ACUT E DI SEASE 51

“
cal scie nce calls it , disease diathesis . This predispo

m
a yr uses of di sease which we have ded gnated as
ca ,

lowered vitality abn orm al c ompositi o n of blood and

lymph, an d the accum ulation of waste morbid m
,

atter ,

and poisons in the system .

In a previous ch apter we le arn ed how lowered vital

ity we akens the resis tance of the system to the atta cks
and inroads of diseas e germs and poiso ns The gr owth
and multi plica tion of micro o r ganisms depen ds fu
.

rther
-

more upon a c on geni al morbid soil Just as the o r di

,
.

nary yeast germ multiplies in a su gar solution on ly .

so the v ario us micro organisms of disease thrive and

-

m ultiply to the danger poin t on ly in their ow n peculia r

and c on genial kind of morbid m atter Th us the .
,

typhoid fever bac ill us thri v es i n a certain kin d of efiete

matter whi ch acc um ulate s in the in testin es ; the pneu
mania bacilli flourish best in the c ata r r hal secretions
of the l un gs and meningitis bacilli in the diseased
,

me ninges of the brain and spinal cord .

Dr P ettenk ofer a celebrated p hysician and pr ofes

.
, ,

sor of the U niversity of Vienna also arrived at the con ,

elusion that bacteria by themselves, cannot create dis

,

ease and for years he defen d ed his opinion from the

,

lecture platform and in his writings against the practic

ally solid p halanx of the medical professio n One day .

b e backed his theo r y by a practical test While in .

str ucti ng his class in the bacteriological laboratory of

the U niver sity he picked up a glass which contained

,

milli ons of live cholera germs and swallowed its con

tents hef or e the eyes of the stu dents The see ingly . m
52 NATURE c ssu
danger ous experiment was foll owed only by a slight
nausea Lately I h ave hea r d repeatedly of persons in
.

this country who subj ected themselves in similar man

ner to infection, inoculation and conta gion with the ,

most virulent kin ds of bacteria and disease taints with ,

out developin g the corresponding diseases .

A few ye ars s go D r Roder m un d a physician in the

.
,

S tate of Wisco n sin created a se nsatio n all over this

,

country when he smeared his body with the exud ate of

sm allpox so r es in order to demonstr ate to hi s medical

colleague s th at a healthy body could not be in fected

with the disease He w as arr ested and q uarantined in
.

j ail but not before he had come in contact with m an y

,
“ ”
people Neither b e n or anyone else exposed by
.

himdeveloped sm allpox .

Dur ing the ten years that I have been co nnected with
sanitarium work my workers and myself in givin g
, ,

the var io us forms of manip ulative treatment have ,

ha ndled intim ately thous ands of cas es of infectious an d

c o nta gio us diseases and I do n ot remember a sin gle in
,

stance where any on e ofu s was in the least af fected by

su ch co n tact Ordinary cleanliness good vitality clean
.
, ,

b lood and tissues the organs of elimination in good ac

, ,

tive co nditi on and last but not least a positive fea r

, , ,

less attitude of min d will practically establish natural

,

i mmunity to the inroads an d ravages of b acteria and

disease taints If infection takes place the organism
.
,

reacts to it through inflammatory pro cesses and by ,

means of th ese endeavors to overcome and eliminate

micro organisms and poiso ns from the system
-
.

In this conne ction it is of in terest to learn that the

danger to life frombites and stings of poisonous rep
tiles and insec ts has been greatly exaggerated Ao .

cording to popular Opinion anyone bitten by a rattle ,

 m U N IT Y or acor n mss ass 53

snake gila monster or tarantula is doomed to die

, , ,

while as a matter of fact the statistics show that only

from two to seven per ce nt succumb to the efl ec ts of
the wo unds inflicted by the bites of poiso no us reptiles .

In this as in m any other in sta nces popular opini on

, ,

“ ”
should rather be c alled popular superstition .

I n the O pen disc ussions fo ll owin g my p ublic lectures .

“
I am ofte n asked : Wh at is the r ight thin g to do in
c as e of snakebite t Would you n ot give plenty of
w hiskey to save the victims life ? ” ’

It is my be lief that of the seven per ce nt w ho di e

after bein g bitte n by r attl esn ake s or oth er poiso nous
“ ”
snakes a goo dly proporti on give up the ghost be
,

cause of the efiects of the e no r m ous doses of stron g

whiskey th at are poured into th em unde r the mistake n
idea that the whiskey is an e fficien t an tido te to the
snake poison .

Pe ple do not know th at the death ratefrom snak e

o
bite is so very low and ther efore they attri b ute the
,

recove r ies to the whiskey j us t as r ecoveries fr om other

,

diseas es under medical or metaphysical tre atment are

attrib uted to the virt ues of the particular medicine or
method of treatment instead of to the real healer the ,
“ ”
v ia medicatrix n atu rae the healin g powe r of Nature
,

w hi ch in n i nety th ree c as e s in a h und r ed elimi nates

-

the r attlesn ake ve nom without i nj ury to the or gani sm .

To rec apitulate : Just as yeast cell s are not only the

c ause bu t also the prod u ct of sugar fermentation so ,

disease germs are not only a ca use ( secondar y ) b ut ,

also a prod uct of morbid fermentation i n the system .

Furthermore j ust as the yeast germ s live on and de

,

compose sugar so the disease germ s live on and dec om

,

pose morbid m atte r an d system ic poiso ns .

In a w ay the r efore micro organisms are j ust as m uch

, ,
-
54 NATURE c ssu
the product as the cause of disease and act as scav ,

engers or eliminators of morbid m atte r I n order to .

hold in check the destructi v e acti v ity of bacteria and

to p r event their m ultiplic ati on beyo nd the d an ger point
Nature resorts to infl am
,

m ation and man ufact ures her

“ ”
own antitoxins .

On the other hand whatever te nds to b uild up the

,

blood on a n atural basis to p r omote eliminati on of mor

,

bid matter an d thereby to limit the activity of destr uc

,

tive mic r o organism s without inj urin g the b ody or de

-

pressin g its vital functions is good N ature Cur e prac

,

tice The first consideration therefore i n the treat

.
, ,

ment of i nfl ammati on m ust be not to in te r fer e with its

,

n atu ral co urse .

By the v arious st ateme nts an d claims made in this

chapter I do not wish to convey the idea that I am
,

opposed to sc r upulo us cle anlin ess an d to sur gica l asep

sis Far fr om it ! These ar e dictate s of common se nse
m
. .

Bu t I do a r mth at the danger fr om ge r m and othe r

infectious diseases lies j ust as m uch or m ore so in in
ternal filth as in extern al uncle an liness Clean lin ess .

an d asep sis m u st go h an d i n h and with the p urifica tion

of the inner man in order to insure natur al im
“
mu
”
ni tv .
 CHAPTE R VI

was LAWS OF CURE

HI S b rings us to the consideration of acute infl a m

m et ory an d feverish di seases From what has .

been said it follow s that infl amm atio n and fev er are not
,

primary b ut secondar y ma nifesta tions of disease

,
.

There c annot arise any form ofinfl ammatory disease in

the system unless the r e is present some en emy to health
whi ch N ature is e nd eavor in g to overcome and get rid
of On th is fact in N atur e is based what I claim to be
.

the fun damea law of cur e .

“
Give me feve r an d I can cure every disease Th us
Hippoc r ates the Father of Medici ne
.

“ "
, expre ssed the ,

fun damental Law of Cur e over tw o thousand ye ars ago .

I h ave expr ess ed this law i n the followi ng sen te nce

l vcry ac ute
di sease is the ult
r es of a clsansing and
healing 03 011 of Natur e .

This law whe n tho r oughly understood an d applied

,

to the treatm ent of diseases will in ti me do for medical

,

sci ence wh at the discov ery of other natural l aws has

don e for physic s astron omy chemistry an d other exact
, ,

sci en ces It will transform the medic al empiricism and

.

confusion of the past and pr esent into an exact science

by de m onstrating the unity of disease and treatment .

App lying the law in a general w ay it means that all ,

acute diseases from a sim ple cold to m

, easles scarlet ,

fever diphtheria small ox pn eumonia etc represent

,
p , , , .
,

Nature s efl or ts to repair in j ury or to remove from the

’

55
56 NATURE CUB E

system some kin d of morbid m atter virus poison or , , ,

micro organi sm d angerous to health an d life In oth er

-
.

words acute disea ses ca nn ot deve lop i n a pe r fectly n or

,

mal healthy body livi n g under conditions favorable to

,

hum an lif e The question m

. a y be asked :
“
If ac ute
diseases repr ese nt Natur e s heali n g efl orts why is it
’
,

that people die from them ? T he answer to this is

the vitality m ay be too low the i nj ur y or morbid en
,

cu mbran ce too gre at or the t r eatme nt m

, ay be inad e

q uate or h ar mful so that N at ure l oses the fight ; sti ll

, ,

the acute disease repr ese n ts a n efl ort of N ature to over

come the enemies to he alth and life and to r e establish
nor m al healthy c on ditions
,
.

It i s a c uri ous fact th at this fun dame nta l p r in ciple of

Nature C ur e an d law of N at ure has been ackn owledged
an d ver ified by medic al sc i enc e The most advanced
.

work s on p athol ogy admit the co ns tructive and bene

fici al cha r acter of in flamm ation However when it .
,

comes to the tr eatment of a cute diseases physicians ,

seem to forge t en tirely this basic p r in ciple of pathology ,

and treat inflamm atio n an d fe v er as tho u gh they were ,

in themselves inimic al and destructive to health and

,

life .

From this in consi stency in theory and practice arise

all the errors of allop athic medical treatme nt Fa il ure .

to u nde rstan d this fund am ental Law of C ure accounts

for all the conf usion on the p ar t of the expone nts of the
differe nt schools of healin g scie nces an d for the grea ter ,

part of h uman suffering .

The Natur e C ure philosophy never loses sight of the

fundamental Law of Cure While allopathy r egards
acute dise ase conditions as in themselves harm
.

ful and
“ "
hostile to health and life as somethin g to be cured
,
“ ”
( we should say supp ressed ) by drug or knife the ,
53 N A TURE CUBE

in a few things only but in m o , st thi n gs Th e founda . s

tion the orthodox conception of disease being wrong

, ,

it follows that everythin g which is built thereon must

be wron g also
No matter how learned a m
.

an may be if he begin a ,

problem in arithmetic with the pr oposition 2x 2 ==5 he ,

never will arrive at a correct sol uti o n if he co n tinue to

figure into all eternity Neither can allopathy solve the
.

problem of disease and c ure so lo n g as its fun dam en tal

conception of disease is based on er r or .

The fund amen tal law of c ure explain s also why the
.

great m ajority of a ll op athic prescriptions co ntain viru

lent poisons in some form or an other and why surgical ,

operations are in high favo r with the disciples of the

Regular S chool .

The answer of allopathy to the question Why do ,

y ou give poiso ns ?
”
us u ally is “
Ou r m a teria
,
medi c s

cont ain s poisons bec ause drug poiso n k ills and climi
”
nates disease poiso n We however claim that d r ug
.
, ,

poisons merely se r ve to paralyze vital force whereby ,

the deceptive results of allopathic tr e atment ar e oh

tained .

The fo llowin g will explain this mo r e fully We have .

’
learned th at ao called acute diseases ar e N ature s cleans
-

in g and healin g efior ts All ac ute reactions represent

.

increased activity of vital force , resultin g in feve r ish

and infl ammator y conditions accompanied by pain ,
,

redness swell ing high temperature rapid pulse os

, , , ,

tarr hal discharges skin eru ,ptions boils ulcer s etc , , , .

Allopathy regards these violent activities of vital

force as detrime ntal and harmf ul in th emselves Any .

thing which will in hibit the action of vital force will ,

in allopathic p arlance cure ( i ) acute diseases As a

, .

matter of fac t n othing more efiecti v ely paralyzes vital

,
 TH E LAWS O F CURE 59

force and impairs the vital o r gans than poison o us drugs

an d the su
’
rgeon s knife These therefore must neces .
, ,

sar ily consti tu te the favorite means of cure ( t) of the

regular school of medicin e
m
.

Thi s school istakes snoot for cause It fails to see

'

that the local i nflammation arisin g within the organ

ismis not the disease b ut merely marks the locality
,

an d the method thro u gh whi c h Nat ure is tryi n g her

best to disc harge the morbid enc umb r ances ; that the
ac u
“ "
te reacti on is loc al but th at its c auses or feeders
,

are always co nsti tutional an d m ust be t r e ated consti

tuti onally. Whe n under the in flue nc e of ratio nal na
, ,

tural tre atment the po ison o us i r ritant s ar e elimin ated

,

from blood and tissues the loc al symptom s take care

,

of themselves ; it does not matter whether they m anifest

as pimple or cancer as a simple cold or as con sum
, ption .

Tt aw u
of D al Efl ect

Everywhere i n Nature rules the gr e at Law of Action

an d Reaction All life sway s back and forth betwee n
.

givi ng and receiving betw ee n ac tion and re action The

,
.

very breath of life mysteriously comes and goes in

rhythmical flow So also hea v es and fall s in ebb and
.

tide the bosom of Mother E arth .

In some of its aspects thi s law is c alled the Law of ,

Com pensati on or the Law of Dual Efl ect On its

,
.

“ ”
acti on dep ends th e p r eserv ation of en ergy
The Great M
.

aster express ed the ethical application

“
of this law when he said : Give an d it shall be given ,

un to you . For with wh at measure ye

mete it shall be measured to youagain "
Luke VI 38 .
,
.

In the r ealms of physic al nat ure givin g and recei v ,

ing action an d reaction balance each other mechanic

,

ally and autom atically What we gain in power we .

60 NATURE CUBE

lose in speed or vol ume and vice versa This makes it

, .

possible for the mechanic the scientist and the astron , ,

omer to predict with m athem atical precision for age s

in advance the results of certain activities in Nature .

The great law of d ual efiect forms the foundation of

the healin g scie nces It is related to and governs
.

ever y phe nomenon of he alth disease an d cure When , .

I form ulated the f undament al law of c ur e in the words :

Ev er y ac ute disease is the resu
lt ofa healing efl or t of
”
N ature, this w as but anoth er exp r ession of the great
law of actio n and r e ac tion Wh at we commonly c al l .

crisis ac ute re action or a c ute disease is in r e ality N a

, , ,

ture s attempt to esta b li sh health

’
.

Applied to th e physic al acti v ity ofthe b ody the L aw ,

ofComp en sa tio n m ay be exp r essed as fo llows : E ve r y

a ge nt a ffe c ting the h u man organ i sm prod uce s two ef
fec ts : a first, app ar e n t temporar y efiect, and a second
, ,

l asting e ffect The secondary lastin g efiect is always

.
,
”
c on trary to the p r imary transie n t efiect ,
.

For in sta nce : the first and temporar y efl ect of cold

water applied to the skin c onsists in sendin g the blood
to the interior ; but in or der to compe nsate for the loc al
depletion N ature respon ds by sendin g gre ate r quan
,

tities of blood back to the surface r esultin g in i s ,

cre ased warmth and better surface circ ul ation .

The first efl ect of a hot b ath is to draw the blood to

the surface ; but the seco ndary efiect se n ds the blood
bac k to the interior leavin g the surface bloodle ss and
,

Stimulants , as we shall see later on prod uce their de ,

c epti v e efl ects by b urn i n g up the reserve stores of vital

energy in the organism Thi s is i nevit ab ly followed by
.

weakness an d e x h austion in e x act proportio n to the

previous excitation .
 m um o s r c as u 61

The primary efl ec t of relaxatio n an d sleep is weak

n ess nu
,
mb n ess an d death like stupor ; the secon dary
,
-

efieet however i s an increase of vitality

al Bfl ect gov er ns aIl dm

.
, ,

The h w ofDu g ac t ion The .

first temporar y violent cfiect of poisonous drugs

, , ,

when given in physiological doses is usually d ue to

N ature s efiorts to overcome and elim
,
’
inate these sub
stanc es The secondary l asti ng efiec t i s due to the r e
.
,

te ntion of the drug poison s in the system and their

actio n on the organism .

In theo r y an d practice a llop athy co n sid ers the fi r st ,

efiec t o nly and i gnores the l asting afte r eifects of

,
-

drugs and sur gic al operations It admin ister s r em e .

dies whose first efl ect is con trary to the di sease c ondi

tion Therefore in acco r d ance with the law of action
.
,

and re action the second ary l asti ng e f fect of such rem

edies m ust be sim
, ,

i lar to or like the dise ase c onditio n .

Common every day expe r ien ce sh oul d te ach us th at

,
-

this is so for la x a tives and c ath ar tic s always te n d to

,

prod uce chro nic c onstipation .

Th e se c ond ary efl ect of sti m ul an t s an d to nics of an y

’

kind is in creased weakne ss and th eir c ontinued use ,

often results in complete e x h austi on an d paralys is of

me ntal an d physical powers .

Headache powders p ain ki lle r s opi ates seda tive s

and hyp notics m
, , ,

ay p ara lyze b r ain an d n erve s in to tem

p or ar y in se ns ibility ; b ut if d ue to co n stit utio n al ,

causes the pain n ervousness an d insomn ia will always

, ,

return with redo ubled forc e I f t aken habitu ally .

,

these agents invari ably t end to c r e at e he art dis ease and

paralysis and ultimately develop the dope fien d
,
“ ”
.

Cold and catarrh cures ( t) such as quin ine co al tar ,

-

products etc suppress N atur e s efiorts to elimi nate

. .
,
'

waste and morbid m atter thr o ugh the m uc ous lini ngs
62 NATURE cuss

of the respiratory tract and drive the disease m , atter

back in to the l un gs th us breedin g pne umonia chronic
, .

c atarrhs asthm a and consumption

, .

Mercury iodine and all other alteratives by sup

, ,
»

pression of extern al e limination create internal chronic ,

di seases of the mo st dreadful types such as locomotor ,

ataxy paresis etc

So the recital m
, , .

ight be conti nued all thro ugh ortho

dox materi a m ed i cs E ac h drug b r eeds new disease
.

symptoms which ar e in their turn c ured ( i ) by other

poiso ns un til the in sane asyl um or merc iful death rin gs
,

dow n the curtain on the tr agedy of a ruined life .

The teaching and practice of Homeopathy as ex ,

plained in anothe r chapter is fully in h armony with,

the L aw of Action and R e actio n Actin g upon the .

basic princi ple of homeopathy : Similia sim ilibus

” “
curantur or like c ures li ke it administers remedies
, ,

whose fir st temporary efiect is similar to the di sease

,

con ditions In accordance with the L aw of D ual E f

.

feet then, the secondary efiect of these remedies m ust

,
“
be contr ary to the disease conditions, that is, cura
”
tive .
 CHAPT E R V II

SUP PRE SSIO N VERBUB ELIMI NATIO N

Y claimthat the conven tional tr eatxnent of acu te

diseases is suppr essiv e and not cur ativ e will prob
ably be de ni ed by my medical colleagu es They will .

maintain that their methods also ar e calculate d to elim i

nate mor bid matter and disease ge r ms fr om the system .

Bu t what are the facts in actual practice ? Is it n ot

true that preparations of mercury, lead , zinc , and other
powerful poiso ns ar e constan tly used to suppress skin
eruptions boils, abscesses etc instea d of allowin g Na
, , .
,
“ ”
ture to rid the system through these skin diseases
of scrofulous venereal an d pso r ic taints l
, ,

Some time ago D r Wiley the forme r Government

.
,

Chemist p ublished the ingredients of a number of popu

,

lar remedi es for colds coughs an d catarrhs E ve r y

, , .

one of them con tain ed some powerful op iate or estrin

gen t These poisonous drugs relieve the cough and the
.

catarrhal con ditions by paralyzi ng the elimi native acti v

ity of the membrano us li nin gs of the nasal passages the ,

bronchi an d lungs the digestive and gen ito urin ary

,

organs ; but in doing so they throw back into the system

,

the morbi d matter which Nature is trying to get rid of ,

an d add dru g poisons to diseas e po isons .

Equally harmful is suppression by means of the su r

geon s kn ife It may be a q uicker and apparently more

’

efiec tiv e process to rem

.

ove the infl amed appendix or the

83
64 NAT URE c ssu
diseased tonsils than to c ure them by building up the
blood and inducing elimi nati on of systemic poisons by
natural methods B ut operative treatme nt is not elim
.

i nati ve It does not remove fr om the system the original

.

cause of the in flammation or dete rioration of tissues and

organs but it does remove the outlet which Nature had
,

established f or the escape of morbid mate rials .

These morb id enc umbrances forcibly retained in the,

body we ake n an d destroy other parts an d or gans or

, ,

afl ec t the ge ner al he alth of the patie nt

My ow n observations duri ng nearly fifteen years of

.

practical expe r i en ce confir med by m any other consc ien

,

tious observers among N ature C ure p r actitioners as wel l

as physicians of other schools an d of allop athy itself ,

p r ove positively th at the average len gth of life after a

”
major operation performed on important vital parts
, ,

an d o r gans is lemth an ten years an d th at a fter su

, ch
,

an ope r atio n the ge n eral he alth of the p ati en t is in the

great m ajo r ity ofc ases n ot as goo d as before .

In the followin g p arag r aphs ar e mentio ned some very

common inst anc es ofsupp r essio n and some of their usual
chronic afte r efl ec ts ( sequel ae )
'
-
.

Diar rhea is suppressed with l audanum and other

opi ates which p aralyze the peristaltic action of the
,

bowels an d if repea ted soon prod uce ch r onic consti

, ,

p atiou .

Gonorrh ea! discharges and syphilitic ulcers ar e

checked and suppr e ssed by l oc al inj ections ca ute riza ,

tio n and by pr esc r iptions cont aini n g merc ur y iodi ne

, , ,

and othe r p oi so nou s alte r ative s which efl ectu ally pr e

v ent Natu r e s efl or ts to e limi nate the ven ere al poiso n s

' ’

from the system .

All fever ish diseases ar e m ore or less inter fer ed with

or sup p rw sed by antiseptics antipyretics serums and
, , ,
66 NATURE CURE

Head lice and similar parasites peculi ar to other parts

of the body live on scr ofulous and psoric tain ts When .

these ar e consumed the lice depart as they cam

, e, no
one knows whence or whither .

This is confirmed by the fact that these noxious pests

do not remain with all people who have been exposed
to them but on ly with those whose in te r nal or external
,

filth con ditions furnish the p arasites with the means of

In a n umber of instances we have seen healing

”
crises take the form of lice At that time the patients
.

were living in the most clean ly surroundings taking ,

difl er en r forms of wate r tre atment ever y day an d in ,

fection w as practica lly im po sfi ble .

These people invariably recalled th at they had been

ia d with parasites at some previou s time and that ,

strong antiseptics mercurial salves or other means of

, ,

suppression had been applied .

We prescribe for the removal of lice only cold wate r

and the comb E ven antiseptic soaps should be avoided
. .

The B esults oI Su i Diseases

'
ppr ess on ot ildrsn s

Syw fic erupti ons on the heads and bodies of infa n ts,

“ ”
also called mi lk scurf if suppressed by salves cream
, , ,

unsalted butte r or merely by war m bathing are often

, ,

followed by c hor es ( St Vitus d ance ) ep ilepsy a sc rofu

.
’
, ,

lo us constitution and in later life by tuberc ulosis

,
.

and oth er febrile diseases of chil dhood if properly ,

treated by n atural methods are c urative or at least ,

corrective i n thei r efl ects on the system and represent

'

well defined orderly natural processes for the elimina

-
,

tion of inherited or acquired di sease taints drug poisons, ,

 SUPPRESS I O N vsas s ELI u MIN ATI ON 51

etc. But if arrested or suppressed before they have run

their natural cour se before Nature has had time to
,

re establish normal conditions then the abnormal condi ,

tion becomes fixed and permanent ( c hronic ) .

In addition to this , the poisons and serums employed

to arr est the disease p rocess v er y of
ten afl ec t vi tal p ar ts

and organs permanently causin g the gr adual deterio r a,

tion of cells and tissues, and paving the w ay for tuber

culosis chroni c affection of the kidneys can cer etc in
, , , .
,

later years .

These self evident facts whi ch can be verified by any

-

un prej udiced observer moun t for the

,
“
mysterious
,

sequelae of drug and serum treated acute diseases

” -
,

which never occur whe r e natural methods of healing

have been correctly employed So me of these chronic .

after e fiec ts are deafness blindness heart and ki dney , ,

diseases n e rvo us afiecti ons idiocy infantile paralysis

, , , ,

These are mer ely a few ordinary examples of the re

su lts ofm pp r mion They c ould be m ultiplied
. a h undred
“ ”
fold yet medical science assures us that the causes
,
“ ”
of cancer and other malignan t diseases are unknown .

Author ity
The following utterances of the late Dr N icholas Senn .

str ongly conflr m0u r claims as to the natur e and cur e of

disease Coming from the li ps of a celebr ated surgeon

.

and physician these stateme nts should carry some

,

weight with those who being unable to reason for them

,
“
salve worship at the feet of authority The quota .

tions referm
,

d to are taken from the report of an inter

vi ew granted by the doctor to Chicago newspaper repre
 NATURE CU RE

[ C h icago A mi er ca n, A ugus t 5 th ,

G ER MS P LA N TE D B Y TI G H T LA C I NG
cedi ng an d O ver -
Dr essing Gi ven as Causes of Can cer

N icholas Senn b r ough t sa i d. f ‘

Cancer com es l ro
'
m
m
t h ence w ov er eed mg
’

an d ov er li v i ng
m
.
.

”
ago yester Dr i nk x gou
‘
nod to r an di z
nfl ma ti o
r ns of h is he i ng, unnatura hab i ts of w o m
can cer i s a c i vili zed
‘ ’
en
,
li k e lac t h o se
thi n gs help to the seeds
Senn sp en t f r om of cancer in t ild
m—
.

“ ‘A
O w or th
D of ti e s t nd as w e hav e not
L v alue per h ou r of h is lear ned to c u re i t the best
a hi s firs t day a t h o e m thi ng to do is to rev ent i t
m
onths, telli n g a h al f w hen w e can childr en
m more m
.

w er e b r ou h t u i n s i
new sp a per en
pli ci ty
the w or ld, e x ept hi m c by natu m
o ers ; th en, i f
a sc ore of spec iali sts car e shou ld b e ta ken to te
f
I

k n ow a b out the fear v en t hyper nutr i ti on, t ere

lase. He umm
s ed up w ou ld b e m
uch less danger
lea r ni ng i n th e sta te m
f r o cancer Can c er i tself i s
—
.

at th e d i sea se i s stil l an ov er fed thi ng tiss ue th a t

m
-

0 ex cep t b y th e k n i fe n ev er atu r es , for i f I c ou ld

i n c ipi ent sta ges a n d m atu r e th e c ells I c ou ld c u re
e bes t p r ev en ti v e is the d is ea se Th e thi ng for
.

lai n li v in g p p
e o le t o d o w ho f ea r th e y
m
.

i nv esti gati ons of th e a y h av e i nh er i ted i t is to

m
li v e s i p ly—th ere a r e m
,
of Af ri ca ser v ed to an y
on h i s c onv i c ti on tha t
- J . . - L - l - 2
c ases m
a ong peop le w i th a
 sor r ess m w v sss s EL I u MI N ATI O N 39
‘
T he mo tly
fins fr ee fro
They mm
h
are s a ar e any
p ys ic ally, le yan an d other di se ases that
all, ex cep t th e d w ar fs T her e also Tuber c ulosis
t . .

is li ttle tenden cy tow ard k n ow n , and only along

obesi ty ; th ey hav e n o apo c oast, w her e i t h as been tak en

pla y, n o diste nded ve ins as the w hi tes Th e real cu

. rse
w e have i n c i v i li zati on H enc e the coa st coun“
7
8
m m
.

thei r fr eedo fro cancer la r ia I t i s bad al u) an d

!
. .

They li v e na tur ally, an d ar e d ow n the East shore

m m m
.

v egetar ia n s ostly, w hi le the aw ay f r o it yself by

N orther n Esqui aux are eat m m i ng fiv e gra i ns of qu i ni n e
eater s, b ut b oth rac es eat the j u i c e of a le on once a m
natu rally to su s tai n li fe, henc e d ay on ans em p ty tomach
mm m ood remdy for
.

i uni ty fr o tha t di s T ha t is a e
g
I t is where ea ti ng is m a lar ia, for i n all y r unni ng m
m ade an ar t tha t ca ncer is a r ou nd I h av e nev er had i t
m
.

ost prevalent .

( Edi tor
'
s N ote —Dr Sena
died Janu ary . The pa per s
stated after h is death , th a t the doc tor ha d n ev er been w ell
si n ce the r etu r n f ro h i s lo m
v oyage, that his h ear t an d
ner v ous sys te m
ha d bee n se r iou s y a fl ect ed by the alti tu des of
the A ndes and of other ountai ns m
We wonder wheth er the .

alti tu
” “ v ”
“
hi des or th e fi e gr a ins of qu i n i ne daily w er e
m
to b a e for the c eleb ra ted physi c ia n s hea rt di sea se an d death )
’
.

Dr Sen n w as right If m en an d wome n li v ed more .

naturally the majority of dmeases wou

'

ld disappear
ma y caue ofdi ea e i
, .

The pr i Violation of Natu

'
r s s s s rs s
“ ”
Laws .Civilizatio n has l argely stood for artific iali ty
of life and for unnatur al habi ts A higher civilization .
,

yet to come, will combine the most exq uisite c ulture of

heart and mind with true simplicity and naturalness
of livin g Excessive meat eatin g str o n g spices and con -

dim
.
,

ents, alcohol cofiee tea over wo r k night work fear

'

, , , , , ,

worry sensuality corsets high heels foul air improper

, , , ,

br eathing lack of exerci se lov elem marriages race

,

icide all of these and m

, ,

su
“
,
any other evils of hyper

upon by Dr S emi . .
70 NATURE cus s

In order to learn these truths which have been pro ,

claimed for many years by the advoca tes of Nature Cure ,

he was obliged to travel to the arctic circle and to the

trep ics While expatiatin g upon the benefic ial efi ects
.

of natural living he might have added that primitive

,

races livi ng in accordan ce with Nature s laws are also ’

practica lly free fr om hea rt disease dysp epd a nervous , ,

ness insanity locomotor ataxy paralysis agitans pare

, , , ,

sis and a host of other c urses of civ ilization ; and that

,

the wome n of these races give birth to th eir children

witho ut the dr e adful l abor pains which afflict the
“ ”
mothers of civilized races
Dr Se nn however failed to recognize a most im
.

.
, ,

portant cause of the rapid increase of destructive chronic

diseas es ; in fact he overlooked the pr in cip al factor
, ,

w hich i s the su ppr essi on of acute diseases bypoi s on ous

dr ugs and sur gical oper ati ons .

When the un natural habits of life all uded to have

lowered the vi tat and favored the acc umulation of
waste matter and poisons to such an exten t that the
sl uggish bow els kidn eys skin and the othe r or gans of
, , ,

elimin ation are unable to keep a cle an house Nature ,

has to resort to other more radical means of purification

,

or we should choke in our own impurities These forci .

ble house cleanings of N ature are colds catarrhs skin

-
, ,

eruptions diarrhe as boils ulcers abnormal perspiration

, , , , ,

hemorr hages an d many other forms of inflammatory

,

febrile diseases .

Sulph ur and mercury may drive back the skin er up

tions antipyretics and antiseptics may suppress fever
,

an d catarrh The pati en t and the doctor may congr atu

.
o

late themselves on a speedy cure ; b ut wh at is the true

st ate of afiai rs t Nature has been thwarted in her work
of healing and c leansing She had to give up the fight .
 SUPPRESSI ON v ss sos ELI MINATI ON 7
1

poisons ofmercury q uinin e iodin e strychnine etc The

mtt m mg
, , , , .

diseau u
m
a a
'
h stfl l in the syste pl s the d
po .

Proof positive of the retention of drug poisons in

the or ganismis fu r nh hed by the Diagnoais fromthe
Bye . This will be explain ed more fully in another
chapter .

may make another attempt at purification this time , ,

possibly in another direction ; but again her well meant

,
~

efior ts are defea ted This proc ess of suppression is re

.

posted ov er an d over again until blood and tissues be

come so load ed with waste material an d poisons that the
healing forces of the organism can no longer react
“
against them by ac u te diseases Then results the .

”
chronic con dition which in the vocabulary of the Old
,

S chool of M
“
edicine is only another n ame for inc urable
”
disease .

The more ski lled the al lop athic school becomes in the
suppression and preventio n of acute diseases by drugs ,

knife , X rays serums vaccina tion virus etc the greate r

-

, , , .
,

will be the increase of chronic dyspepsia nervous pros ,

tr ati on insan ity locomotor ataxy paresis cancer sec

, , , , ,

on dar y and tertiary syphilis tu berculosis and many , ,

other ao called inc urable dise ases

m
-
.

l nppn ad on of w uudis by dr u
gs and knifa is

dh easss w hich Dr 8enn had over look ed in his disooni ss -

m
.

on the causss ofchr onic dsstr uctivs afl ents Ifhe hs d .

studied his experiences in foreign lands in the light of

u
sco r ges of mankin d ex ist on ly in those par ts of the
72 NATURE CURE

These statements may seem exaggerated ; but allow

me to cite a few typical cases of suppression and i ts
efiects upo n the syste m from ou r d aily practice .

Paresis locomotor ataxy an d par alysis agitans are not

, , ,

as is usually assumed due to seco ndary and tertiary

s yphili s but to the m ercur y adm
,

,
inister ed for the cur e
of hu stl e and other diseases I n le ss than six mo n ths
.
’

time we c ure the ao called specific diseases by our natural

-

meth od s provided th ey ar e n ot suppr ess ed and com

,

plicated by merc ury iodin e or o ther poisonous drugs

, ,
.

We neve r in terfere with the o r igin al lesio n but allow ,

Nature to dischar ge the poiso ns thro ugh the ch annels

establishe d for this p urpose .

Un de r this rational treatmen t disc ha r ge an d ulcer ,

act as fon tanels to the system Not only the specific

.

poison but m uch of he r editary an d acq ui r ed disease

,

matte r also are elimi nated in the process ; and afte r such
a cu re blood and tissues of the pati ent ar e p ur e r than
,

they we r e before in fection .

The forego ing stateme nt has nothing to do with the

moral aspects i nvolved in acq uiring venereal diseases .

In this conn ection we ar e dea li n g solely with the ratio nal

or irratio nal t re atme nt O f the in fectio n afte r it has bee n
c ontrac ted We do not wish to in tim ate th at it is ad
.

v isa b le to c ure the body by killin g the soul .

Nev er th elem we m u , st deal with the facts i n Nature

as we fin d them Fur thermore a gr e at many persons
.
, ,

especially wome n and c hildren acqui r e these diseases ,

inn ocently Are we not j ustified In relieving their minds

.

of needless fear an d in showin g them the w ay to prev en t

“ ” “
the dreadfu l sn fier in gs of the secon dary and ter
”
ti ar y stages b r o u ght on by suppressive drug treatment
by means of merc ury the iodides , etc i , .

These poisonous drugs suppress the in itial lesion and

74 NATURE c ssu

other ailments .

A few years ago we had under our care a patient in

the last stages of locomotor ataxy who for yea rs had ,

been sufferin g the tort ures of the damned The r e had .

never been a taint of specific disease in her system but ,

by calomel This dreadf ul poison was given to her in

.

large doses for the c ure of liver trouble and constip ation .

S he was only fourtee n years old whe n on account of ,

Another patie nt who after fiftee n years of slow

,

an d tortu rous dying by inch es succ umbed to the sam

”
, e
disease absorbed the mercur ial poiso n in his boyhood
,

days while atten ding a boarding school He was twice .

salivated by merc u rial o intmen ts applied to c ure the

itch ( sca bies ) a disease which w as epi demic at times
,

among the boys He likewise n ever had a syphilitic

.

A youn g m an insane at the age of thirty absorbed the

, ,

infernal poison when four years of age He had at .

the time a psoric skin e ruption but the fami ly physici an

,

suspected syphilitic infection from the n ur se girl and

kept the child under mercury for si x months How do .

we know that the diagnosis of syphilis w as false ! B e

“ ”
cause the ir is of the eye revealed peers as the cause
of the suspicious eruption whi ch reappeared several
times l ater in life an d because the servant girl was
,

afterwards absol u tely exoner ated by competen t phy

Pr oofs by the Di agnosis fr o mtbe i ye

We have treated many h undreds of cases of called ao
-

chr onic neuralgia neuritis rheumatism neurasthenia,

, , ,
 SUPPR E S81 0N vsss s sn u mm a r xos 75

epilepsy and idiocy due to the perni cious efiects of

,

quini ne iodin e arsenic strychn ine coal tar prod ucts

, , , ,
-
,

and other virule nt poisons taken un der the guise of

C‘
medi cine .
”

How do we know that this is so ?

( a) Because the Diagnosis from the Eye plain ly r e
veals the presen ce of these poisons in the system .

( )
b Beca us e the drug sig n s i n the eye are aecom
p an ie d by the symptoms of these poisons in the system .

( c ) Because the record in the eye is confir med by

the histo r y of the patient .

Because un der natural livin g and treatm

, ent ,

diseases long ago suppressed by drugs or kn ife re appea r

“ ”
as healing crises .

“
( )
e B eca use in these
, healing crises drugs indi ,

osted by the signs in the iris of the eye are frequ en tly
eliminated un der their ow n pec ulia r symptoms .

f
( ) B ecause to the
, exte n t that a dr ug is elimi n a ted
“ ”
from the system by a healin g crisis its sign will
,

disappear fromthe ir is of the eye .

To i llustrate :
( )
a The Diagno s is from the E ye reveal s he a vy
quin ine poison in g in the region of the brain .

b
( ) This en ables us to sa y to the patient wi t ho ut ,

q uestionin g him that he sufiers from sev e r e frontal

,

headaches an d rin gin g in the cars th at he is very ir ri ,

table and so on through the various symptoms of q uini ne

,

c
( ) The h istory of the p atie n t reveals the fact tha t
he has taken large a mounts of quinine for colds grippe , ,

d
( ) Under ou r methods of nat ural livi n g an d treat»

ment the patient improves ; the organism becomes more

vigor ous an d the organs of elimination ac t m
,

, or e freely ;
 NATURE CUB E

t poisons ar e stirr ed up in thei r hi ding p laces

i
r ses m ake their appearance The processes of
.

on thus inaugurated develop vario us symptoms

y headaches ringing
, in the ears , n asal catarrh ,

to
iJ
ver crisis if n aturally treated dimin
y healin g ,

signs of disease and dr ug poisons in the eye .

 C H A PTBB VI I I

m an s n os
-

RO M w hat has been sa id on this subject it

already ,

w ill have becom e a p paren t tha t infl a mm ator y an d

fev er ish diam ar e j u st as na tu r al or der ly an d la w f

. . ul
as anythi ng e lse i n Natu re that ther ef
. . ore af ter they
.

hav e once star ted they mu . st not be c h ec ked or su p

p en ed by poisonou
r s dr u g s an d su rg ic a l o p era ti ons .

I nflam matory p roeemes can be kept w i thin safe limi ts .

and they m ust be as isted in th eir constr ucti ve ten den

c i es by the natu r al m e thods oftr ea tme nt To ch ec k and
m
.

su pp re acu te d isease s be f o r e the y h av e r un th ei r

natu r al cou r se means to s u pp r em N at u r e s p u

’

r i f i
y gn

an d hea li ng efl orts to b r in g abou

, t fata l compli ca ti ons .

an d to change the ac u te constr uctiv e reac ti ons in to

,

chr onic disease con di ti ons .

Those w ho hav e follo w ed the p rec edi n g c hapters wi ll

r em em ber that thei r gen e r al tr en d has been to p rov e
one of the fu n da menta l prin c ip les of N atu re Cur e
p hfl ow h
p y n
,
am ely th e U n it y o f D is e a s e a n d C u r e .

canl a , their pur pose, and if co nditi ons are fav orable .

I n for mr e ch
ap te rs I endeav ored to prove and to
el u c idate the un ity of ac u te diseases in regar d to the ir
ca u ses and their pu r pose the latter n ot being destr u
, o
ti ve but constr uctiv e an d ben eficial I dem
, onstr at ed
.

that the mic ro organisms of disease are not the u

-
nm iti
g a te d nuisance and ev i l as whi c h th ey are com monly
77
73 NATURE c us s
regarded but th at like everything else in Nature th ey
, , ,

serve also a useful p urpose I showed th at it depends .

upon ourselves whether their activity is harmful and

des tructive or ben eficial : upo n our m anner of living
,

an d of treatin g ac u te re ac ti on s .

Let u s now trace the un ity of ac u te diseases in regard

to the ir ge ne r al co urse by a brief examin ation of the
processes of infl amm ation an d their p rogrem iv e develop
me nt through five well defin ed stages We sh all base -
.

ou r stu dies on the most adv anced works on pathology

and bacteriology .

To me the story of infl amm ation has been one of

the most wo n de r ful revelations of the complex activities
of the human organism More th an anything else it .

confirms to me the fun dame ntal principles of Nature

C ure the fact that N ature is a good hea ler not a
, ,

poor one .

B efore i nflammation can arise there must exist an ,

ex cit in g cause in the for m of some obstruction or of

some age nt in imic al to h ealth an d life S uch excitants .

of i nflamm ation m ay be dead cells blood clots frag , ,

men ts of bone an d other efl ete matte r prod uced i n the

,

system itself or they may be forei gn bodies such as

,

particles of dust soot stone iron or other metals slivers

, , , , ,

of wood etc again they may be micro organisms or

, .
, ,
-

p arasites
When one or more of these exciting agents of inflam
.

mation are prese nt in the tissues of the body in snacient

stre ngth to call forth the reaction and opposition of the
healin g forces the m icroscOp e will always reveal the
,

following phenomena slightly varying under different

,

conditions
 mm uu m ar
'
N 79

The blood rushes to the area of irritation Owing to

blood prem
.

this inc the min ute arteries and

,

veins in the immediate neighbor hood of the excitant

dilate and increase in s ize The distension of the blood
m ale stretches and thereby weakens their walls
.

Through these the white blood corp uscles squeeze their

mobile bodi es and work the ir w ay through the inte r
veni ng tim ucs toward the afl ected area .

I n some mysterio u s way they seem to sense the

exact location of the dan ger point and h urry toward it
,

in large numbe rs like soldi e rs summoned to meet an

invading ar my This faculty of the white b lood cor
.

p u sc les to app rehend the p r ese n ce and ex act location

of the enem y has been ascribed to chemical attraction
and is called chem olar is .

“
The army of defense is made up of the white blood
corpuscles or le ucocytes and of connective tissue cells
which separate themselves fr om the neighborin g tim ues
All these wandering cells possemthe fac ulty of absorb
.

ing and digesting microbes They contain certain pro

.

teolytic or protei n splitting fermen ts by means of wh ich

-

,
“ ”
they decompose and digest poisons and hostile micro
organisms . On account of their acti vity as germ
dutr oyers these cells have been called germ killers or
,
-

h
p a gocytes In the ir movemen ts and actions these val
.

isnt little warriors act ver y m uch like intelligent beings ,

animated by the qualities of patience perseverance , ,

cour age foresight and self sacr ifice

, ,
- .

The phagocytes absorb morbid matter poisons or , ,

micro or ganisms by enveloping them with their own

-

‘
bodi es It is a hand to han d fight and many of the
.
,

brave little soldiers are destroyed by the poisons and

bac teria which they attack and swallow What we call .

“ ”
pus is made up of the bodies of live and dead phago
30 NATU RE u
c ss

cytes di sease taints and germs blood serum broken

, , ,

down tissues and cells in short the deb ri s of the bat

,
“
,
”
tle field .

We can now under stan d how the processes just de

“
scribed produce the well known cardinal symptoms ”

of inflammation an d fever ; the r ednw s heat an d swell

ing due to inc r eased blw d p r mur e co ngestion and the
, ,

, ,

acc umulation of exud ates ; the p ain due to irritation

an d to pressu re on the nerves We can also realize how
.

impaired nutrition an d the obstruction and destruction

in the afl ected p arts and organs will in terfe r e with and
inhibit functional activity .

The organ ism has sti ll other ways and m eans of de

fendi ng i ts elf At the tim
. e of bacterial infection cer ,

tain germ killin g substances are developed in the blood

-

alan i ne It has also been found that the pha gocytes and
tissue cells in the nei ghbort of the area of irritation
prod uce anti poisons or natural an titoxins
~
“ ”
which ,

neutralize the bacterial poisons and kill the micro organ -

F urthermore the growth and develop ment of bacte ria

,

and parasites is inhibi ted and finally arrested by their

own waste prod ucts We have an ex arhp le of this in
.

the yeast germ which thrives and m u

, ltiplies in the
“
presence of sugar in sol ution Living on and digest
.

”
ing the sugar it decomposes the sugar molecules into
,

alcohol and carbonic acid As the alcohol increases dur

.

ing the process of ferm entation it gradually arrests ,

the develop ment and activity of the yeast cells

S imilar phenomena accompany the activity of discus
NATU RE uss
c
 INFLAM MATI ON

blood increase the vita lity an d p romote

, ,

then the poisons and the micro organisms of -

gr adually be overcome, absorbed or

degrees the tissues will be cleared 0
battle field
IV Abatem
.

. ent The absorptio n and

.

exudates pus, etc takes place d uring

Abatem
, .
,

ent It is accompa nied by a grad

.

of temperature pulse rate and the other

, ,

V Resoluti on or Reconstr uction Whe n the period

. .

of abateme n t has r u n its cou rse an d the affec ted areas

have bee n clea re d of the mo r bid acc um ulati ons and oh
structions then dur ing the fifth stage of inflammation
, , ,

the work of rebuildi n g the inj ured p art s and organs

begins M ore or less destruction has taken place in the
.

cells and tissues the blood vessels and organs of the areas
,

involved These must now be reconstructed an d this last

.
,

stage of the in fla m matory

the most impo r tant On the p er .

inj uw d parts depen s the fin al ef fect of the

ease upo n the organism
d .

If the inflammation has been allowed to r un

through the difl erent stages of ac ute
fi nal stage of reconstruction then ever y ,

whatever its name and description may

beneficial to the organism because morbi

eliminated from the system; abnormal and

tiss ues have been broken down and b uilt up a
p urer and more normal co ndition .

As it were the acute disease has acted

,

organism like a thunder storm on

 con ditions Therefore ac ute diseases when
.
,

in harmony with N at ure s inte n t al w ays prove

’
,

31
o
.

pw ev er ,thr ough n eglect or w r ong tr eatmen t the,

ator y p
L ar e n ot allowed to r un their

coum e if they ar e checked or supp m cd by

,

as dru gs the ice b ag or sur gical oper ations or

, , ,

dise as e co nditi o ns in the system are so far i n

n dancy th atthe hea li ng f orcm ann ot react prep
-

c
en the co nstru c tive forc es m ay lose the b attle
‘

disease m ay take a f atal endin g or develop into

ail mnm
e .

Ippr essi on Dur ing the Fir st Tw o Stages of

I nflam mati on
iy uggested th at suppression dur ing the
be s

of incubati on and aggr avation need not h ave

onsequen ces if followed by natur al liv in g and
 mm m
m arl o u 35

Acco r ding to pop ular opinion the catc hi ng of colds

,

is responsible for the grea ter portion of h uman ailmen ts .

Almost daily I hear from patie nts who come for con
su ltati on : All my tro u bles date back to a cold I
took at such and such a time etc Then I have to
, .

explain that colds are not taken suddenly and from

w ithout but th at they come fromw i thi n, that their
“ ”
period of in c ubatio n may have extended over months
or years that a clean healthy body possessed of good
, ,
“ ”
vitality cannot take c old un der the ord inary the r m al
conditions congen ial to h uman life no matter how and
,

den the chan ge i n tempe r ature .

At first glance this m , ay seem to be contrary to com

mon experience as well as to the theory and practice of

medical science B ut let us follow the developme n t of
.

a cold fr om start to fin ish This will th r ow some light

.

“
on the qu
”
estion as to whether it can be ca ught or ,

whether it develops slowly within the organism ; also

whether this development or incubation m
“ "
ay exten d

over a long period oftime .

“
Taki ng cold m ”
ay be cau sed by chi lling of the sur
face of the body or part of the body I n the chilled .

portions of the ah a the pores close, the blood recedes into

the inte r ior an d as a res u
. lt of this the e limina tion of

the skin is suppressed .

“
This catching a cold thr o ugh being exposed to a
c old draft thro u
, gh wet clothi ng etc is not necessarily
, .
,

followed by more serious consequences If the l ystem .

is not too m uch e nc umbe r ed with mor bi d matte r and

if kidneys and intestines are in fairly good working
or der thm or gans w ill take car e ofthe ex tr a am
,
ount of

waste and morbid mater ials mplace of the tempor arily

86 N ATURE u
c ss

inactive skin and elimi nate them without dif

, ficulty The .

greate r the vitality and the more normal the composi

tion of the blood the better the system will react in
,

su ch an emerge ncy and throw 06 the morbid matter

which failed to be elimin ated th r ough the skin .

If however the o r ganism is already ove r loaded with

, ,

waste and morbid m ateri als if the bowels and the kid ,

n eys ar e al r e ady weake n ed an d at r ophi ed th r o u gh con .

ti nned ove r wor k an d over stimulatio n if in addi tion -

, ,

to this the vit ality has been lower ed th r ou

,
gh exc esses
or ov er e x cr fion and the vital fluids ar e in an ab no r m al
,

conditi on the n the mo r bid m atter thrown into the cir

,

c ulati on by the chilling an d temporary inactivity of

the skin c ann ot fin d an outlet through the regular ch an
nels of eli m ination and endeavors to escape by way of
,

the m ucous linin gs of the n asal pass ages, the thr oat ,

bro nchi stom ach bowels an d ge nito urinary organs

, , ,
.

The waste mate r ials an d poiso nous exudat es whi ch are

be in g elimin ated th r ough these int er n al memb r an es cause
irritatio n and co ngestio n and th us prod uce the well
.

known sympto m s ofinfl ammation an d catarrh al elimin a

tion : sn eezing ( coryza ) cough expectoration mucous , , ,

discharges di arrhea le ucorr he a etc etc

, , , .
, .

“ ”
In other words these ao called ,
colds are n othin g -

more or less than differe nt forms of vicarious elimina ~

tio n The memb r anous lin in gs of the inte r n al organs

.

are doing the w ork for the in ac tive sl uggish and atro ,

p h ied skin kid n eys

, an d i n testi n es Th e
, greater the .

accumulation of mor bid matter in the system the lower ,

the vitality and the more abnormal the composition of

,

the blood an d lymph the greater will be the liability to,

”
the catching of colds .

What is to be gained by suppressin g the difierent

germ killers and antipyr eti cs l Is it not obvious that
-

such a proced ure inte rferes with Natur e 8 puri fying

’

efl or ts that it b in ders an d suppresses the inflammator y

m
,

p ro ce es an d the accompanying elimi nation of morbid

matter from the system ? Worst of all that it adds ,

drug poisons to disease poisons ?

Su ch a cour se can h ave but one result na mely the ,

chan ging of Nature s cleansin g an d healin g etforts in to

’

Fr om the foregoing it will h ave become clear that

the cause of a cold lies n ot so much in the cold draft
ma y causes of
,

or the w et fee u
as in the pr i r all diseau:

“
The incubation pe r iod of the cold may h ave
ten ded over many years or over an en tire life time .

What then is the natural cur e for colds ! The r e can

, ,

be but one remedy : in c r eased eli minati on through the

p r oper chann els This is accomp lished by j udicious
.

dietin g an d fastin g an d through restoring the natural

,

activity of the skin kidneys an d bowels by me ans of

, ,

wet p acks cold sprays and ablutions sitzbaths man age

, , , ,

osteop athic mani pulation homeopathic remedies ex er

, ,
»

cise sun and air baths and all other methods of na tural
, ,

treatmen t that save vitality build up the blood on a ,

n ormal basis and promote eli min ation without inj uring

m
,

the or ganis .

Should the in flammatory pr ocesse s be supp r essed du

r
ing the l tage ol dutrnoti on. the re sults w ou ld be stfll
33 NATURE c uss
We have learned th at d uring this stage the affected
parts and organs are involved in more or less disinte
g r at ion They. ar e fi lled with morbid ex udates p us etc , , .
,

which interfere with an d make i m p osd ble normal nu

tr iti on and fu n ctio n in g If suppression takes place dur
.

ing this stage it is obvio us th at the af

,
fected areas will
be l eft perm an ently i n a co ndition of destruction .

H ere is an ill u str ation from p r actical life : S uppose

necessary changes an d rep ai rs h ave to be ma de in a
house Workm
. e n h ave torn down the p artitions hang ,

ings wallpape r etc At this st age of the p r oceedin gs

, , .

the owne r disch ar ges the workme n an d the house is left

in a condition of chaos .

S urely this woul d not be ratio nal

, It would leave .

the house un fit for h abitation B ut such a proced ure .

would cor respo nd exactly to the supp ression of inflam

matory diseases d urin g the stage of destruction This .

also leaves the afiected organs p er m an en tly in an ab

n ormal diseascd con dition

,
.

That acco un ts for the myste rious sequelae or

c hro nic after efiects which so often follow drug treated
- -

ac u te diseases .

I have trac ed n umerous cases of chronic afiections of

the l un gs and kidneys of in fantile p aralysis and of
, ,

many other chro nic ailmen ts to such suppression I n .

the following I shall describe a typical cue which came ,

under our care and treatment a few year s ago .

Suppr essi on by Means of the I ce B ag

A few years ago several ge ntle men of Greek national

ity called on me with the request that I visit a fr ien d
of theirs who had been lying sick for about two months
in one of our great West Side hospitals On investiga .

tion I found that the patient had entered the hospital

 NAT URE CUB E

They relaxed the pores an d drew the blood

surface thus promoti ng heat radiation an d the
,
-

i on of morbid m atte r through the skin They

.

suppress the fev er but kept it below the d anger

,

r this tr eatmen t ac comp anied by fasti ng

, and

arish p rocw es supp m d by the ice pach soon

became once more active and aggrem i ve an d
,

w allowed to r un their n atural course thr ough

{es of d estr u cti on absorpti on ( ab ateme nt ) and
, ,

n oti on.

resu lt of the N ature Cur e tre atment w as that

vo months after the p atien t en te r ed ou r insti tu

3 fr ien ds bou ght hi ma ticket to sunny G rew .

a good journey an d in the conge nial climate

,

ative co u nt r y m ade a perfect recovery .

e observed a numbe r of si m i lar c asmsuffer in g

nsoli dation of the l u n gs an d the resu ltin g asth
r tu
“
ber ul ar con ditions which had been doc
c
,
 mm un mou a
'
91

or icy water for packs compresses b aths or ablutions

t always water of ordinar y tem
, , , ,

bu per atur e as it comes

fr om well or hydrant The water compress or p ack
.

warms up quickly an d thus brings about a natural

,

reactio n within a few mi nutes while the i ce bag or pack

,

co ntinually chills and prac tically freezes the afl ec ted

parts an d organs This does not allow the skin to relax ;
.

it p revents a w arm reaction the radi ation of the body

,

heat an d the elimin ation of morbid matter thro ugh the

,

Suppr essi on Dur lng the F our th and Fifth Stages of

Inflam mation
Let us see what happens wh en ac ute diseas es are sup
p r ess ed during the stages of abatem ent and reconstr u c

ti on If the defenders of th e body the phagocytes and

. ,

an titoxins prod u ced in the tissues and organs gain the ,

victory over the ini m ical forc es which are threate nin g
the health an d life of the or ganism the n the symptoms ,

of inflammatio n swelling redn ess heat pain and the

, , , , ,

a ccele r ated he ar t acti o n which accompanies th em ,

“ ”
grad ually sub side The debris of the b attle field is
.

c arried away thro ugh the ve nous circ ulation which

forms the drain age syst em of the body .

When in this way all morbid materials h ave been

completely eliminated Vital F or ce the physic ian with
,
“
,

in,
”
wi ll co mmence to rege n erate an d reconstruct the
inj ured an d destroyed cells an d tissues .

If however these processes of eliminati on and recon

, ,

struction be in terfered with or interr upted before they

are completed then the afl ected p arts and organs will
,

not have a ch an ce to become en tir ely w ell or stron g .

They will remain in an abnormal crippled condition , ,

and their functional activity will be seriously handi

92 N ATUR E c ssu

In h undreds of cases I have told patien ts afte r a

glance into their eyes that they were sufl er ing from
chronic in digestion m ad assi milation an d m
,
-
al n utrition ,
-

caused by drug tr eated typh oi d fev er ; an d every time

-

the records in the eyes were confirmed by the history

of the p atie nt .

In such cases the oute r r imof the i r is shows a wreath

ofwhitish or dr u g c olore d c irc ular fl akes I have named
-
.

“
this wr e ath the typhoid rosary I t correspo n ds to .

the lymph atic and oth er absorbent vessels in the in tes ~

tin es an d appears in the iris of the eye when these

,

structu res h ave bee n inj ured or atrophied by drug ice

or surgic al t r e atme nt Whe rever this has been done
.
,

the venou s and lymp hatic vessels in the intestines do

not absorb the food m aterials and these pass thr ough the ,

digestive tract and out of the body without being prop

erly digeste d and assimi lated .

D urin g the destructive stages of typhoid fever the ,

intestines become den uded by the sloughin g of their

membranous lin in gs These sloughed membranes give
.

the stools of the typhoid fever p atient the ir pec uli ar

“ ”
p ea s ou p appe ar ance I n a simil ar ma
. nn e r the
lymphatic venous and gl an dular structures which con
, ,

stitu te the absorbe n t vessels of the in testi n es atrophy

an d slou gh away .

If the infl ammatory processes are allowed to r un their

normal co urse under natural methods of treatmen t
thro ugh the stages of destruction absorption and recon , ,
~

struction Nature will rebuild the membranous and

,

glandular structures of the in testinal c anal perfectly ,

convalescence will be rapid and the p atien t will enjoy ,

better health th an before he contracted the disease .

If , howeve r through inj udicious feeding or the cd

,
94 NATURE u
c ss

fectively as typhoid f ever By this is proved the unity

of tr eatm
.

ent in all acute dise ase s

m
.

Both in typhoid fever and in tuberc ulo ,

progressive
medical m en h ave now e n tirely aba ndon ed the germ

killin g method of tre atme nt They h ave foun d it abse

.

lutely useless an d supe r fl uou s to h un t for drugs and

seru ms to kill the typhoid and tuberc ulosis bacilli in
these the tw o most destructive diseas es af
, flictin g the
h uma n family They were forc ed to admit that the
.

simple r emedi es of the Nature Cur e school cold water

,

an d fasti n g in typhoid fever an d the fr esh air treat-

m ent i n tuberc ulosis are the on ly worth while methods

,
-

to fight these for midab le e nemies to he alth an d li fe .

I f they wo uld c ontin ue the ir researches and ex p er i

m en ts along th ese natural li ne s they would attai n in
,

finitely mor e satis facto r y results th an through their

g er m-
h untin g an d ger mk
o
illin g the ori es an d p r actice s
 C HAPT ER IX

m mo ar rs OF SUP PRESS I ON OF W AI
DISEASES

N O THE R good illustration of suppression may be

fo und in the allopathic treatment of venereal dis
eases . Al most invariably the drug treatmen t suppresses
these diseases in the stages of incubati on and aggrava
ti on, th u s lockin g them up in the system The venereal.

taints an d ge r ms however ar e livi ng thin gs which grow

, ,

and m u ltiply u ntil the body h as bee n completely per

meated by them Then they m ust fin d an outl et some

.

how an d somewhere and conseq uen tly they bre ak out

,
“ ” “ ”
in the m anifol d ao calle d second ary and tertiary
-

symptom s .

The drug poisons which are used to cure ( suppress )

these sym ptoms greatly aggr avate the dise ase They
, .

create conditions in the system infinitely worse than the

venere al diseases themselves T h us the acute e asily cur
.
,

able stages of these ailments are chan ged into the dread

ful and obstin ate chron ic co n diti o ns .It is in this way

that ven ereal diseases ar e made heredi tary an d trans
mitted to future ge nerations .

In a special article on this sub ject entitled Venereal

Dise ases ,
” “
p ublished in The Na tur opath , Jan uary ,

1 9 1 3 I have substantiated the followin g cl aims

1
( ) Venere al disease s ar e n ot n ecessarily chroni c in
their progressive development .

“
( )
2 They are e sse n ti ally a c ute an d self limited
-
bu.t
95
96 mma cm
a s

may become chr oni through n eglect or through

c

suppressive drug treatm ent .

“
( 3 ) The chronic a
,o ca
-
l led secondary and ter tiary
manifestations of ven ereal diseases such as ulcera ,

tion of bones and fleshy tissue gummata of the ,

brain sclerosis of the spinal cord arthritic rheuma

, ,

parts and organs of the body are not so m uch the ,

result of the original gonorrheal or syphilitic in tee ~

tion as of the destructive drug poisons which have

,

bee n taken to c ure or r ather to supp r ess the primary

“
Venereal di seases in the ac ute inflammatory stages
are easily and completely c urable by n atural meth
ods of livin g an d of tre atmen t .

“
Ven ereal diseases treated and cured by natural
methods during the acute inflam matory stages are
never followed by any chronic after efiec ts or sec -

ondar y and tertiary manifestations wh atsoeve r .

‘
When venereal diseases h ave reached the seco ndary
and tertiary stages they are still curable by n atural
,

methods of living and of tre atmen t provi din g there ,

is left sufi cien t vi tality to respon d to treatment and

providing the destruction of vital p arts and organs
has not advan ced too far .

“
Hundreds of cases of well de v eloped locomotor -

ataxy paresis and other so ealled secondary an d

, ,
-

terti ary diseases of the brai n and the nervous sys .

tem of bony an d fleshy tissues an d of vital organs

, ,

have been c ured by our natural methods of treat

Itis self evident however that the treatment

-
, ,

and c ure of the chronic conditions require mor e

patience and perseverance th an the cure of acute
the subjects of these tests had n ever in their
w n any symptoms of syphilis nor as far as they
,

i d th ey ever been exposed to infectio n but ,

e of them showed plain ly the sign of mercurial

in the iris of the eye and had taken consider

,

c ury in the form of c alom el or of other medici

ar ati ons for di seas e s not of a lueti c natur e, or
“ ”
I bee n saliv ated by comin g in contact with
urial poison in min es smelters mirror fac
, ,

a
e ds me to believe th at soo ner or late r medic al
, ,

Vill h ave to admit th at the Wasse r m an and N o

ts reve al in m any in stan ce s at least the efiects

, ,

tri al pois o n ing i nste ad of the e f fec ts of syph

et on An d this wo uld not be surprisin g sin ce
= i
.

I kn own th at m er c ury h as v ery similar e f fects

a sys tem as syp hil is .

es the m erc ur i al p oison fr om five to ten and

een ye ars befo r e it w ork s i ts w ay i nto the b r ain

al c or d an d the r e c au
. ses i ts c h ar ac teristic de
 SUPPRESS I O N OF VEN ERE AL DISEASES 99

the most virulen t poiso ns on earth un til the un dertaker ,

“
finishes the job And this is mi scalled scientific treat
.

”
men t
. There never w as inve n ted by cruel Indian or
fanatical in quisition worse torture than this They mer .

c ifully finished the snfier ings of their victims within a

few ho urs or at the worst d ays ; b ut this torture in
flisted upon hum
, ,

an bein gs in the name of medical

sc ien ce co n tin ues for a l ifetime It me ans dyin g by .

in ches un der the most horrible c onditions for ten ,

twen ty thirty ye ars or lon ger

In this connection it m
, .

ay be well to qu ote the tuti

mony of Professor E A Farrington of Philadelphia
. .
,

one of the most celebrate d homeop athic p hysici ans of

the nineteenth century He says in his C lin ical Me
“ .

wi th M
.
,

edi cs third edition page 1 41 :

, ,
“
The various constitutions or dyscrasia underlying
chronic an d ac ute afiections ar e indeed ver y numero us , ,

As yet we do not know them all We do kn ow th at one

, .

of them comes in gon orrhe a a disease which is fright ,

fully common so that the co nstituti on aris in g from this

,

d isease is rapidly on the in c r ease .

“
Now I wan t to tell you why it is so It is because .

allopathic physicians and m any homeop aths as well

, ,

do not properly c ure it I do not believe gonorr hcea to

.

be a local disease I f it is not prope e c ured a consti

.
,

tutiona l poi so n which m ay be t r ansmitted to the children

is develop ed I kn ow fr om years of experi ence an d ob

.
,
.

servatio n that go norrhe a is a serious d i f

. fic ulty and on e , ,

too th at c omplic ates many c ases th at we h ave to treat .

T he same is tru e of syphi lis in a mod ifi ed degree

Gonorrhoea seems to attack the n obler tim

.

nes the l ungs , ,

the hea rt and the ne r vous syste m all of which are

. ,

”
reached by syphilis only after the lapse of years .
1 00 NAT URE c u
ss

The Destructi ve After -

muu c s of Mercur y
Concerning the destructive after ef
fects of merc ury -

of which home paths have made a most careful study

o ,

are these : that the blood becomes im

Y ou will fin d
p ov er ished The .albumi n a n d fibri n of that fluid are
afiected . They are dimi n ished an d you fin d in their ,

place a certain fatty substan ce the composition of which ,

I do not exactly kn ow Conseq uently as a promin ent

.
,

symptom the body wastes and emaciates The p atien t

, .

su fiers from fever which is rather hectic in its character .

The periosteum becomes a f fected and you then have a ,

characteristic group of mercurial pains bone pains worse ,

in changes of the weather worse in the warm th of the ,

bed and chillin emwith or after stool The skin be

, .

com es rather oi a brownish hue ; ulcers form p ar ti cu ,

lar ly on the legs ; they are stubborn an d will not heal

‘

The patient is troubled with sleeplessness and ebullitions

of blood at night ; he is hot and cannot sleep ; he is
thrown quickly into a perspiration which perspiration ,

gives himno relief .

“
The entire system snfiers also an d you h ave here ,

two seri es of symptoms At first the p atient becomes

.

anxious an d restless an d cann ot r em ain quiet ; b e changes

his position ; he moves about from place to pl ace ; he

seems to h ave a gr e at deal of anxiety abo u t the hear t ,

p r aecordi al an guish as it is termed parti cularly at

, ,

night .

“
Then in another series ofsymptoms ther e are jerk
, ,

i ngs of the limbs makin g the p atie nt appear as though

,

he were attacked by S t Vitus dan ce Or you may .

’
.
,

notice what is more com mon yet trembli ng of the hands, ,

 CHAPT E R X

SUPPRESS IVE SUR GI CAL OF

TONSILITIS AND EN LAR GED ADEN OID S

H E following paragraphs are taken from an article

i n the Natur e C ure agazi ne, ay, 1 909 , entitled M M
S urgery for Tons ilitis an d Adenoids They will .
“

throw further interestin g light on the dangerous conse

que n ces of suppressi n g ac ute an d subac ute diseases .

“
The tonsils are excretin g glands N ature has created ;

them for the elimin ation of imp urities from the body .

Ac ute subac ute and chro nic tonsilitis accompan ied by

, ,

enlargeme nt and cheesy dec ay of the tonsils means th at

these glands have been h abitually congested with morbid
matter an d poisons that they h ave had more work to do
,

than they could p r operly atten d to

m
.

“
Th glandular str uctures constitute a valuab le
par t of th e
'

dr ainage syste mof th e or ganis m . I f th e

blood is poiso ned through overeatin g an d f aulty food
c ombin ations or with scrofulous venereal or psoric
, , ,

poisons the tonsils are called upon alon g with othe r

, ,

organs to el iminate these morbid t ain ts I s it any

, .

wonder that freq ue ntly they bec ome in fl amed and

su bject to dec ay ? What howeve r can be gain ed by , ,

destroyin g them with iodine or extirpating them with

’ ‘ '
the surgeon s scissors or the guillotine ?
Thie “ Vanesca! Diseases
m
ar ticle, ll the one on
‘ -
as w e as
f
re er r ed to on m 9 5, my b a r oc ured at the sa ni ta ri umo ee ,
dgoul p
e e
6 25 S. Aahlan evard, Chi cago , 111
.

1 02
 s umassrvs SURG ICAL "
rs mm r r 1 03

Because your servants are weakened by ov erwor k,

would youkill them ! Because the drains in your house
are too small to carry 03 the waste would youblockade ,

or remove them ? S till th is is the orthodox philosophy

,

of the med ical schools applied to the management of the

In case of any morbid discharge from the

body wherever it be whether through hemorrhoids open
m
,

80m u
, ,

, lcer s through tonsils scro fulous glan ds , etc , a

'
, .

fontanelle has bee n established to which and through

which systemic poisons make their w ay If such an out .

let be blocked by medical or surgical treatment the ,

stream of morbid matter has to seek another w eeps or

else the poisons will acc um ul ate somewhere in the body .

Fortunate is the p atient whe n such an escape can

be established because wher ever in the syste m morbid
,

excreti ons suppressed by medi cal treatment concentrate

, , ,

there will in evitably be found the se at of chro nic disease .

“
After the tonsils h ave bee n extir p ated the morbi d ,

matter which they were elimin at ing usually fin ds the

nearest and easiest o u tlet through the adenoid tissues
and nasal membranes These now take up the work of
.

“ ”
vicarious elimination and in their t urn become, ,

hyper active and infl amed

-
.

“
Sometim es it happens that the adenoid tissues become
afl ec ted befor e the tonsils I n th at case also relief
.
, ,

through the surgeo n s kn ife is so ught an d then the

’
,

process is reversed : after the adenoids have been r e

moved the tonsils develop chronic catarrhal co nditions
,
.

“
When both tonsils and ade noids h ave been removed ,

the nasal membranes will in turn become co ngested

, ,

and swoll n O ften the mucous elimination in creases to

e
.
 NAT UR E CUB E

1d sw ell and obstruct the nasal passages th us

ak ing the pati ent a m
,

outh br eather
‘ ’
.

Ln v ain does Natu r e protest agai nst local sym p to

=atm en t Scie nce h as n othin g to learn from her
. .

a the n ose takes u p the work of vicarious elim

the sam e mode oftre atme nt is resorted to The .

membranes of the nose ar e n ow swabbed an d

with an ti septics and astrin gen ts or b urn ed
,
‘ ’

ri z er s electr icity etc

, , . The polypi ar e cut out ,

ue ntly p arts of the turbinated house as well in ,

ope n the air p assage s .

sure ly the p atie nt m ust be c ur ed B ut strange

, .
,

ew an d more ser io u s t r oubl es ari se The poste

’
.

11 p assa ges an d the th r oat ar e now afiected by

catarr h al co n dition s and the r e is m u ch ann oy ~

mphlegm and m uc ous discharges which drop

throat These c atarrh al c on diti ons fr equently
.

o the m ucous memb r an es of st om ach and ih

n the drai nage sy stem of the nose and the n aso

 C HA PT E R XI

ET us see how our theor i es of the Unity of Disease

and Cure apply to cu m, the m uch dreaded and -

rapidly increasing dismc which is considered absolutely

-

inc urab le by the laity and the medical profession .

Allop athy says that the only pom i ble r emedy is early
‘

ope r ation. Nevertheless in the tex tbooks of medical

,

scien ce an d in medical schools an d co lleges it is taught

“
that c ance r an d all other m alignant growths alw ays
"
retur n after extir pati on I n fact every stude nt of
.
,

medicin e is expecte d to state this in his examination

papers as part of the defin ition of malignant tumors .

The great majority of me dical p r actitione rs hold ,

furthermore that cancer is a local dis ease This is

, .

proved by the fac t that they apply local symptomatic ,

treatment .

In reality however the di sease is consti tuti onal

, , .

Therefore , after removal of the growth by surgery the ,

electric needle X rays etc the cancer or tumor is li able

,
-

,
.
,

to break out again i n the same pl ace or in several places .

“
The surest w ay to c hange insi gn ificant ao ca lled be ,
-

”
nigh ( n ot f ata l to life ) fibroid or fatty tumors into
malign ant ca ncer or sarcoma is to Operate upon them .

Wens and warts are often made malignant by surgical

in terference or other local irritation .

“
In my article entitled Wh at We Know About C an
cer in the August 1 909, issue of the N atur e C ar e
”
,

1 06
 CAN CER 1 07

Mag zi ne
a
“ I quote from an article by Burto n J H en .

dr ick the cancer expert p ublished in the J u

, ly 1 909
, , ,

n umber of M c C lure s M agazi ne, as follows :

’

“
Clinical observation lon g ago esta b lished the fact that
any irritati ng i nterference with a cancer almost always
stim ulates i ts gr owth I n his earliest experime nts Dr
. .

Loch found th at by mere ly drawing a silk thread

,

th r ough a dorman t or slow ly deve lopin g tumor he co ul d ,

transform it i nto a rapi dly gr owing one C utting with a .

knife prod uced the same e ffect This accounts for the .

co m monly observed fact th at wh en extirp ated cancers ,

in human beings r ec u r they in creas e in size much more

,
”
rapidly than the origin al gr owth .

The late Dr Scan the gr eat can cer surgeon admitted

these facts in an interview given to Chicago pramrepre
.
, ,

sen tati v es upo n his r eturn from his trip aro un d the wor ld
in 1 906 The press cli ppin g reads as follows :
.

“
voms eam
a noc ros s ' ”

Incidenta lly Dr Senn advises women who worry

, .

over thei r disfigurement of mo les about thei r heads and

shoulders to have those so called bea uty spots removed o

early in life but he tells them they shoul d not go to

,

beauty doctors to have the operati ons perform ed .

“
He knows of h un dreds of cases he says where cancer , ,

has rw ulted from the irritatio n of m oles by an electric

n eedle or by constant picki ng it
, Have a surgeon cut .
‘

the mole out is his advic e as it will h urt little and leav e
,
’
,

To this we answered in our commen ts on the inte rview

If the little kni fe of the b e a uty doctor ca uses c an ce r ,
"
wha t about the big knife of the surgeon ?
“
See footnote on page 1 02 .
1 08 NATURE C URE

of surgical operations .

C ancer N ot a Local . Bu
t a Consti tuti onal mm
e o

F or many yea s r I hav e been teachi ng in u my lect r es

an d writings as well as in priv ate advice to patients that

cancer is a constitutional disease ; that it is rooted in

every drop of blood in the body ; th at it is ca used by the
presence of certain disease taints or of food an d dr ug
poiso ns in the system ; th at these poiso ns ir r itate and
stim ulate the cells in a certain locality an d cause thei r
abnormal m ultiplic ati on or proliferation i n the forms of
benig n or malignant tumors .

I also claim that me at e atin g has m uch to do with

the causatio n of cancer .

Certain discoveries by Dr H C Ross of London E ng

. . .
,

land confirm my claims that c ancer is not at all of local

,

an d accide n tal origin b u t that it is constituti onal and

, ,

th at it m ay be caused by the gradu a l accum ulation in

the system of certai n poisons which form in decaying
animal m atter .

One day while experimentin g in his laboratory Dr , .

Rombrought white blood cells or le ucocytes in to contact

,

with a certain an ilin e dye on the slide of a micr oscope ,

and noticed t hat they began at on ce to multi ply by cell

division ( p r olife ration ) This w as the first time that cell

.

proliferati on had bee n observed by the h um an eye while

the cells were separ ated from their p arent organism .

Dr Ross realized that he had made an important dis

.

cover y and contin u ed his experime nts under the micro

scope in order to fin d out wh at other substances would
.

sam e cell multiplication H e fo un d

. that certain xan
thines an d albumin oids derived from decaying an imal
110 NATURE cus s

t large q uan tities of alkaloids of

a e p utrefaction and ,

these in tur n stimulate the normal

, , , healthy cells with
which they come in contact to rapid , abnormal m ultip h

The malign an t growth therefor e feeds on its own , ,

prod ucts of decay aside from the syste m , ic poisons and

morbid mate r ials alre ady contained in the blood an d
tissues of the body .

Th ese morbid pro ducts pe r meate the e ntire system .

They ar e c ar rie d by the c i rc ulatio n of the blood in to all

parts of the body This exp lai ns why c an ce r is a consti
.

“
tu tion al disease why it is as I stated it
, rooted i n , ,

”
eve ry d rop of blood .

It also exp lains why can cer or rather the dispositi on ,

to its dev elopment ( di athesis ) is hereditary ,

.

If the origin al cancerous gr owth is removed by s urgical

in terve ntio n X rays the electric n eedle c auterization
,
-

or any other form of local treatme nt the poiso no us m

, , ,

a ,

terials ( alkaloids of p u tr efacti on ) in the blood will set

up other foei of abn orm al wild proliferation Medic al
“ ”
, .

sci ence has appli ed the te r m metastasis ”

to such
spreading and re appearing of m align ant t u mors afte r
extirp atio n .

Dr R oss fin din gs throw an interesti ng light on the

.
’

r elatio nship betw een cancer an d m eat eating Is it not .

se lf evident that in a digestive tract filled most of the

-

time wi th la rge masse s of partially digested and decay

“
ing animal food enormous q uantities of alkaloids of
”
putrefaction are c r eated ? These ar e absorbed into
the circulation attracted to any point where exists some
,

form of local irritation and then stim ulate the cells in

that locality to abnorm
,

al prolifer ation .

“ ” “
But it wi ll be said
, meat eat ing alone does not ,
-
 ca nons 111

account for cancer beca use vegetarians also succumb

,
"
to the disease .

Thi s is true Alka loi ds of p utrefaction are constan tly

.

produced in every animal an d h uman body They form .

in the excretions of livin g c ells and in the decayin g

protop lasm of dead cells and if the organs of eliminat io n
,

do not functi on prop er ly th ese morbid m ateri als will

,

acc u m ulate in the system .

Furthermore the Diagnosis from the Eye furn ishes

,

positive proof th at Hahnem a n n s th eor y of pl ora is

’

b ased on truth I q uote from my article in the N ature

.

Cure Magazine August 1 909 ,

“
For a h un dred years H ahn em ,
’
ann s theory of p eer s

has bee n scouted and ridiculed by the allopathic schools ,

and even among homeopaths only a few have accepted it .

Now we are co n fronte d by the rem arkable fact th at at

this late day the DIAGN O S I S F ROMT HE EYE con
,

firms the observations an d spec ulations of the great gen

iu s of homeop athy .

“
After suppression of itchy eruptions lice c r ab lice , , ,

etc spots ran ging in color from light brown to dark

.
,

red appea r in difiercnt places in the iris of the eye These .

‘ ’
itch spots indica te the organs and localities of the body
in which the supp rw d disease tain ts h ave co ncen trated .

“
Such suppressions represent not only the scroful ou s
tain“ which Nature was trying to eliminate by means
of erupti ons and parasites but in addition to these the
, , ,

m
poi sons contained in the bodi es of the parasites and the ,

drug poisons which were used to suppress or kill the .

“
It has be en found th at the bodie s of the itch p arasites
( sa r cop tcs cca bi ci ) co n tain an exceedingly poiso nous
substance which the homeopaths call psorinum Whe n ‘ ’
.

these min ute animals burrowing in and under the skin

11 2 NATURE cuss

are killed hy poisonou s drugs an d antisepti cs , the orb id m

taint: in thei r bodi es are absorbed by the system and

Thus, after suppresm on of itchy eru ptions or pars

d tq the or ganismis encum ber ed w i th thr ee poisons in
stead of one : 1 ) the hereditar y or acquired scrofulous
and pw r ic taints which the cells of the body w ere throw
ing 05 into the blood stream and which the blood was
feeding to the p arasites on the surface ( 2 ) the morbi d
,

substance contained in the bodies of the parasites ( 3 ) ,

the drug poisons used as suppressants .

( Such poisons may lie latent in the system for many

years before they become active and in combination ,

with other disease taints and with food an d drug poisons ,

create the difier ent forms of chronic destructive

diseases )
.

“
These facts explain why the itch spots in di f ferent
areas of the iris of the eye so freq uen tly i n dic ate serio us
chronic destructive disease conditions in the p arts and
,

organs of the body corresponding to these areas why for , ,

instance in asthma and tuberculosis we often find itch

,

spots in the region represe nting the l un gs or why in

cancer of the liver or of the stomach itch spots show in
the area of stom ach or liver
That the itc h or pm
.

“
ra taint is actually at the bottom

of the cancerous diathesis is attested by thei act tha t

,

all cancer patients whom we h ave trea ted and cur ed ,

of furunculosis ) broke out with the itch at one time or

,

another during the natural treatment In most of these

.

cases the bodies of the patients were in flamed with fiery

erupti ons for days or even weeks at a time .

“
Nature Cure allows th ese healing crises to run their
r the natur al methods that is before the br eak
, ,

p r dce ss has far adva nced the, easier and

i ll be the c ure
.

case of tumors then we see again verified the

, ,

ital law of N atu re Cure : the Unity of Disease

r eatm We see that the tumor is not of
‘
ent
.

of consti tuti onal origin tha t its period of ia

,

may extend over a life tim e or over seve r al

-
 CHAPT E R XII

WOMAN S SUFFER IN G
’

E RTAIN ai lments peculiar to the female organism

have become almost unive r sal among civi lized races .

Pr obably the majority of s ur gical op eratio ns ar e per

“ ”
formed for ao called women s diseases
-
’
T hat women
.

su fier u n told agonies duri ng menstru ati on in c hildbirth

, ,

and at the climacteric is looke d u pon as unavoid able and

“ ”
a matter of course .

The fact that the native wome n of Africa of the ,

S andwich Islan ds the S outh American bu

, s h and ou r

wa tern plains are practically exempt fr om thm

,

e ail
meri ts indicates th at the cause of female tro ubles
,
“ ”

must lie in artificial habits of living and in the unnatur al

trea tment of diseases
Many ar e beginni ng to r ecognize these tr uths For
.

them is d awning a new er a when knowledge will free

,

Woman from physical suffering as it has freed her from

other bondage
Instances like the following are of com
.

mon occurrence
in our free cli nics for Diagnosis from the Eye :
A lsdy tells u s that she has been su fier ing for m any

years froma com “

plication of female troubles ”
Her .

eyes show a heavy sc urf r m indicating an inactive

" i

. ,

atrophied skin poor surface ci rc ulation and as a result

, ,

of this condition defective eliminatio n through the skin

, ,

and acc umulation of waste matter and systemic poisons

in the system The areas of stomach and intestines reveal
.

the signs of chronic catarrhal eflection and atr ophy of

1 16
1 16 NATURE c us s
the membran o us linings and glan dular structures . This ,

formation constipation and a multitude of resulting

, ,

The signs in the iris also indicate an atonic r elaxed , ,

and prolapsed condition of stomach bowels and oth er , ,

abdominal organs This is likely to ca use saggin g of the

.

ge nital organ s relaxation of the ban ds an d ligam

, ents
which hold them in place an d as a result of this relaxa ,

tion mi splacement of the womb

, .

We tell the p atient of our fin din gs in her eyes an d she ,

ad m its all the co nditions an d symptoms which we de

scribe bu t she is not satisfied beca u
, s e our diagn osis does

not agree with that of the gre at speci alists and professors

of medicine whom she has consulted Every one of them .

has told her that all her troubles are due to the fact
that her uterus is fl exed and r etr overted th at it presses ,

on the rectum ( this bein g the ca u se of her chronic con

stip ation and of the obstru cted menstrual flow the
and that the wom b m
,

co ngestion pain , , ust be

I n this and many similar cw es that hav e me to us

eo

for treatment it was the rel axed and prolapsed condi tion
,

of the stomach and intestines th at c aused the sinking

( prolaps us ) of the uterus with the atten ding distressing
symptoms In some instances the womb an d with it the
.

bladder had fallen so low that they protruded from the

vagina In all of these cases as the patients without ex
.
,

c eption told u s the professors an d specialists assured

,

them th at surgic al treatment shorte ni ng of the liga ,

mea ts the insertion of pessaries the cutting loose and

, ,

r aising of the womb etc were the only possible m eans

, .
,

of c uring th w e a ilments .

So we explain to the lady that the relaxed and pro

 NATURE CURE

Curetting ( sc r aping ) the wom b does not cure

ir r hal afl ec ti on b u
, t only serves to destroy its
mucous linin g and to suppress catarrhal elimina
[ oldi ng up the womb by means of a pessary i n
stren gthen i ts muscles an d ligaments is about as
i le and ef fective as to try to strength en a weak
ca rrying it in a slin g Replac ing or removing
.

3d or efl ected organs by means of su rgery does

tribu te anythi n g toward cor r ecting the causes
2 ab no r mal co nditi ons , but in man y instances
5 real cure impossible . How can an organ be
Fter it has been exti rp ate d with the kn ife ?
1 fact known to every observing physician that

ty to seve nty fiv e p er ce n t of all women h ave

-

ad of misp laceme nt of the ge ni tal org ans an d

,

y a comp aratively small n umb er of these sufi e r

zal d istur b ances in dicating th at i n mo st c ase s

, , .

men t alone will not create serious trouble

s .

idiculous to assum e th at the small flabby uterus

,
 WOMAN S S UF FER IN G
’
119

I saw that osteop athic correction of sp in al and pelvic

lesions and conseq uen t re m oval of ir rita tion and pressure
on the nerves the cure of chr o nic constipation and m
, al

n utri tion by p ure food diet an d hydrotherapy the

-

strengthenin g of the pelvic muscles an d ne r ves by means

of acti ve and p assive movemen ts and exercises were ,

fu lly sufi ci en t to cor rect the local symptoms in a natural

manner Thousands of cases c ured by us by these
.

methods attest the truth of our statemen ts ; while those

who failed to understand the si mple reasoni ng of the
Nature C ure philosophy or lacked will power to with
,

stan d the ar guments of frien ds and physicians followe d ,

the sire n call of the operatin g table and have been ,

sorry for it ever si nce .

I n case of operation for misplacement of the womb it ,

is necessary in o r der to keep the womb i n its new posi

,

tion to sti tch it to the frontal abdomin al wall Very fro

, .

que ntly it will not stay the r e breaks loose an d relapses

, ,

in to an abn ormal positio n Granted th at it remains fixed

.
,

woe to the woman if she become pregnant The womb .

cann ot assume the constantly chan ging positions of preg

n ancy and the resu
,
lt is either abortion or malform ation

of the fetus togethe r with great an d constant snfl ering

,

to the wo m an .

The operation has done nothin g to correct unnatural

habits of livin g or to purify the syste m of its scrofulous
and psoric ta in ts of drug and food poisons Freq uen tly
,
.

these gather in the parts that have bee n weake ned an d

irritated by the antiseptics an d by the surgeon s kn ife ’
,

and set u p new in fla m m ati ons u lce ratio n s a

,
n d o nly too ,

often malignant t u mors As a result on e operation fol

.
,

Ws cannot cut in ths gsnital orga m w i tho ut cu tting

in the b rain The nervo u
. s system is a un it , and the brai n
 N ATURE CUBE

i ly sensitive nerve centers of the genital organs .

on of the genital nerve centers therefore , in ,

il li fe of a wom an It is almost axiomati c that

.

1 whose u te rus or ovaries have been remov ed or

d is afterw ard mentally an d emotionally mor e
bnorm al . Nervousn ess irritability and only too
, ,

rv ou
z s prostratio n and insanity are the sequ elae
tive tr eatm ent .

edical co lleges among stu

, dents and professors ,

cts are fr eely a dmitted an d discussed, but the

“
zive patien t hears a difl er ent story Cut loose .

i h shorten the ligaments p u

, t it into the right
,
”
and everythin g will be well This sounds
.

e and sed uctive ; b ut every day experien ces ex

-

l inadeq u acy and the destructive after efiects of -

mptomatic tr eatment .

The OIi macte i r c or Ohange of Life

122 NATURE cons

of medical treatment, the kidneys skin and bowels have , ,

become inactive be numbed or paralyzed As long as

, , .

the vicarious monthly purification by means of the

menses continues the evil res ults of the torpid condition
,

of the regular organs of dep uration do not become so ap

parent The organismhas lear ned to adapt itselfto this
.

B ut when on account of the organic changes of the

,

climacteric menstruation ceases then the systemic poi

, ,

sons which formerly were eliminated by means of this

m
,

onthly p urifi cation acc um ul ate in the system and be

,

!ome the so u r ce of all ma nn er of tro uble All te ndencies .

to physical mental or psychic disease ar e greatly in

, ,

tensified The poiso no us taints circ ulating in the b lood

.

overstim u late or el se depress and paralyze the brain and

the n ervous system As a consequen ce mental and
.
,

psychic disorde rs ar e of commo n occ urre nce ; the more

so because the wanin g of the sex func tions is aecom
p ani ed by a te n de n cy to negativity and hyper
sensitiven ess
m m
.

How can the ail ents ofthe cli actei i c be avoided or

cured ?
Is it not self evide t that the
-
way to side step
n easiest -

the troubl es in ciden t to this critical period and to t e

establish the perfect eq uilibrium of the organism lies ,

in restoring the natural activity of the organs of

This is what Nature Cure accomplish es e asily and

success fully with its natural method s of treatment Air .

and sun baths water treatments and massage bring

, ,

n ew life and acti vity to the enervated skin Pure food .

-

diet osteopathic treatme n t c urative gymnastics h omeo

, , ,

pathic or her b remedies restore the natural tonicity and

 w o an s s r n am u m e 1 23

tines M
. ental therapeutics systematically practiced , ,

make every cell in the body vibrant with the hi gher and
fin er forces of the mental an d spiritual plan es of bein g .

Wh en the natural equilibri um of the organism is th us

restored ther e is absol utely n o occasion for the troubles
,

of the climacteric W e have proved this in hundreds of

.

cases As kidneys skin an d bowels begin to function

.
,

normally and freely physics ] an d mental conditio ns

,

commen ce to improve an d one after another the ,

dreaded symptoms disappear

s com m m
.

Lot u par e w ith this co on sense na tur al tr eat

mnt th
-

medi cal p a ti ce in suh ca e

,

e e orthodox r c c s s

This treatment as usual is en ti rely sympto m

, atic The ,
.

sluggish organs of eli min atio n ar e prodded by poiso nous

cathartics laxatives diaphor etics cholagogues and
, , , ,

tonics all of which afte r temporary stim ula tio n leave

, , ,

the organs in a more weakened and the system in a more ,

poisoned co nditio n If brain an d ne r ves ar e irritated

.

and achin g sedative s an d hypnotics ar e give n to st upefy

,

them into insen sibility If the heart action is weak an d

.

irregular it is whipped up by poiso nous stimul ants ; if

,

too fast it is checked an d paralyzed by sedatives an d

,

Th us instead of removing the underlyi ng causes

, ,

every symptom is promptly suppressed Drug poisons .

are added to the waste and morbid matter which are

already clogging the channels of life An d of course .
,

under such unn atural treatment in many instances ,

things go from bad to worse Flushes he adaches rheu .

, ,

matic and neuralgic pains mel ancholia, irritability , ,

mental aberration partial paralysis and a m ulti tude of

, ,

other symptoms appear and grad ually incr ease in

When the fa mily phy i s ci an has ar riv ed at tbe en d of

 uu aua c u b J
u
n at r al t r eat ment wer e mor e widely
i
n sc a, how m uch unn ecessar v suf
ferin g
s it is called in medical parlance th at is he gives
, ,
“ ”
iti ve or a placebo ,
something or other to
”
a
, or to make the p atient and his frien ds be
”
it somethin g is bein g done .

ti ring thi s pe r iod of indec isi on an d in actio n very

is best opportun ity f or aiding N ature in her

efior ts is lost , an d the i nfl am matory processes
ch su ch virulence th at it becomes ve r y diflicult
imp ossible to keep them within co nstructive
The bonfir e th at w as to b urn up the rubbish on
nises m ay if n ot w atched an d tended assu
, , me
ip ortions th at it dam ages or destroys the hou se
.

at also be bo r n e in min d that very freq u en tly

seases do n ot p resent the w ell defined sets of
o

is w hich fit in to the accepte d me dic al co nception

1 1 specific ailme nts . On the contr ary in many

,

3 the sym ptoms suggest a co m bin ati on of difl er

L8 of ac u te diseases.

char acter of the di sease is i ll defined an d com

-
 TREATME NT BY NATUR AL M ETH O DS 1 27

have broken the virulence of the attack or brought about

a cure before the regular physi cian gets good and
‘ ‘

”
ready to apply his sp ecific treatment .

I n the fo llowing I shall describe briefly th w e natur al

methods for the treatmen t of ac ute dise ases which insure
the largest possible percentage of recoveries and at the
sam e ti me do not in any w ay tax the system cau se ,

The Natur al Re medies

The m ost i mpor taht ones of these natural r emedies
can be had free of cost in any home They are : Air .
,

Fasting Water and the right Mental Attitude

, , .

I am fully convinced that these remedies ofl er ed freely

by M other N ature are sufi cient if rightly applied to
, ,

c ure any ac ute disease arisin g within the o r ganism If .

ci rcums tances permit h oweve r we m

, ay advan tageo u
,
s ly

add Corrective Manipulatio n of the Spin e Massage ,

Magnetic Treatmen t and Homeopathic Herb or Vito

,

, ,

A plenti ful sup p ly of pure fresh air is of vital im

portance at any time We can live without food for
.

several weeks an d without w ater for several days but ,

we cann ot live without air for more than a few m in utes .

Just as a fire in the furnace cannot be kept up without

a good draft which supplies the necmar y amo unt
“ ”

of oxygen to the fla m e, so the fires of life in the body

cannot be mainta ined without an abun dance of oxygen
in the air we breathe
mes
.

This is ofv ital i mportan ce at all ti , but especially

1 23 NATURE CUB E

so acute disease because here as we have learned

in , . ,

all the vital processes are inte nsified The system is .

wor king un der high pressure Lar ge q uantities of waste .

an d morbid materi als the products of inflammation , ,

have to be oxidized that is burned up and eliminated

, ,

Inthis respect the Nature Cure people have brought

abo u t on e of the gr e atest reforms in medical treat m ent
the a dmissi on ofple n ty of fr e sh air to the sick r oom -
.

B ut stran ge to say the importance of this most es

, ,
“
sential n at ural remedy is as yet not un ive rsally recog
n ized by the representatives of the r egu lar school of
medicin e Time an d aga in I h ave been c alled to sick
.

“ ”
rooms where by o r der of the doctor every win dow
w as close d and the room filled with pestilenti al odo rs the ,

poiso no u s exh alations of the diseased orga n is m added to

the stale ai r of the unventilated an d ofte n overheated

apartment And this ai r s tar vation had bee n en forced
.

by graduates of our best medic al sch ools and colleges .

This unnatural an d inexcusable crime against the sick

is committed ev en at this late day in our great h ospitals
unde r the di r ect supervision of physici an s who ar e fore
most in their p r ofession .

I t is not the draft that is to be fear ed in the

cold

l i ok ~r oo m . Cold air is most agre eable and be neficial to

the b ody b ur n in g in fev er heat What is to be feared
0

ma
.

is the re inhalation and re absor pti on of poison ous

-
e
nati ons fr o mthe lungs and skin of the di eased body s .

Furthermor e the ve ntilation of a room can be so

,

regulated as to p rovide a co nstan t an d plen tiful supply

of fresh ai r without expos in g its occ up an ts to a direct
draft Where there is only one win dow and one door
.
,

both m ay be Ope ned an d a sheet or bl anket h u ng screw

the openi n g of the door or the si n gle window may be ,
 processes are lon g drawn out and the patient
m e greatly emaciate d it is advisable to give
,

ly digestible foods as white of egg milk butter , ,

l whole gr ain bread with b utter in combinati on

-

an d stewed fr u its and with vegetable salads

,

with lemon j uice an d olive oil .

an ti ty of dr in kin g water shou

l d be regulated by
e of the p atie nt b u t he shou
, ld be warned not
ny mor e th an is nece ma y to r satisfy his thir st
.

of w ater tak en into the system dil ute the

lO UD tS

l the other fl uids an d secretions of the organism

cew ve degree an d this te n ds to in crease the
,
’
veakn ess an d lower the p atient s resistan ce to
-

se forces .

may be made more palatable and at the same

e efi ectiv e for p u rposes of elimin ation by the
'

of the unsweete ned j uice of acid frui ts such ,

a gr apefr u
,
it or l em,
on abo u t on e p art of j uice
,

parts of water F r esh pin eapple j uice is very

.
 TREAT ME NT BY N A TURAL METH ODS 1 31

m m
diti ons is of pr i ary i por tance In certain diseases .

whi ch will be mentioned later on, especially th ose ia

volving the digestive tract fasting must be con tin ued for
,

several days after all fever symptoms have disappeared .

There is no greater fallacy than th at the patien t m us t

“
be sustained and his strength kept up by plenty
” “ ”

of nou r ishi ng f ood and dr ink or , w orse still by sti m u

m
,

lan ts and tonics This is altogeth er wrong in i d f;

.

and besides habit and appetite are ofte n mistaken for

,

h unger .

A common spectacle witn essed at the bedside of the

sick is that of well mean in g but misguided relatives and
-

“
fri ends for cing food an d drin k on the patien t often by ,
”
order of the doctor when his whole system rebels
,

against it an d the nauseated stomach expela the food

as soo n as taken Sedatives and to ni cs are the n resorted
.

to in order to force the digestive organs into submission .

Aversio n to eatin g d ur in g ac ute diseases whether they ,

represen t healin g crises or disease crises is perfectly ,

na tural, because the en ti r e organism in cludin g the ,

muco us membranes of stomach and in testines is e ngaged

in the work of elim i nati on not assim
,

ilati on Na usea
, .
,

slimy an d fetid discha rges constipation alternating with

,

diarrhea etc in dicate th at the o r gans of digestion are

, .
,

throwing ofl disease matter and that they are not in a ,

con dition to take up and assimilate food .

O rdinarily the digestive tract acts lik e a sponge which

,

absorbs the elements of n u trition ; but in ac ute diseases

the process is reve rsed the sponge is being squeezed
,

and gives off large quantities of morbid matter The

m m
.

p r oc eues of di gestion and a i ilation are at a stand

1 32 NATURE CUB E

still In fact the entire organism is in a condition of

.
,

prostration weakness an d inactivity The vital energies

, .

are conce ntrated on the cleansing an d healing processes .

Accordin gly there is no demand for food

, .

This is verified by the fact th at a perso n fasti ng for

a certain period say fou , r weeks d urin g the co urse of a
, ,

serious acute illness will not lose nearly as much in

,

weight as the same person fasti ng four weeks in days of

healthful activity .

It is for the for egoin g reasons th at no urishment ta ken

during ac ute disew e
( l ) is not properly digested assimilated an d trans
, ,

muted in to healthy b lood and tissues Instead it fer .

,

ments and decays filling the syste m with waste matte r

,

an d nox iou s gases .

( 2 ) interferes serio usly with the e limin ati on of mor

bid matter th r o ugh stom ach an d in testi nes by for ci ng

these organs to take up the wor k of digestion and

3
( ) diverts the vital forces f r om their combat against
the dise ase conditions and dr aws upon them to remov e
the worse than usel ess food ba llast from the organism .

This expl ains why takin g food d ur i n g fever ish dis

e ases is us ually followed by a rise in tempe r ature and
by aggrav ation of the other disease symptoms As lon g .

as there ar e signs of infl amm atory feb r ile con ditions

,

and no appetite do not be afraid to withhold food en

,

tir ely if n ecessary for as l on g as five six or seve n

, , , ,

weeks I n my practice I have had several p atients who

.

did n ot take any food except water to which acid fru

,
it
j uice s had been added for more th an seve n week s and
, ,

then made a rapid and complete recovery .

ions will produce the d esired results much more
ly and without any h armful b y efl ects or after
,
-

»
r incip alobjects to be attaine d in the treatment
I i nfl ammatory dise ases are :

s lieve the inner co n gestio n an d co nseq u e nt pain

b e af fected parts .

keep the temperature below the danger point

p romoti n g he at-
r a di atio n th r o ugh the skin
.

ncr ease the ac tivity of the or g ans of elimin ation

th us to facilitate the removal of morbid m a

als from the system .

i cr eas e the p osi tive e lec tro m

-
agnetic energies in

organ ism .

in crease the amoun t of oxyge n and ozone in

system an d the r eby to p r omote the oxidati on

comb ustion of ef fete matter .

i bove me ntioned o b jects can be attained most

-

ly by the simple cold wate r tre atment

-
. Wh at
 TREAT ME NT sr NA TURAL ME TH ODS 135

mm mut b
How e ar e s e tak en not to low er the te m .

per tu too m
a uh by th
re c e ex cessiv e ooldne u or u
nduly
pr olonged durati on of the application It is possible
to suppr ss inflammatory proem by means of cold
.

e
water or i ce bags j ust as easily as with poisono us anti

m
I t is su cicnt to r edu
co the te pen r c to j u m
l t below m
the danger point This will a ll ow the infla mm atory pro
.

cesses to r un their natural course thro ugh the five

progressive stages of infl ammati on and this natural ,

course will then be followed by perfect regeneration of

the afl ected parts .

I n ou r sanita r i um we use only w ater of ord inar y

temperature as it flows from the hydrant never under ,

any circumstances ice bags or ice water .

The application of ice keeps the parts to which it is

applied in a chilled c onditio n The si m ulati on cannot
react an d the in fl ammatory p rocem
.

es ar e th u s most
m
,

efl ec tually supp r ed .

To rec apitul ate : N ever check or suppr ess a fev er by

me ans of cold b aths ablutions wet p ack s etc but
, , ,

mer ely low er it below the danger point For instan ce if . .

a certain type of fever has a te nde n cy to rise to 1 04 F °

.

or more bring it down to abo ut

. If the fever ordi
nar ily ru ns at a lower temper atur e say at 1 02 F , do ,
°
.

not try to red uce it mor e th an one or two degrees .

If the temperature be sub normal that is below the , ,

normal or regular body tempe r ature the packs sho uld ,

be applied in such a manner that a warming efiect is

produced that is, less wet cloths and more dry covering
,

should be used and the packs left on the body a longer

time before they are renewed M
,

ore detailed i nstruction

.

will be given in subseq uen t pages .

1 36 NATURE CUB E

Never lose sight of the fact that fever is in itself a

healin g cleansing process which must not be checked or
,

suppressed .

H ot water
-
Appli cations Are I nj urtons

Altogether w r ong is the appli oation of hot w ater to

seats of inflam m ati on as, for instance the i nflamed ap
m
,

p en d ix or ovaries sp rai ns bru ises ,

, etc Al ost i
,n eve r y .

insta nce where I amcalled in to attend a case of ac ute

appe n dici tis or peritonitis I fin d hot comp r esses or hot ,

water bott les by me ans of which the inflamed parts ar e

,

kept contin ually i n an ove r heated conditi on It is in .

this w ay th at a simple infl am mation is nurtured in to an

absc ess and made more seriou s and dangero us .

Th e hot c ompr e ss or hot w ater bottle draw s the blood -

aw ay from the infl amed ar ea to the su rface tem porari ly ;

but unless the hot applicatio n is kept up con t in u ally ,

the blood unde r the law of Action an d Re action will

, ,

r ecede from the su r face in to the in te r ior an d as a result ,

the inner congestio n wi ll become as gr eat as or greater

than before .

If the hot app lic ati ons are co n t inued the app lied heat
mint in med
,

tends to a a and incr ease the heat in the infla

par ts .

“
Infl amm ati on me ans th at there is alr e ady too
m uch h eat in the a ffe c t ed p ar t or organ C omm on .

se nse th er efo r e would dicta te c oolin g applications

, ,

in stead of he at in g on es .

The cold packs and comp r esses on the other hand

fect upon the seat of i nflamma
, ,

have a direc tly cooling e f

tion an d in acco r d ance with the law of Action and
,

Reaction thei r secondary lasting oncet consists in dr aw ’

mth
,

ing the b lood fro e congested and heaw d inter ior

to the surface th us relaxing the pores of the skin and
,
1 33 NATUR E CUR E

well up to the neck an d wrap the sheet snugly around

,

the body so th at it covers ever y pa rt tucking it in be ,

tween the arms and sides an d between the legs It .

will be found that the sheet c an be adj usted more

sn ugly and smoothly if sepa r ate strips of wet l inen are
placed betw een the legs and betw een the ar m and th
s e
sides of the body .

The blankets are now folded one by one upward over , ,

the feet an d aro und the bo dy turn e d in at the n eck ,

an d bro ught across the chest the outer laye rs bei ng ,

held in place with safety pins .

The patient sh ould stay in this whole body p ack from -

one h alf ho ur to two hours acco r din g to the object to

-
,

be attain ed and the r e action of the body to the pack .

If the pack has been cor rectly applied the patien t will ,

become warm in a few minutes .

If the patient does not re act to the pack that is if , ,

he rem ains cold or if as is sometimes the c ase in

, ,

malaria the fever is acc omp ani ed by chills or if pro

, ,

f use per spi r ation is des i r ed b ottl es fi lled with hot water
,

or bricks he ated in the ove n an d wra pped in fl an nel

sho u ld b e pl ac ed alon g the sides an d to the feet under .

the outside covering .

Th is for m of applic ati on is c alled the bed swe at b ath -

.

It m ay be u sed with good results when an incip ient

cold is to be aborted .

After the pack has been removed, the body should

be sponged with cold water as already st ated Use a ,
.

coarse cloth or Turkish towel for this purpose rather

than a sponge as the latter cannot be kept perfectly
,

cl ean Dry the body q uickly but thoroughly and finish

.
,

by rubbing with the hands .

 TREAT ME NT BY NA TURA L METH ODS 1 39

In the meanti me the dam p bedclothing should be re

placed by dr y sheets and blankets ( a secon d cot or bed
will be found a great convenien ce ) an d the p atient p ut ,

to bed without d elay and well cov ered in orde r to p re

vent chi lling and also to ind uce if posible a copious , ,

after sw eat The patient is the n spo nged 05 a second

-
.

time put into a dry bed and allowed to rest

, , .

If the p ati ent be too w eak to lea v e hi s bed the cold ,

sponge may be given on a large rubber sheet or oilcloth

cov ered with an old blanket which should be placed on ,

the bed before the p ack is applied After removing .

the pack p ut a blanket over the patient to prev ent chill

,

ing and wash q uickly b ut thoro ughly first the limbs

then chest and sto m
,

ach the n the back drying and

, ,

covering each part as soon as finished Remove the .

rubber sheet from the b ed and wrap the pa tie nt in dry .

warm blankets or lift him i n to another bed

, .

Apply the Short Body Pack

H ow to

A wide strip of line n or muslin wrung ou t of col d ,

water is wrapped aro un d the patient from under the

,

armpits to the thighs or knees in one two or more , ,

layers covered by on e or more layers of dry fl annel or

,

muslin in such a m ann er that the wet lin en does not

protrud e at any place .

S imilar packs may be applied to the throa t the arms , ,

legs shoulder j oin ts or any other part of the body

, ,
.

The number of layers of wet linen an d dry cove r i ng

is determined by the vitat of the patient the height ,

of his tem perature an d the particular obj ect of the

.

l
( ) to lower high temperature
2
( ) to raise the temperature whe n subnormal

( )
4 to promote elimination .
1 40 N ATURE CUR E

If the obj ect be to lower high temperature several ,

layers of wet linen should be wrapped around the body

an d c ove r ed loosely b y on e or tw o layers of the dry

wrappin gs i n or de r to preve nt the bed from getti ng wet .

The p acks must be renewed as soo n as they become dry

or uncomfo r tably hot
I f the object be to raise s ub norm al tempe r ature lem
.

wet lin en an d mo r e dry cove r in g m ust be used and the

inutmto
,

p acks l eft on a longer tim e say fr om thirty m

,

two hours I f the p atie nt does not react to the p ack

.
,

hot b r icks or bottles filled with hot water should be

placed at the sides and to the feet as explained in ,

co nnecti on with the whole body pack -

.

If i nn er c on gestion is to be re lieved or if the object ,

be to p romote elimin atio n less of the wet linen and more

,

dry wrappin gs should be used .

Whe n p acks ar é applied the bed m , ay be protected

by spreadi ng an oilc loth ove r the m attress under the

sheet B ut in no case should oilcloth or r ubbe r sheeting
.

be used for the outer cov ering of p ac ks This woul d .

inte r fere with some of the m ain objects of the p ack

t r eatme n t esp ecially with he at radi ation
,
-
The outer .

cover ing should be warm but at the same time poro us so ,

as to allow the esc ape of heat and of poisonous gases from

the body .

In case of local i nflammation as in appendicitis ,

ovaritis colitis etc separ ate cooling compresses m

,

, ,
.
,
ay be

slipped under the pack and over the se at of inflammation .

These l oc al compresses m ay be removed and changed

when hot and dry without disturbing the l arger p ack .

In all fevers ac companied by high temperature it is ,

advisable to place an extra cooling compress at the nape

of the n eck ( the region of the med ull a and the back
1 42 NAT URE C URE

In febrile condi tio ns the pores and c apilla r y blood

vessels of the skin are te nse an d contracted Therefore .

the heat cannot escape the skin is hot and dry and the
, ,

interior of the body remains ove r heated When the skin .

relaxes an d the p atient begins to perspire freely we ,

“
say the feve r is broken .

The moist warmth unde r the w et pac k produces this

rel axation of the ski n in a perfectly natural manner .

By means of these s imple packs followed by cold ablu

tions the temper ature of the p atient can be kept at any
,

poin t desired without the use of poiso nous anti fever -

medic ine s serums and an titoxi ns which lower the tem

, ,

p e ratu r e by be n umbi n g an d par a lyzi n g h ea r t ac tion ,

r espir ation the r ed an d whi te blood co r p u

, scles and th us ,

ge nerally lowering the vital activities of the organ ism .

( )
2 H o w Cold P a cks R e li ev e In ner Con g e stio n .

In all infl ammatory febrile diseases the blood is con

gested in the inflamed p arts and organs This produces .

the four cardi nal sym ptoms of i nfl ammation : redness ,

swe lling heat an d pain

, , If the congestion be too great
.
,

the p ain becomes exc essive and the infl ammatory pr o ,

~

c eases c an not r un their natu ral course to the best ad

v antage It is therefore of great importance to relieve
.

the loc al blood pressure in the afiected parts and this ,

c an be accomplished most efl ecti v ely by means of the

As before stated they draw the blood into the sur face
,

of the body and in that w ay reli ev e inner congesti on

m
wherev er it ay ex ist whether it be in the brain as in
, ,

menin gitis in the l un gs as in pneumonia or in the

, , ,

infl amed appendix .

In several cases where a child was in the most dan

ger ous st age of diphther i a wh ere the membranes in ,

throat and n asal passages were alre ady choking the little
 T REATME NT BY NATURAL M E TH O DS 1 43

patient the wet p acks applied to the en ti re body fr om

,

neck to feet relieved the congestion in the throat so

quickly that within half an hour after the first applica
tion the patient breathed easily and soon made a perfect
recovery The efiectiveness of these simple water appii
.

cations in red ucing congestion heat and pain is little

, ,

short of marvelous
( 3 ) How Co ld Packs Prom ote Elim
.

inati on
By far the largest number of deaths in febrile disem
result from the accum ulation i n the system of poisonous
substances which paralyze or destroy vital ce n ter s and
,

or gans The r efore it is necessary to el iminate the morbid

.

prod ucts of inflammation from the organism as quickly

as possible .

This also is accomplished most efiecti velv and thor

oughly by the application of wet p acks As they draw .

the blood in to the surface an d relax the min ute blood

v essels in the skin , the mo hid mt
r a er ials in the blood are
eli m
in thr ou
ated gh the pores of the s kin and ab sor bed
by the packs That this is act u
. ally so , is verified by the

yellowish or brownish discoloratio n of the wet wrap

pings and by their o f fensive odor .

One of the main causes of constipation in febrile dis

eases is the inner con gestio n and fever heat Thro ugh -
.

the cooling and relaxing efiec t of the pac ks upon the

in testines this inner fever heat is red uced, and a natural
,
-

movement of the bowels greatly facilitated .

If constipation should persist in spite of the packs

and cooli ng compresses, inj ecti ons of te pid water should
be given ev ery day or every other day in order to
pre v ent the re absorption of poiso no u s p roducts from
the lower colon Bu t never give inj ecti ons ofcold w ater
.

w ith the idea ofreducing fev er in that w ay This is v er y .

 1 44 NAT UR E CURE

The Electr o uagneti c M ost

a of G old -
Water Appli cati ons
One of the most important, but least understood efl ects
of hydropathic treatment is i ts infl uence upon the
electro magnetic ener gies in the h uman body At least .
,

I have never fo und any allusions to this aspect of the

cold water treatment in any books on
-
hydr otherapy
which have come to my notice .

The sudden app lication of cold water or cold air to

the su r face of the n u de body an d the i nhal atio n of cold
ai r in to the l u n gs have the effect of increasing the
amo u nt of e lec tro magnetic energy in the system .

This can be verified by the following ex pe r i m e nt '

Insert one of the p lates of an electromete r ( se nsitive

galvanometer ) into the stom ach of a person who has re
mained for some time in a warm room Now let this .

person inh ale sudde nly fr esh cold outside air At once
, .

the galvanometer will register a la rger amount of electr o

magnetic energy .

The same efiect will be produce d by the application of

a quick cold spray to the warm body
, .

It is the sudden lowering of temperature on the sur

face of the body or in the l ungs an d the resultin g con
,

trast betwee n the hea t within an d the cold outside that ,

causes the increased manifestation of electro magneti c

energy in the system .

This together with the acceleration of the entire cir

,

culation undoubtedly accounts for the to nic effect of

,

cold water applications such as cold packs ablutions

-
, ,

sp r ays si tzbaths barefoot walking

, , etc and for the
, .
,

w onderfully bracing infl uence of fresh cold ou tside air

, .

The energizing eflect of cold air may also explain to

a large extent the superiority of the races inh abiting the
temperate zon es over those of the warm and torrid
southern regions .
1 45 NATURE CUBE

Likewise the elect r ic c urrents prod uced by cold pac ks

, ,

ablutions and other cold water applic ations split up

,
-

the molecules of water in the tissues of the body into

their compon ent parts I n this way large amoun ts of
m m
.

gm and ozone ar e liberated and these eleme,n ts a ist

to a considerable exte nt in the oxidation and neutrali zo
tion of waste materials an d di sease prod ucts .

The following experiment proves that sudden changes

in temperat ure crea te elect r ic curre nts in metals :
When two cylinders of diss imil ar metals are welded
togethe r an d one of the metals is suddenly chilled or
,

heated electric c urren ts are prod uced which will con

,

tinu e to fl ow u n til both metals are at the same tem

p er ature .

Another application of this principle is furnished by

the ox ydonor If both poles of this little instrument are
.

exposed to the same temperature , there is no manifesta

tion of electricity ; but if one of the poles be attached
to the warm body and the other imme rsed in cold water
or exposed to cold air the liberatio n of e lectro magnetic
,

c urrents begins at o nce These electric c urrents set free

.

oxygen and ozone which in their turn support the oxida

,
»

tion an d neutr alization of syste mic poiso ns .

According to my experience however the cold water

, ,
-

app lications are more efl ecti ve in this respect than the

m
The I portance of Right Mental and E otional m
Attitude in Acuts Disease

We have learned that in the processes of inflammation

a b attle is going on between the he aling forces of the
“ ”
body the phagocytes and natural antitoxins on the
,

onet and the disease taints germs bacilli , , ,

 TREA TME NT B Y NATURAL METH ODS 1 47

This battle is r eal in every r espect as r eal as a co mbat

between armies of living soldiers In this conflict goi ng
.

te inflam
,

on in all ac u matory diseases MI N D plays the

same role as the co m
,

mander of an army .

The grea t general n eeds cour age equani mity and , ,

p resen ce of mind most in the stress of battle So the

min d the com
.

, man de r of the vast ar mies of cells battling

in ac ute disease for the health of the body m ust have ,

absol ute faith in the superiority of Natur e s healin g ’

If the min d becomes frighte ned by the i nfl ammatory

an d febrile symptoms and pictures to its elf i n dar km
, t
colors their dre adful conseq ue nces these confused and
,

distrac ted thought vibrations are conveyed instantan

eou sly to the millio ns of little soldie r s fighting in the

a fl ected parts and o r g ans They also become conf used

.

The excitemen t of fea r in the mind still more accel

c rates heart ac tion an d respira tio n inte nsifies the ,

local congestion , an d greatly in c reases the morbid ac

c umula tions in the system In the last chapters of this
.

vol ume we sha ll deal especially with the deteriorating

infl uence of fear anxiety anger irritability impatience
, , , , .

etc and explain how these and all other destructive

.
,

emotions actually poison the secretions of the body .

In ac ute disease we cannot afl or d to add to the poison

ous elemen ts in the organism because the danger of a
,

fatal ending lies largely in the paralysis of vital centers

by the morbid and poisonous products of inflammation .

Everything depends upon the mainten an ce of the

greatest possible in flow of vital force ; and ther e is
n
nothi ng so w eakening as w or ry an d a x iety, nothi ng that
impedes the inflow distribution and nor mal activity of
m hy
, ,

tho vital ener gies likc fear . A per son w er eo e s ud

1 43 NATURE CUB E

den fright is act ually ben umbed an d p aralysed unable ,

to think and to ac t i n telligen tly .

These truths may be expressed in another way The .

victory of the healin g forces in ac ute disease depends

upo n an ab und ant supply of the positive electro magnetic
energies In the in itial chapters of this volume we have
.

“ "
learn ed th at Health is Positive Disease Negative , .

The positive mental atti tude of faith and eq uani m ity

c r eat es positive electro magneti c e nergies in the body ,

th us in fusing the battlin g phagocytes w ith increase d

vigo r and favorin g the secretion of the an titoxins and
an ti bod ie s
-
while the negative fea rf u
, l an d worrying
,

attitu de of mi nd creates in the system the n egative con

d i ti ons of weakn ess lowered resistance and actual
, ,

In the paragraphs dealin g with the efl eets of cold water -

treatme nt upon the body ( p age 1 44 ) we lear ned that the

electric c urrents created in the organism split up the
molec ules of water in the tissues into their compon ent
elem ents ( Hydroge n and Oxygen ) th us liberating large .

amo u nts of oxygen an d ozone ; and th at these in turn , .

support the processes of combustion and oxidation in the

system bu ,rn up waste and morbid matter an d destroy ,
.

hostile micro organisms-

.

Howeve r the electro magnetic forces in the body are

,

not only increased and intensi fi ed by positive foods .

exercise cold water treatment air baths etc b ut also

m
-
, , , .
,

by the positi vo atti tude of ind and w i ll .

The positive mind and will are to the body what the
magneto is to the automobile As the electric sp arks
.

from the magneto ignite the gas th us ge neratin g the .

power that drives the machine so the positive vibrations

, .

generated by a co nfide nt and determined will create i n ,

the body the positive electro magnetic c urrents which

incite and sti mulate all vital activities .
Law and by the power of a str ong Will infuses,

s an d tissues wi th new life and vigor en abling

,
“ ”
turn the ac ute disease into a beneficial cleans ,

[ healing crisi s .

e followin g we give a similar for mul a for tr eafing

constip ation.

to the cells in the liver the pancreas and the

, ,

al tract :
“
I am not goin g to force you any
w it h d ru gs an d enem as to do your duty From .

y ou m ust d o the work on yo ur own in i ti afive .

:c r eti ons wi ll become m ore abundant E very day

.

'
clock the bowels will m ove freely an d easily .

1c appoi nte d time mak e the efior t whether you

m
,

cmf or n ot and do not resort to the en ema

,

becomes an absol ute n ecessity If you combine

.

e m en tal an d physical efiort a natural diet cold ,

hs m, mage and osteop athi c treatment you will

,

ed of the e nem a at increas i ngly l onger interv als ,

mbe able to discard it altogether .

 TREA T MENT BY NATURAL ME TH ODS 1 51

catches the ex prem i ons of fear and anxiety in the looks ,

the words gestura and actions of his attendants rela

, , ,

tiv es and frien ds and these in tensify his own depression

,

mother upon her ai ling infant . There exists a most

mother and child Th e child is afl ecte d not only by the

.

outward expression of the mother s fear and anxiety ’

bu t likewise by the hidden dou bt and despair in the

’
mother s mind and soul .

Usually the first thing that confronts me when I am

,

c alled to the sick bed of a Chil d is the frantic an d almost

-
,

hysterical mental condition of the mother and to begin ,

with , I have to explain to her the destructive influe nce

“
of her behavior I ask her :
. Would you willingly
” “
give some deadly poison to your child ? Certainly
” “
not she says to which I reply : Do you realize that
, ,

you are doing thi s very thin g ! Th at you r fear and

worry vibrations actually poison an d paralyze the vital

e nergies in the body of your c hild and most seriou s ly

in terfere with Nature s healing p rocem ’

es l
"
In stead of he lpin g the disease forces to destroy your
child assist the healing forces to save it by mai ntaining
,

an attitude of absol u te faith serenity c almness and

, , ,

will convey to your child the positive magnetic vibr a ,

tions of health and of str ength Your very presence will

.

radiate healin g power .

Then I explain how faith calmness and cheerfulness

, ,

on her part will soothe and harmonise the discordant

’
disease vibrations 1n the child 3 body .

Herein lies the modus operandi or working basis of all

 I . F r esh Ai r

ple ntiful supply of p ure air in the sic k room -

r equ en t exposu re of the n ude body to ai r an d

t
sti ent must n ot be kept too w ar m

II . Na tur al Di et

he mini m um amoun t of light food chiefly fr uit

,

{st ab le sal a
,ds n o co n dime n ts

nly enou gh water to quench thi rst preferably

,

wi th acid fr u it j uic es
1 serio u s ac ute fe b r ile conditions an d during heal
ses no food wh atever

1 dise ases afieeting the digesti ve o r gans fasti n g

e p r o longe d seve r al d ays b ey ond c essati on of

t
 CHAPT ER XIV

THE TRUE S CO PE OP MED I CINE

NY one able to r e ad the signs of the times cannot

help ob servin g the powerful infl uence whi ch the
Nature C ur e philosophy is already exertin g upon the
tren d of modern medical science In Germ any the .

younger ge neration of physicians has been forced by

p ublic demand to adopt the n atur al m ethods of treat
ment and the Osman govern me nt has introd uced them
m
,

in the medical dep artme nts of its ar y an d n avy .

In E nglish speakin g co un tri es the foremost members

-
,

of the medical professi on are beginn in g to talk straight

Nature Cure doctrine to con demn the use of dr ugs and
, ,

to endorse unqualifiedly the Nature Cur e methods of

tr eatme nt I n proof of this I q uote fr om an article
b y D r William Osler in the E ncyclopedia Ame r icana
.
,

Vol X under the title of M

.
,
“
edicine ”

Dr . Osler on
“
Medi ci ne
The new school does not feel itself und er obligation
to giv e any medicines whatever while a ge neration ago ,

n ot only could few p hysic ians h ave held their practice

unlemthey did but few would have thought it safe

,

or scientific O f course ther e are still many cases wher e

.
,

the patient or the p atie nt a friends m ust be h umored

’

by admi nistering medicin e or alleged medici ne wher e it

is n ot really needed and indeed often where the buoy
ancy ofm
,

ind w hich is the r eal our ati v e agen t can only ,

be created by maki n g him w ait hopefully for the ex

pected action of medicin e ; and some physicians still
1 54
 THE TRUE S CO P E O F M EDICIN E 1 55

cannot unlearn their old training . B ut the change is

gr eatly on the old so called

‘
u
nat r al
’
mthod
e s, diet and

ex er ci se, bathi ng and massage — in other words givin g ,

the natural forces the fullest scope by easy and thorou gh

n utrition increased flow of blood and removal of oh
, ,

str ucti ons to the excretory systems or the c irc u la tion

in the tim nes .

“
One n otable example is typh oid fever At the o u ts et .

of the ni nete enth century it was treated wi th r emedies ‘ ’

e o e c —
of th extremest vi l n e bleedi ng an d b lister ing , ,

vomitin g an d p urgin g an d the administratio n of anti ,

mony and mercury an d p lenty ofother heroic remedies

, .

Now the p atient i s bathed an d n ursed an d carefully

tended but rarely given medicine Thi s is the result
, .

partly of the remarkable experiments of the Paris an d

Vi enna schools in the action of drugs which h ave shake n ,

the stoutest faiths ; an d p artly of the constant an d r e

pr oae hf ul object lem o n of homeop
-
athy No r e gul ar phy si .

cian wo u l d ever admit that the homeop athic prep ara

tions infl ni tesi m
,
‘
als could do any good as di r e ct cur a
,
’

tive agen ts ; and yet it w as p er fec tLv certain that h omeo

path s lost no more of th eir patie nt s th an others T her e .

ad minist ed er .

Dr Osler is probably the greatest medic al authority

.

on drugs now livi ng He was formerly professor of .

materi a m edi cs at the John s Hopkins U n iversity of

Baltimore U S and now holds a professo r ship at Ox

, . .
,

ford University En gl and Hi s books on medical practice

, .

are in u se i n probably every u niversity and medi cal

school in E nglish speaking coun tries His views on drugs
-
.

an d their real val ue as expressed in this ar ticle should

 NAT UR E CURE

ye O pe ner to those good people w ho beh ave that

-

he N atu re Cure school ar e altogethe r too radical ,

“
an d somewh at cranky .

aver what Dr Osler says r egar ding the

, . N ew
is tr ue only of a few advan ced n w b w of the

he r an k an d file the ide a of mhealing

dr ugle
mt th e sa m
t as a r ed r ag on a a
e ef
fec md bull .

ar e stil l v er y few p hy si c ian s in ge n eral prac ti ce

who w o u l d n ot lose thei r b r ead an d butter if they

zed to p r acti c e d r ugless heali n g on their p atien m .

e p r ofessi on an d th e p ub li c wi ll n eed a good deal

luc ation alon g N ature Cur e li nes before they will
light
e sec on d sent en c e ofh is a rtic le Dr Oslu adm
.

, its
.
‘

a cy of mental therapeu tics an d therapeufic faith

urativ e agent an d asc r ib es the good e ffects of
,

e to th ei r sti m ulati n g in fl uen c e up on the p atient 8 ’

ath er t h an to an y b en efici al action of the dru gs

VCS .
 THE T RUE SCO P E O F M EDICI N E 1 59

But it seems to me that Dr Osler . pours out the baby

w i th the bath, as w e aay in G er mn a . T hat is, I am
inclin ed to thin k that his opini on regarding the inefl ec
tiv eness of d r ug s is e ntirely too r adical Th er e is a
legitim ate scop e for m
.

edi cinal remedies in so far as they

bu ild u p th e b lood on a n at ur al basis and ser v e as ti uu e
foods
Many people who h ave lost their faith in old school
.

methods of t r eatm en t h ave swun g aroun d to the other

extreme of medical n ihilism I n fact D r Osler himself .
, .

“
stands accused of being a medical nihilist .

Many of those who have adopted n at ural methods of

livi ng an d of treating dise as es h ave acq uired an actual
horro r of the wor d medicin e However this extrem e.
,

attitude is not j ustifi ed .

It also appears th at some of the readers of m y writi n gs

are un der the impression th at we of the Nature Cure

schoo l absol utely con demn the use of any an d all medi
cines This how ever is not so
.
, , .

The Pod ti on of “
m cu
N at -
e re R egar di ng Medi cinal B emedi ea
We do condem n the use of drugs in so far as they ‘

are poisonous and destruc tive an d in so far as they ,

“
suppress ac ute diseases or healing crises which are ,

Nature s cleansin g and healin g efiorts ; but on the other

’

han d we realize that there is a wide field for the helpful

applic atio n of medicina l r emedi es i n so far as they ac t as

foods to the tissues of the body and as n eutr alizers an d

elim i n a to rs of waste an d mor bid materials .

In every form of chronic disease there exists in the

system on the on e han d an exce ss of certain morbid
, ,

materials and on the other h an d a deficiency of certain

, ,
“ ”
mineral constituen ts organic salts whi ch are essential
, ,

to the n ormal functions of the body .

1 50 NATURE cuss

Thus, in all ane mi

di seases the blood is lacking in
c

iro m
w hic
hp icks u p th e o x ygen in the ai r cells of the

lungs and carries it into the tissues, and i n sodium, which

com bines with the carbon ic acid ( coalgas ) that is con
stantly being liberated in the system and conveys it to

the organs of dep uration es pecially the lungs and the

,

skin In point of fact oxygen starvation is due in a

,

much gr eater degree to the deficiency of sodi um and

.

the conseq uential accumul ation of carbonic acid in the

system ( carbonic acid asphyxiation ) than to the lack ,

of iron in the blood as assumed by the regular schoo l

,

of medicine
Foods or medicin al remdi es which will supv this
.

deficien cy of iro n an d sodi um in the organism will ten d

to overcome the anemic co n ditions
The gre at range of uric acid diseases such as rheum
.

a ,

tism c alc u
,
li a rte r ios cler osi s ce r t ain forms of di abete s
, ,

and alb u min uri a are due on the on e hand to the ex

, ,

cessi v e use of acid prod u cin g foods and on the othe r ,

hand to a deficiency in the b lood of certain alkaline

,

m
potassi um whose o es it is to neutralize and eliminate
,

the acids which are create d and liberated in the p r ocesses

of starchy and protein dige sti on .

I n another ch apter I h ave expl ai ned the origin an d

progressive developmen t of uric acid diseases ( see page
-

“ ”
Ou r vo lume on Nat ural Dietetic s will con tain
additi onal proof that practica lly all diseases are caused

by or complicated with acid co n ditions in the system

,
.

Any foods or medicines which will provide the system

with suffic ie nt q uan tities of the ac id bin ding alkaline -

mineral salts will prov e good medicine for all forms

“ ”

of acid diseases .

The mineral constit ue nts necess ary to the vital econ

 NATURE CURE

vegetable life by fusing them with the live

amof carbo n an d p r otei n compou n ds .

there ar e the Kneip p Herb Remedies . Most of

“
e the Ha usmittel ”
( home remedi es ) of the
pop ul ation of Ge r m any which have proved their
sin ce t ime i mmemorial The ir medicinal v alue
.

he o r ganic mineral salts which they co n tain in

en tities and i n ben eficial combi nations .

om eop athi c medi came nts as will be explained

m
,

1 in anothe r chapter prod u

, ce their good r m ul
they work in har mony with the l aws of Nature
ver ha itate the r efor e to p r m
.

a , , cr ibe for ou r pa~

im eop athi c medicin es herb decoctions and ex

which em
,

.n d the V ito chemical r em

-
ediw i st in
ination of morb i d m atte r from the system an d
ng u
L p blood an d lym ph on a n or ma l b as i s
,
that
li es whi ch supply the o r gani s m w ith the mineral
l in which it i s d efici en t in the organi c, e asily

ble for m . Herein lies the le gitim ate scope of

1 1 r emedie s .
 r m TRUE
: scor s or mn cm
s x s 1 63

For many years past physicians of the difier en t ,

schools of medicine diet experts an d food chemists have

, ,

been divided on the question whether or not min eral

su bs ta nces whi ch in the or ganic form enter into the com
p os i ti on of the human bo dy ma y safely b e used in foods
and medici nes in the inorgani c form

The medi cal p rofmion holds alm

.

ost un ani mously that

“ ”
this is permissible and good practice so that nearly ,

inorganic substance or worse than that one or more

, ,

virulen t mineral poisons as merc ury arsen ic phos , , ,

p hor us etc, .

So far the discussi on about the usefuln ess or h armful

ness of inorgani c minerals as foods and m
,

edi c in es was
largely theoretical an d controversial Neither p arty had .

positive p r oofs for its contentions .

B ut N ature s records in the iris of the eye se ttle the

’

questi on for good an d for eve r On e of the fun damental .

princip les of the scien ce of Diagnosis from the Eye is

that
“
nothing sh ow s in the h is by '
abnor mal sig mor
or inj urious to it When substances which are uncon
.

genial or poisonous to the system acc umulate in any part

or or gan of the body in su fi c ient q u antities they will ,

in dic ate their p mence by certain signs and abnormal

colors in the c orrespon din g ar e as of the i ris .

In this w ay N atur e makes kn own by her records in the

eye what substa nces are inj ur i ous to the body and which ,

are her m lem .

Certai n min eral elements such as iron sodi um potna

mlime magnesium phosphorus sulph ur etc whic h
, , ,

siu , , , , , .
,

are amo ng the important consti tuen ts of the h uman body

may be taken in the or ganic for in fruits and vegs m
,
 NA TURE CURE

in herb extr ac ts and the V ito chemical remedies

-
,

amounts in fact, far beyon d the actual needs

,

ody b ut they w ill not show in the ir is ofths eye,

mthe system
,

they minat d
ar e eas ily eli e fr o .

the same min erals be tak e n in the inor

er ,

ih cons iderable quan tities the iris will ex

,

well defin ed signs and discolor ations i n the

-

those parts of the body in which

substances h ave acc um ulated .

Nature does not in tend that these min eral

should e nter the organismin the i nor ganic
(1 therefore the organs of dep u r ation ar e n ot

n eutralize an d elimi n ate the m .

for instan ce any amo unt of i r on m

, ay be taken

or h er b ex tr ac ts or i n the V ito che m

, ical
-

thi s will not be seen in the eye Wh atever .

ass ofthe n eeds of the body w ill be prompt

r si m
, i lar q uan titi es ofi r on be tak en for the
of time in the in or gani c mi ner al for m the ,
ten the p r oper methods of elimin ative treatmen t ,

3 an d otherwise ar e app li ed these mineral sub

, ,

are grad ually dislodged an d carried out of the

m
S im ultan e ously with their elimi nati on disap
n eir signs in the iris and the diseas e sy ptom
their p r ese nce had cre ated in the o r ganism .

i ia co nn ection it is a si gn ificant fact that those

ls which are c on ge n ial to the system that is those

, ,

in their or gani c for m e nter in to the composition

body are m uch mo r e easi ly elimi nated if they
, ,

een take n in the in or ganic fo r m tha n those su

1 b
which ar e n aturally for eign an d poisonous to
m an organ ism su
, ch as m erc ury arsenic iodine
, . ,

> mide s the d ifier ent c oal tar prep ar ations etc
,
o
, .

is p r ov ed by the f act th at the sign s of the m in

which are n o r m al c onstitu e nts of the h uman
i isappear fr om the i r is of the eye m uch more
th an the signs of th ose m i nerals which ar e
t and n atur ally poisonous to the system .
 TH E TRUE SCO P E O F M E DICIN E 1 67

to the hu mna or ganis m , an d especially the inor ganic ,

mineral poisons positive ly destr oy tissues and organs
, ,

and are m uch harder to elimi nate from the system than
the encumbrances of morbid materials and waste matter
produced in the body by wrong habits of living only .

The obvious reason for this is th at our organs of elimina

tion are in tended and constru cted to excrete only such
waste products as are formed in the organism in the
processes of metabolism .

T uberculosis or c ancer may be caused in a sc rofulous

or psoric co nstitutio n by overloadin g the system with

me at cofiee alcohol or tobacco ; but as soon as these bad

, , ,

habits are di scontinued an d the organs of elimination ,

stimulated by natural methods the enc umb r an ces will ,

be el iminated and the much dreaded symptoms will sub

,
-

side and disappe ar ofte n with surprisin g rapidity

, .

On the other h and mer c ur y arse n ic q uin in e strych

, , , ,

n ine
, iodi ne etc acc um ulate in the b r ain the spinal
, .
, ,

cord and the cells an d tissues of the vital organs causing

, ,

actual destruction an d disin tegr ation The tissues th us .

afiected ar e not easily rebu ilt and it is exceedingly dif ,

ficult to stir up the destructive mine r al pois ons and to

elimi na te them from the system .

Therefore it is an in disputable fact tha t m any of the

“ ”
most stubborn so called in c ur able dis eases ar e drug
,
o

m I n por tance ot tur fl Dlot

While certain medicinal remedies in organic form may

be very useful in supplying quick ly a deficiency of min
eral elements in the system we should ai mto keep our ,

bodies in a normal healthy condition by prope r food

,

selection an d combin ation A brief description of the .

“
scienti fic basis of natural di etetics will be found in
the chapter on Diet ( p .
1 70 N ATUR E cons

”
them S imili a sim ili b us c ur an t ur
. like cures like
t r ansla ted into practice means that a drug capable of
prod ucin g a certain set of diseas e symptoms in a healthy
body when given in large physi ological doses will r e
, ,

“ ”
lieve or c ure a similar set of symptoms i n the
diseased or ganismif the drug be given in small homeo ,

pathic dose s .

F or instance belladonna , given in large poisonous

, ,

doses to a he althy perso n will c ause a peculiar head

,

ache with sharp stabbing pains in forehead and temples

, ,

high fever viole nt deli r ium di l ation of the p upils dry

, , ,

ness and rawness of the thr oat scarlet redness of the ,

skin and extreme se nsitiven ess to light j ars and noises

, , , .

It wi ll be observed th at this is a fair picture of a

typical case of sca r let fever A homeopathi c p r escriber
.
,

when called to a scarlet fever patient exhib iting in a

m arked degree th r ee or mo r e of the ab ove de scribed -

symptoms would give a trituratio n of bell adonna say

, ,

fi X In n u
-
. mberless c ase s the fever has subsided and its
symptoms have rapi dly disappeared un der such treat .

ment .

“
The reader may say : I do not see any difier ence be
tween this and the allopathic suppression of disease by
drugs
There is a gre at difierence The allopathic physician
.

may use the same remedy bell adonn a in the same case
, , ,

but he will give from te n to twe nty drops of ti nc ture of

belladonna, repeated ev ery three or four hou rs These .

doses are from twe nty to forty thousand times stronger

than the homeop athic 3 X or ex -
.

Herein lies the di fference The allop athic dose allays

.

the fever symptoms by paralyzin g the organi sm as a

whole and the difieren t vital organs and their functions
 m
s o sor a rs v
'
1 71

in particular This is frankly admitted in every allo

.

pathic materia m edics B ut by such dosing Nature is

.

forcibly interrupted in her efior ts of cleansing and heal

'

ing : the acute reaction is suppr essed, but not cured .

I f fever be a healin g efior t of Nature it may be con ,

trolled and modified but must not be suppressed A

,
.

mi nute dose of homeopathic belladonna acting on the in ,

ner m ost cells of the organ ism which the coa r se r allopathic
doses woul d paralyze stim ulates these cells to efior t in
,

the right direction I t brin gs abo ut con diti ons similar

.

to those produced by Natu r e and th us assists her ; it is ,

co operatio n instead of co u
-
nter ope r ation -
.

After this brief discussion of the p r actical application

of homeop athy let us now ascertain in how far its laws
,

and theori es agree with and corroborate the laws and

principles of the Natur e C ure school .

Hahnemann discovered the law of si mili a similib us

”
c ura nt ur accide ntally while i nvestigatin g the efiects
.

of quin ine on the h u man organism Ev er since the n it .

has been applied success fully by himand his foll ower s

in treati n g h uma n ailme nts .

Howe ver this law has been used empirically Neither

,
.

“ ”
in the O rganon nor in any other wr itin gs or teach
ings of Hahnem ann and the homeopathic school can be
“
found a clear an d c onci se explan ation of w hy lik e
”
c ure s like
. The p r oof o f
fered has bee n n egative r ather
than posi tive .

Therefore the allopath says : You tell me that like ‘

cures like and that you c an pr ove it at the si ck b ed

’
o

nlemyou can give me good and valid reasons why

,

but u
it should be so I cannot and will not believe that it is
your sim
,

ils r which c ures the p atient

‘ ’
How do I .

know it is your potency i The patient might recover

‘ ’
1 72 NATUR E CURE

With the aid of the three laws of cure I shall en ,

deaver to give the reasons an d furnish the proofs for

our co nte ntions The laws all uded to are : The Law of
.

Ou
r q the Law of Du al Efiect. aud the I -aw of er iscs
'

“ ”
S imili a similibus c urantur is only another way of
“
statin g the fundamen tal law of N ature Cure : E very
ac u te disea se is the result of a cleansin g and healing
efiort of N atu re .

If a certain set of disease symptoms are the result of

a healin g efior t of N at u re and if I give a remedy which
,

prod uces the same or simi lar symptoms in the system ,

amI not ai di n g N ature in her attempt to overcome the

ab normal con ditions ?

I n such a case the i ndicated homeopathic remedy will

,

n ot su ppress the ac ute reaction b ut it will help it along

, ,

th us accele r ati n g an d has ten ing the c urative p r ocem .

I n the l as t analysis disease resides in the cell

, The .

well bein g of the organ ism as a whole is depen den t upon

-

the health of the in dividual cells of whi ch it is composed .

This has been expl ained more fully in connection with

the action of sti mu lants .

I n o r d er to c ur e the m an we must free the cell of i ts

,

enc u mbr an c es E limin ation m ust begin in the cell not

.
,

in the organs of dep uration Laxatives an d cathartics

.
,

by irritatin g the digestive tract may cause a forced ,

evac uation of the co nten ts of the intest inal can al b ut ,

they do not e limin ate the poiso ns which clog cells an d

tissues .

I n stubbor n chro ni c diseases when the cells are too ,

weak to throw 03 the l ate nt e ncumbrances of their own

accord ,a well chosen h omeopathic r emedy is often of
-

gr e at service in arous ing them to ac ute reaction .

For instanc e if the system is he av ily e nc umbered

,

with scrofulous taints and if its vitality is lowered to

,
1 74 NATURE CURE

T he Personal b
R esponsi i li ty of th e Cell
The cell resembles Man not only in physical an d physi
ological aspects but also in regard to the moral law
, .

Elimination must comme nce in the cell and by virtue

fort I ts work cannot be don e
'
of the cell s person al ef .

vicariously by drugs or the kn ife Large allop athic .

,

doses of medicine m ay be given with the idea of do in g

the work for the cell by viole n tly sti m fl ati ng or else
p aralyzin g the o r ganism as a whole or certain ones of the
v ital organ s ; b ut this is demo r alizin g and destructi v e
to the cell The powe r ful doses c alculated to affect the
.

body an d its organs as a whole make super fl uous or

p aralyze the individ ual efiorts of the cells an d th us in ,

tensify the chroni c diseaseconditions in cells and tim ues .

Alma giving prison sentences and capital p unish

-
, ,

ment h ave a similar aIIOpathic efiect upon Man the

“ ”
,

in dividual cell of the social body Instead of providing .

for him the prope r enviro nment and the op portunity for
natu ral developme nt an d for working out his ow n salva
tion they take this opportuni ty away from him and
,

weak en his personal efior t or make it impossible .

The c acy o m all Doses

The late revelations of chemistry Roentgen rays X , ,

rays radio activity of metals etc throw an interesting

,
-
, .
,

light upon the seem i ngly infinite divisibility of matter .

A small particle of a given substance may for many

years throw of f a conti nuo u s shower of corpuscles with

ou t perceptibly dimin ish in g i ts vol ume .

For an ill ustration we may take the odoriferous musk .

A few grains of th is substance will fill a room with its

penetrating aroma for years When we smell musk or .

“ ”
any other perfume minute particles of it bombard
,
 so m m
ra 1 75

the end filaments of the nerves of smell in the nose .

Therefore the musk must be casting of ! su ch min ute par

ti cles co ntin ually withou t apparen t loss of substan ce .

With the aid of this recent knowledge of the true

nature of matter of the min ute ne ss and complexity of
,

the atom , we can now un derstand how the highly

triturated and refin ed ( attenuated ) homeopathic rem edy
“ ”
may sti ll retain the dyn amic fo r ce of the eleme nt as ,

Hahnemann has expressed it and how a remedy so

,

a tten u
“
ated may still be c apable of exe r tin g an ia
fluence upon the min ute cell S i nce chemistry and
.

physiology have acq uainted us with the finer forc es of

N ature demonstrating th at they are mightier than the
,

things we can apprehend by weight and measure the ,

cl aims of homeopathy do not appear so absurd as th ey

did a generation ago .

Undoubtedly the good efiect produced by a well

,

chosen remedy is heighte ned and stre n gthened by the

m en tal an d magnetic in fl uence of the prescriber The .

positive faith of the physician in the efi cacy of the

remedy his sympathy and his in domitable will to em
. , ist
the sufl erer afiect both the physical substance of the
remedy and the mind of the patient .

The varying mental and magnetic qualities of pre

scribers have undoubtedly m uch to do with the varying
m
degrees of e cac iousn ess of the same remedy whe n ad
ministered by difierent physicians
nian ho m
.

The true Hahnem au eopathist who believes ,

in his remedies as in his God will concentrate his in

,

tellectu al and sp iritual forces on a certa in remedy in

order to acc omplish certain well defined results The

-
.

bottle is not allowed to become empty Whenever the .

“ "
graft runs low it is replenished with distilled water
m
, .

alcohol m
, ilksu gar or anothe
, r
“
vehic le E very ti e.
1 76 N A TURE cuss

he takes the medicine bottle into his hands these potent

m
,
“
thou g ht for s are projected into it : Y ou are the ele
men t sulph ur [ or whatever it may be ] Y ou prod uce .

in the human body a certain set of symptoms You wi ll .

produce these symptoms in the body of this patient .

If there be any virtue at all in magneti c mental an d , ,

spiritual heali ng the h omeop athic remedy must be an

,

efiecti ve age ncy for transmittin g magn etic me ntal and , .

psychic healing forc es from prescriber to p atie nt .

Transmission of these higher and fi ner forces whethe r ,

di rectly telepathically or by means of some physical

, ,

agent, such as magn etized water a charm or simile etc

, , . ,

is the mod u s operandi in all the difier ent forms of

'

“ ” “ ”
ancient and modern magic white or black , It is .

the active prin ciple in mental healin g Christian .

Science sympathy healing voodooism wi tchcr aft etc

, , , ,
.

Ho mop
e atha and the uw of nml nfl oct
I have formulated the Law of Action and Reaction
i n its application to the treatme nt of diseases as follows :

luting ons . The sooond w ect is dir ectly oppod te to

the first
’
.

Alh pathy, in giving large physiological doses, tak es

m
,

into oonsldsr ation only the nn t app t efl ect of the

dr ug, and thereby accomplishes in the lo n g r un resul ts
directly opposite to those which it desires to bring about .

It produces the very conditions which it tries to cur e .

As an example note the permanent efiects of laxatives

, ,

stim ulants and sedatives upon the system This has

, .

been explained more fully in chapter VI .

On the other hand the homeopathic physician may

.

use the same remedies as the allopath provided they ,

1 73 NATUR E cu
ss

The law of like cures like is of gre at practical im

“ ”

porta nce from another poin t of view, namely, that of

eco nomics .

The best engineer is he who accomplishes the maxi

'

mumof results with the min imum of expendi ture of

force an d with the least fr iction The same is true of
the physician and his re m
.

edies .

We have learned that drugs given in the coarse allo o

pathic doses attack and afiect the organism as a whole .

If for instance the r e is a c atar rhal afiecti on of the

, ,

sero us and mucous membranes of the respi r atory tract

accomp anied by fever the allopath will give q ui ni ne
,

i n large doses to change this condition He m ay aecom .

p lish h is ai m; b ut if so h e does i t by p,araly z in g the

heart the respiratory centers the red and white blood

corp uscles and the excreting cells of the mucous m em
, ,

branes The body as a whole and certain par ts in parti

.

onla r ar e satur ated with the dru g poison and correspond

ingly we ake ned As allopathy itself states it : Quin ine“

red uces fever by depr em

.

i ng the metabolism ( th e vita l

fu n ctio ns )

Homeopathic m ateria m
.

m
edics teac hes that br yonia has

a speci al a ni ty for the m u cous and serous membr anes

of the respiratory tract and that its symptomatic efl ects
,

correspond closely to those described in the preceding

paragraph .

If in accordance with the law of similia di nili bus

,
”
curantur a homeopathic dose of bryonia be given to a
,

patient exhibiting these symptoms the remedy as has , ,

been demonstrated will assist Nature in her work of

,

c ure ; and in doing this it will not attack and afiect

m
,

the entire o rganism but only those serous and ucous

,

tissues for which it has a special a f finity and which as ,

 so momm v 1 79

in the case of this patient are the most seriously afiected

, .

To state it in an other w ay : the lar ge, allopath ic dose

p ara ly m the w h ole org ani sm in order to prod u ce i ts

The sm all, hom

“ "
fictitious cure eopathic d ose, on the
m
.

other hw i gou r ight to the l pot w h it is needed,

and by mild and harmless stimul ation of the afiec ted
parts assists and supports the cells in their ac ute elim
,

ina ti ve e f
forts
.

Homeop athic medicati on therefore is not only c ur a

, ,

tive in its efiects but also co nse r vative and in the highest
,

H omeop athy a c o ple m ment of N atue Ours r

Having proved the accurac y of H ahnem ann s law of

’

”
similia similibus curantur , and having occasion daily
to observe its practical results in the treatm ent of ac ute
and chro nic di seases we should not be j ustified in
,

omitting homeopathy from our system of treatment .

The atten uated homeop athic doses of certain drugs may

be of great service in bringing about the ac ute reactions
which we so e arnestly desire especially i n the treatme nt
,

of chronic di seases of long standi ng

I amaware of the fact th at in seve r e and obstinate
.

conditions homeopathy is often apparently of no avail .

But when the system has been purified and strengthened

by our natural methods by a rational vegetarian diet
hydrotherapy osteopathy m am
, ,

, age corrective exercise

, , ,

air and sun baths normal suggestion etc the homec

, , .
,

pathic reme dies will work with m uch gre ater pr om p ti

tude and efiectiv eness .

It is the combination of all the difl er ent h eali ng fac

tors w hich constit utes the perfect syste mof treatment .

No disease condition whether apparently hopeless or

,

not, can be called incurable unless all th ese difl erent

 NATUR E CUB E

factors proper ly combined

, an d a pplied, have

the simple truth w hen we afiir mthat the dif

,

methods of treatmen t as we of the Na

,

school apply them, can an d do cure ao called

-

”
is diseases such as tuberculosis, cancer, loco
,

taxy, epilepsy eczema n eurasthenia insanity

, , , ,

providin g that the p atie nt pon easca su m

ty to react to the treatmen t an d that the de
,

of vital p arts and organs has not advan ced

 recovered fro mthe disease .

hat these und esi r able after e ffects of diph

‘
-

10 n ot oc c ur whe n the di sease is tre ated by

meth ods but th at they ar e the result of the
,

11 tre atme nt an d of i ts suppressive e ffect upon

ov e my clai ms I submit the followin g facts : I

,

my possess ion c lippin gs fr om n ewsp apers fr om

t par ts of the cou ntry statin g th at death had

I the ad m in istr ation of the diphtheri a antitoxin

vention or
“
im mun ization th at is whe re the
, ,

u al had been in good he alth at the time th e anti

as give n
.

al c ases of this ki n d created q u ite a sensation

i an y abo ut fifteen years ago D r Robert Lan g
. .
 mn rr nr nsai a A N TITOXIN 1 33

It is c ustomary in German y to in sert a death notice in -

one of the local newsp apers an d to invite the frie nds of

the family to the funeral I n his announcement in the .

“ ”
columns of the Lokalansei ger Dr Lan gerhans stated , .

explicitly that his little son had di ed after an inj ecti on

Another similar case is that of Dr P istor a promin en t .

,

Be r lin physician whose little daughter con tracted a

,

slight infla mmation of the throat The child w as given .

an injection of antitox in and this w as followed by a ,

severe and protracted illn ess .

Very significant in this con nection ar e certa in utte r ,

.

an ew of Dr William Osler in his P r actice of Medi

,

”
cin e
. He says on page 1 50 :
,
“
O f the seq uelae of diphtheria paralysis is by far ,

the most importan t This can be experime ntally pro

.

duced i n animals by the inoc ulation of the toxi c materi al

prod uced by the b aci lli [ T hi s is the active pri nciple
.

i n the an ti toxin A utho r s n ote ] The paralysis occ u

’
. rs

in a va ri able preportion of the cases ran ging from 1 0 ,

to 1 5 an d eve n to 20 per ce n t It is strictly a sequel .

of the dise ase [ of the dise ase tre ated with antitoxin l
Author s n ote ] comin g on usually in the sec ond or third
’
,

week of convalescence It may follow very

mild cases ; indeed the local lesi on m
.

, ay be so trifling
that the onset of the paralysis alone calls attenti on to
the tr ue nature of the discus .

The disease is a toxic neuritis due to the absorpti on ,

of the poison .

“
O f the local paralysis the most common is that which
afl ects the palate Of othe r local forms per
.

haps the most common are paralysis of the eye muscles .

 NATURE CURE

Heart symptoms are not uncommon .

fail ure an d fat al syncope ( death ) may oc cur at

of the dise ase or during convalescence even ,

as th e six th or seve n th week after apparent t e

pears to m e th at the mys tery of these sequelae

“
ily be expl ai ned I t is c ertain th at a mer e sore
.

not ser i ou s eno u gh to be diagnosed as di ph

c an not p r od u c e p ar alysis or heart fa ilu re but w e-

p os i ti v ely th at th e an tito x in can do it an d does

The c ases t hat D r Osl er refers to un dou

. btedly
ed the an titox i n tr eatme nt because it is admin
,

on the sli gh test su spici on of diphtheria nay even , ,

“
fec tlv h ealthy p ersons for p ur poses of i mmuni sa

n is it n ot mo t li k
s y th at th ese mysterious afte r
el

ar e c a used r ather by the highl y po iso nous anti

“ ?"
than by the sor e th r oat
my ow n p r ac t c ei . I a mf uently consulted by
r eq

p ati ents w hos e tr oub les d ate b ack to diphtheria

cles en titl ed : Harm onics of the Physi cal an d
“ ”
in Life an d Action called forth a gr eat
ic ismfrom physicians of the regu
medicine The following paragr aphs ar e
.

a letter sent by one of these criti cs to the

of the above named magazine

-

I amconvinced that some statements ha ve

ublished in this p ar tic ula r issue [ O ctober Decem
-

1 2 ] which h ave n o p r oper pl ace in this magazin e

,

of Truth an d the

passages in my article
“
n umber of Life an d
ts upon them by quotin g Dr s .

fav or of the an titoxin tr e atment

givi ng his ow n Op ini on on th e
his ar gume nts as follows
to this mag azin e an d have also
 TRR D IPH THERIA ANTITOXIN 1 37

N atnr e Ou
r e in G er mny a

That it is possible to c ure all kinds of serious ac ute dis

eases by dr uglw s methods of healing has been proved by ,

the Nature Cure practitioners in Germany ne arly all ,

of whom were laymen who had never visited a medical

school For over h alf a century many thousands of
. ,

them have been p rac ti cin g the ar t of healing in all parts

of Germany With hydr otherapy an d the othe r natur al
.

methods they h ave tr eated succ ess fully typh oi d feve r ,

diphtheria aniallpox appe ndi citis cerebro spi nal me n in

, , ,
-

gitis an d all oth er ac ute diseases .

It is a significant fact th at in spite of the most stre n

,

uous opposition and appeal to the law ma king p owe rs on -

the part of the regular school of medicine the lay doctors ,

could not be prev ented from practicing the natural

methods of tre atment in law an d police rid de n G er

- -

many .

On the contrary durin g the l ast few generations th er e

,

have been practicing i n Germany at all times an e v e r

increasing number of Natur e C ure physicians most of ,

them laymen .

This freedom of Nature C ure prac tice in Germany is

And this success has bee n demonstr ated i n spite of all

kinds of opposition an d attempted restriction While .

the N ature Cure practitioner is permitted to treat those

who come to him for relief he does not have the r ight to
,

cover his mistakes with six feet of e arth If one of his .

patients dies a doctor of the regular school of medicin e

,

has to be called in to testify to the fact an d issue the

Thus the lay doctors the Nature C ure physi

,
”
cians, were and are at prese n t constantly exposed to the
strictest cr itical supervision by the r egulars
“ "
an d if ,
1 33 NATUR E CUB E

the latter can p rove that a patien t has died bec ause the
n atural methods we r e in efi ci ent or harm f ul the lay ,

practitioner can be p r osecuted for an d convicted of mal

practice or man sl aughter -
.

B ut in poin t of fact while a n umber of these lay physi

,

cians were bro u ght before the courts in no instance ,

could the actual har mfuln ess of the methods em

.

ployed
by them be proven The n at ural methods of treatm
. en t
becam e so pop ular th at as a m atte r of self preservation
,
-
,

the yo unge r gen erati on ofphysici ans in Ger m an y had to

fal l in li ne with the N atur e C ur e idea in their practi ce .

S ince Dr E so stro n gly q uestions the efiicacy of

. .

ou r methods I m ,ay be pe r mitted to say somethi ng abou t

my ow n profess ional experien ce .

N ature Ours in America

D uring the last ten yea rs I h ave treated and cured,

all kinds of serious ac u te diseases without resorting to

allopathi c drugs I n a very exte nsive practice I hav e
.
,

not in all these ye ars lost a single case of appendicitis

( and n ot one of themwas operated upon ) of ty pho id ,

fever diphtheri a smallpox scar let fever etc and only

, , , , .
,

one ew e of cer eb r oa p inal me n in gitis an d of lobar p neu

monia Thes e facts m
. ay be verified fr om the r ecords of

the Health Departme nt of the City of Chi cago

m
.

After the for egoi ng statemen ts I leave it to read ,

ers to j udge whether the Nature Cur e philosophy is

insp ired by bli nd fanaticism and based upon ignorance
an d in expe r ien ce or whether it is justified in the light of
,

scientific facts adv anced by the Reg u lar School of Medi

cine itself an d demonstrated by the won derful succ ess
of the Natu r e Cur e movement in Ger man y which in its ,

di ffere nt forms has attained world wide recognition and -

adoption .
NATURE CUBE
 CHAPTE R XV I I

( E xtracts fro m a m
pa p h le t en ti tled
“
Vacci nati on y
b the auth or of
"

um m m
.

th is vol e . T he pa phlet ay be had on app li cation ) .

HE pernicious after efiec ts of n o upon the

-
vacci ati n

system are similar to those of the v ario us serum

and antitoxin treatm en ts .

Jenner an English b ar ber and chiropodis t is usually

, ,

credited with the disc overy of v accinatio n The do ubt» .

ful honor however be lon gs in reality to an old Cir cas

, ,

si an woman who according to the his to ri an Le D ue

, ,

in the year 1 672 startled Co nstan tinople wi th the

n ou n cem en t that the Virgin M ary had revealed to her
an unfailin g preve ntive a gainst the smallpox .

H er specific w as in ocula ti on with the ge nuin e small

pox virus B ut eve n with her [ or the Vir gin Mary ] the
.

idea w as not an origin al one beca use the prin ciple of ,

isopath y ( c ur in g a dise ase with its ow n disease p r od

ucts ) was explicitly taught a h undred ye ars before that
by Paracelsus the great gen i us of the R enaissan ce of
,

le arning of the M iddle Ages B ut even he w as only .

voicing the secret te achin gs of ancient folk lor e sym -

,

pathy healin g and m agic datin g back to the Druids and

,

Beers of ancien t Brit ain an d G ermany .

The Circassian see r ess c ut a cross in the fles h of peo

ple and in ocul ated this woun d with the small pox virus .

Togethe r with this she pre sc r ibed pr ayer ab stin en ce

fromme at and fastin g for forty days
,

, .

As at th at time sm allpox w as a terrible an d wide

spread sco u rge the practice of in ocul ation w as carried
,

all ov er E urope At first the ope r a tion w as pe r formed

.

19 1
 began to inc orporate it into their regular

lar up erstiti o ns
s un a very similar course to
r
ice Th ey h av e a period of inception of viru ,

md of ab at eme n t As germs and b acteria be

.

1 active and d ie a n atu r al death i n their ow n

as exc r et a so p op u
, lar superstiti o ns die as a
r esult of t hei r ow n fal sities and ex agge r ations .

on b ec ame evi de n t tha t in oc u l atio n with th e

id n ot p r eve nt sm allpox b ut on the contrary
, , ,

tly c au se d it ; an d th er efor e the practice gr ad u

1 in t o i nnoc uous de su etude to be revived by

,

ab ou t 1 00 ye ars late r in a m odified form He .

[ ted c owp ox vi r u s f or sm allpox vi ru s

.

r n all op at hy in a p p lyi n g the isop ath ic pr in cip le

, ,

rge and poisonous doses of vi r u s lym

, ph serums
, ,

u titox ins ,while hom e op athy as did ancie n t

,

3 m applie s th e is op ath ic r em edie s in highly

,
an d n umerous other epidemic pests which only
ly decimated entire n ati ons .

on e of these epidemics w as trea ted by v accin atio n .

then di d they ab ate an d p r acti c ally disappear ?

,

vaccinati on but th e m or e u ni ver sal adopti on of

ath tubs, all kinds of sanitary m
,

o -
easu r es, such as
ing, dr ainage, v entilation and m ore hygieni c
bd ued sm
,

of living gener ally have su allpox as well

oth er plagues .

ly of u s remember h ow the yell ow feve r raged

v ann a d ur in g the Spanish oc c up ancy Wi thin.

on tha afte r the e nergetic Yank ees took possession

sv e the filthy city a g ood scou rin g yellow feve r
,

n tir ely d isappe ar ed

a — witho ut any yell ow feve r -

a tion .

question is n ow in or der why of all the drea ded

,

s of the p ast, smallpox alone su rvives to this day .

a n sw er is : on ac count of v accination . If scr of

 vs oc mno a
'
s 1 95

chronic destructi v e di seases un kn own among primitive

pe ople th at h av e not c ome in contact with the bless
“ ”
in gs ( l ) of syphilisation merc urialisation and v ac , ,

cin ati on .

'
By weake ni ng the system s r e actionary powers
against one d ise ase its re acti onary powers agai nst all
,

diseases ar e we ake ned In other words c r eatin g in the

.
,

body a form of chronic smallpox by me ans of vaccin a

tion favor s the d ev elopment of all kin ds of c hronic

Q uit sowing the seed ge n t leme n an d yo

,u will ceas e ,

re aping the harvest By the me r c ur ial suppressi on of

.

syphilis and by me ans of v accin ati on you are per petuat

ing sm allpox .

What has syphilis to do with smallpox ? They are

very closely r elated and simi lar in appearance sym
, to ,

matology and in their e ffects upon the organi sm

, .

A Ge r m an physician Dr C r uw ell who studi ed the

, . ,

subject thoro ughly says : E very vac cin ation with ao

,

called cowpox virus means syphilitic i nfection Cow .

pox is not a dise ase peculiar to cattle ; it is always due

to syphilitic or smallpox infecti on from the d iseased
ha nds of h uman bein gs Cowpox p ustules h av e bee n
.

foun d only on the ud ders of milk cow s which c ame in

co n tact with h uman h and s Cattl e roam in g in pas ture.

and prairie h ave n eve r b ee n afl ected by c o ox nor ,

have domestic ated stee rs and oxen If this disease were .

a disorder pec u liar to c attle both sexe s wo uld be ,

eq ually afl ected J en ner s cowpox w as ca used by the

.
’

diseas ed hand s of the syphilitic milkm aid Sarah ,

"
Nehn es .

Vaccin atio n of healthy ch ildre n and ad ults is oft en

followed by a mul titude of symptoms which cannot b e
distin guished from syphilis via character istic ul cers , ,
 eruptions swellin gs ofthe axillary and
,

c gl an ds atrophy ofthe m ammary glands

,

of wome n and of girls above the age

ar ty etc ,

explain s the cons ta ntly growin g demand for

” “ ”
f
o ods and bust developers A perfectly de
.

l b ust has become so rare th at m an y h undreds

”
au ty doctors an d of b us in ess c once rn s that

Ids of doll ars ann ually One fir min this city

.
‘

small concern at th at h as m ade fr om

, to
a ye ar an d has over n ames on i s con

i nc r eas ing list of p atrons .

re as o nab le to ass ume th at almost witho ut ex c ep

ase w om en h ad b ee n v acci na te d fr om one
9 time s b efor e the age of p u b er ty Wh e n this
.

zed an d the fact th at v acci nati on dr i es u

, p the
try gl and s is t ak en into ac c ou n t is it n ot time
,

is and co ns ide r ?

figur e s of thi s one sm al l c on cer n r ep r es e n t th e

 CHAPT ER XVII I

of ana esthetics classe d

greate st benefacto rs of h um an ity bec ause it is
,

that ether chl or ofor m coc ain e an d similar

, , ,
 1 99

which can not be avoided in any other way But anyon e .

who has had an opportun ity to watch the prolonged

misery of the victims of uncalled for operations will not -

doubt that anaesthesi a has been a two edged sword which -

has inflicted many more wo unds th an it has healed .

the uselessn ees and h arm

tinc tly fulness of O ld S chool
medical trea tmen t Dissatisfied and dis gusted with old
.

in i t they p ossess ur ing

an ex aot sci entific method of c

ailme nts They seem to thi nk that the surest w ay to

u —
c r e a diseased organ is to remove it with the kn ife fine
reasoning for school boys b ut not worthy of men of,

I for my part cannot understand how an organ can

, ,

be cured afte r it has been extirp ated and preserved in ,

alcohol, ador ns the speci men cabinet of the surgeon .

Destr ucti on or Ours —Whi ch is B etter ?

” “
But the surgeon says we do not remove organs
, ,

”
fr om the body un less they have become useless .

However this claimis n ot born e out by actual facts

, .

During the past ten years thousands of patients have

come un der our treatment, both in the san itar ium and
in the down town of fices whose family physicians had
-

declared that in ord er to save thei r lives they must sub

mit to the k nife wi tho ut del ay With very few ex cep .

ti ons these people we r e c ured by us witho ut usin g a

poisonous drug an an tiseptic or a k n ife
, , .

S everal women who years ago were confron ted with

, ,

removal of the ovaries are today the j oyful mothers of

children M
,

any of our for me r p atients who we r e treated

.
,

by O ld School physici ans for acute or chronic appe ndi

citis and were strongly urged to have the ofl en ding organ
'
3 00 NATURE cuss

remo ed v , are today alive an d w ell and still in o

p s
s mion
of their vermiform appendices Other patien ts wer e
.

threatened with operations for kidney gall and blad , ,

der stones ; fibroid an d other tumors ; floating kidneys ;

stomach troubles ; intestinal and uterin e di sorders not ,

to mention the multi tude of c hildren whose tonsils and

adenoids were to have bee n removed All of these one .

“
time surgical cases have escaped the knife and are
doing very well in deed with the ir bodi es intact and in
p omess i on of the ful l q uota of organs given them by

Is it not better to cu re a dise ased organ than to

remove it ? Nature Cur e proves eve r y day that the
.

b etter way is at the same time the eas iest way .

Thous ands of m en an d women operated u pon for

some local ailment which could have been cured easily
by n at ural methods of treatmen t are con demn ed by
these i nexc usable m utilati ons to life long sufl er ing
Many if not actually suffering p ain h ave been unneces
.

, ,

sar i L
v unsexe d an d in other ways in capac itated f or the
norm al fu nctions and natur al enjoyments of life .

C ases of this ki nd are the most pitiable of all that

come un der our observ ation When we learn that a
.

major operation has been pe r formed upon a consultant ,

ou r bar omete r of hop e dr ops considerably We kn ow

fro mmuch experi enc e th at the mutil ation of the h uman
.

organism has a te ndency to lessen the chances of re

cover y ; su ch p atie nts are nearly always lacking in r e
cu p er a ti v e powe r .

A body deprived of importan t p arts or organs is for

ever un balanced It is like a watch with a spring or a
.

wheel taken out ; it may run but never q uite right ; it is

,

hyperse nsitive an d easily thrown out of balance by any

adve r se i nfl u en ce .
 and must be do ne over again .

so the work of m utilation goes merrily on The .

poiso ns in the body set up one center of in flam

afte r a nother
. Th w e centers the surgeon
ly remov es ; b ut the real dise ase the venerea l
, ,

or scrofu lous tain t the uric or oxalic acid the

, ,

alkaloids an d ptom ain es affecting every cell

ry drop of blood in the body these elude the
,

s kn ife an d create n ew ulc ers abscesses inflam

’
, ,

sto nes c ancers etc

, ,
as fast as the old ones are
.
,

ated .

so w ho h ave stu di ed the previ ou s c h apters care

will re adily c omp r ehe n d the se fac ts They will

.

th at acute an d sub acute condi ti ons rep r esen t

’
as c leansing an d he ali ng efior ts an d that loca l
,

assio n by dru g or kn ife o nly se r ve s to turn N a

 CHRONI C DISEASES

HE Old S ch ool of medi cal scie nce defi nes acute

diseases as th ose which r u n a brief an d more or

less vi ole nt course and chr oni c di seases as those which

ru n a protr acted co u rse an d h ave a te n de n cy to recur
.

Nature C ure attaches a broa der and more signi ficant

meaning to these terms T his will have become apparent
fr om our disc ussi on of the causes the p rogr mive de
.

velopme n t an d the purpose of acute dise ases in the

,

preceding p ages
From the Nature C ure viewpoint the chr onic condi
,

tion is the latent co nstitutional disease enc umbrance

, ,

where as acute disease represe nts Nat ur e s efl or ts to

’

r ectify abn ormal c on ditions to ove r come an d elimin ate

,

hereditary or acquired morbid tai nts an d systemic poi

sons an d to ree sta blish n ormal structu
, re and functions .

To use an ill ustration : I n a case of perman ent or

rec urre nt itchy psoriasis the Old S chool physi ci an
,
“
would look upon the itchy skin eruption as the chronic
”
disease while we should see in the external eczema an
,

attempt of the healin g forces of N atu re to r emove from

the system the in ner latent hereditary or acquired psora
, ,

which constitutes the real ch ronic d ise ase .

It stands to reason that the exterior eruptions should

not be suppressed by any means wh atever but that the
,
204 NATURE u
c ss

pso r ic taint Afte r this is accomplished the external

.
,

“ ”
skin dise ase will disappear of i ts ow n accord .

As an othe r ill ustration of the radi cal difierence in our

respective points of view let us take hemorrhoi ds ,

“ ”
( pile s ) . The r eg ul ar physicia n co ns id ers the local
“ ”
hemorrhoid al e nl argeme nts i n themse lves the chron ic
d ise as e while the N at ur e Cur e p r actitioner lo ok s upo n
.

hemor r hoids as Nat ure s ef fort to r i d the system of cer

’

tain morbid encumb r ances and poisons which h ave ac

c umulated as a r esult of sluggish c i r c ulati on chron ic ,

constip ation defective elimin ation through ki dn eys

, ,

l ungs an d skin an d from m any oth er causes

, , .

These constit utional abn o r malities which ar e the r ea l ,

c hro n ic dis ease h ave to be treated an d c orr ec ted

, After .

thi s has been done the hemorrhoidal enlargeme nts an d

d i sch ar ge s wi ll t ake ca re of them
,

selves .

It is the r efo r e absolutely irrational an d f r eq uently

, , ,

followed by the most serious conseq uences to extirpate ,

the p iles or to supp r m the hem orrhoidal disch arges an d ,

th ereb y to drive these concentrated poison extracts back -

i nto the system

mber
.

In a n u of cs ses w e have tr aced paralysia in

Ch r o nic disease from the viewpoin t of Nature Cure

,

philosophy means that the organism has become per

,

me ated with mo r bid matte r an d poiso ns to such an exten t

th at it is no longer ab le to throw 03 these enc umbrances
“
by a vigorous ac ute elimin ative edor t The chron ic
”
, .

con dition the r efore r eprese nts the slow cold type of
, , ,

dise ase char acterized by feeble inedectual efforts to

, ,

elimin ate the latent morbid taints and impediments from

 ca s o mo D S EAS ESI 207

will disappear on accoun t of non support It is the -

.

application of the inj unction Resist not E vil to the

“

treatment of physical disease .

Under the infl uen ce of wron g habits of living and the

su ppressive treatmen t of diseases all for ms of waste and ,

mor bid matte r ( the feces of the cells ) together with ,

food drink and drug poisons accumulate in the system

, , ,

a fiect the cells and obstru ct the tin y spaces ( in tersti ce s)

,

between them These mor bid encumbranc es impinge

.

upon and clog the blood vessels the n e r ve ch ann els an d , ,

the other tissues of the body This 18 boun d to interfere

.

with the normal fun ctions of the organism and in ti me ,

leads to dete r ioration and organic destr uction .

I n this connection we wish to call atten tion to a dif

ference in viewpo int betwee n the school of Osteop athy
an d the N at u re C ure school Osteop aths an d chiro .

“
praetors attrib ute disease almost en ti r ely to impinge
ment ( abnormal pressure ) upon nerves and blood ves
”

sels due to dislocations and subl uxations of the vertebrae

of the spine and of other bony structures Th ey do not
tales into consider ati on the im pingem
.

en t up on and oh

ths m u d by lo l o g l n umb
syl ts ca ss ca r snsra s c rances of

th o g i m i th t mtt mo bi d p odu t c s, and

'

e r an s w w as s a er . r r

poh on th t h s um ul
a t d in o ll n d ti
avs accu s e e sa ss es .

Every individual cell must be supplied with food an d

wi th oxygen These it receives from the red arterial
.

blood The cells must also be provided w i th an outlet

.

for thei r waste products This is furnished by the

.

v enous circulation which represents the drainage system

,

ofthe body I fthis dr ainage is detective, the efl ect upon

.
203 s u m cus s
the organ is mi s si mil
ar to theu upon a
efiec t p rod c ed
house whe n the e x cretions and discha rges of its in
habitants are allowed to remain in it .

F urthermore every cell must be in unobstructed com

,

municati on with the nerve currents of the organi sm

Most important of all it must be in to uch with the sym
.

~
,

p athetic nervous system through which it receives the

Life Force which v ivifies and controls all in volun ta ry
functions of the cells and organs in the h uman body .

E ach individ u al cell must be supplied with n erve

“
fibr es which convey its sensations an d needs to head
”
quarters the nerve ce n ters in brain and spin al cord
,
.

Also each cell m ust be conn ected with other n erve fila
,
‘

man ta which ca rr y impulses from the c r anial spinal and , ,

sympathetic ce nters to the cell governin g and direct ,

ing its activities .

For instance if the cell be h un gry thirsty cold or

, , , ,
“
in pain it telegraphs these sensatio ns to
, head
q uarters in the brain or spinal cord and from there ,

directions necessary to comply with the n eeds of the

cell ar e sen t forth in the form of ne r ve impulses to the
center s controlling the circula ti on the food and hea t ,

su pply the me ans of protection etc etc

, ,
.
,
.

This circuit of communication from the cell over the

”
afl er ent nerves to the nerve centers in the brain or
“ ”
spinal cord and from these centers over the efierent
,
“
nerves back to the cell or to other cells is called the
”
reflex arc .

Let us use an illustration : S uppose the fingers come

in close con tact with a hot iron The cells in the finger
.

“ ”
tips experience a sensation of burning pain At once .

“ ”
this sensation is tel egraphed over the afferent ner ves
to the n erve centers in the brain or spinal cord In .

response to this ca ll of distress the command comes bac k

21 0 NAT URE ones

”
In this way originates chronic disease which means ,

th at the cells have becom e incapable of arousing them ~

selves to ac ute elimin a tive efior t in the form of inflam

mator y febrile reactions
In my lectm I sometimes liken the cell thus en cum
.

bered with morbid matter an d poiso ns to a man buried

“ ”
in a min e un der the deb r is of a c ave in in such a
manne r th at it is impossible for him to free him self of
the earth and timbers which are pinning him down In .

su ch a predicame nt the m an is un able to help himself .

His fellow workers or his fr iends m ust come to his aid

-

and remove the obstructin g mem es u ntil he can assist

them an d free himself .

This is a good ill ustration of the con dition of the cells

of the body in chronic diseas e They also have become
.

unable to help themselves and need assistance until they

,

c an o nce more ar ouse themselves to self help by means -

of an ac ute elimin ative efl ort .

Wh at can we do to help them ? We must endeavor in

the flr st place to f ur nish tha cells w i th thc r ight nourish
ment We must abstain fr om everything that m
. ay he

inj ur io us to the bo dy in fo od an d drink so as to relie v e ,

the cells of all unn ec essary work .

Whatever on e m ay thi nk of vegetarianism as a con

tin uou s mode of livi n g a little co nside r ation will make

,
“
it pl ain that a ration al vegetarian diet is the sine qua
”
non in the cure of chronic diseases It b uilds up the .

blood on a normal basis excludes all food and drink

,

poisons and thereby gives the organ ism an opportunity

,

to throw ofl the old accum ulations of waste and morbid

’

In chronic dise ase every drop of blood and every cell

mi fl t d 1n o d to p odu
,

ofthe or ganis s a ec e r er r u
ce a c r e,

the old tissues must be b roken down and rem

.

o ed v , an d .
 CHRONIC D ISEASES 21 1

new tim ues built up The more thorough the ch ange

.

in di et the greater and more rapi d will be the changes

,

for the better in cells and tissues especially if only ,

p ure and eliminating foods are used .

For these reasons it is advisable to leave 03 meat while

under the natural tr eatme nt All animal flesh con tains
.

the morbid sec r etio ns an d othe r waste products of the

animal organism, and this m eans additional wor k for
the cells already over b ur de n ed with syst emic poiso ns
-

m
Then w e ust wor k for elim
.

inati on C old wate r ap .

plied to the surface of the body is the most powerful

sti m fl an t to the circ ulation It actually p umps and
.

pushes the blood thro ugh th e system On e feels the .

blood rushin g through the arteries and veins with

greater force .

The cold w ater tr eati nent makes the skin more alive
-

and active stirs up an d accele r ates the circulatio n

,

th r oughout the system and th us p r omotes the eli m

, ina
tion of systemic poisons through the skin .

This stimulat ing c fl ect of cold wate r upon the organ

ism has been proved by counting the number of r ed
blood corp uscle s in a drop of blood before and afte r
“ ”
the applic ation of the cold blitz guss They were -
.

found to h ave doubled in n umber Th at does not me an .

that in an instant again as many red blood corp uscl es

had come into existe nce b ut it does me an that before
,

“ ”
the cold guss one half of them were dozing lazily
-

in the corners The cold water stirred them up forced

.
,

them into the circ ulation ma de them travel and attend

,

to business .

An other powerful means to promote elimination is

thor ou gh , syste a ti cmmassage The kne a ding rolli
. n g . ,

”
twisting and c lapping actually squeezes the stagnant
m m
,

orbid atter and the waste products out of the tissu es

212 NATURE cuss

into the circulation to be carried 03 through the venous

,

drainage and allows the r ed blood with its nourishment

,

an d fresh s u pply of oxygen to fl ood the cells and organs

Massage is also very efl ective as a means ofregulating
.

the blood supply in the system I n every chronic dis .

ease there is obst r uction or con gestion in some pa rt of

the organism ca usin g high blood pressure in the in te r i or
,

of the body and insuflicien t blood supply to the extern al

parts especially the extrem
, ities Massage distrib utes .

the blood q uickly and even ly .

O f gr e at impo rt ance is osteopathy All dislocatio ns .

,

l uxations an d sub luxations of bo nes an d ligame nts

,

should be corrected by expert man ip ulation As a matter .

of fact hardly a perso n can be foun d today whose spin e

,

is not abnorm al in one w ay or another just as there ,

is hardly a single normal human eye .

OsteOpathic treatment adjusts the lesi ons of the spin e

an d other bon y st r u ctures th us removi n g abnorm al
,

pressure upon the nerves an d b lood vessels and estab

li shi ng a free and ab u ndant flow of ne r ve an d blood
currents
m d li ght beths by stim
.

Air ulatin g the ski n in a

,

n atural manner to incr eased activity also co n tribu te to ,

the attainme nt ofthe various good results j ust described

Next come s physical ex erci se Corrective and cum
.

m
.

tive movements co bined w ith deep breathing promote

the combustion ( oxidation ) of morbid materials and i n
this way facilitate their elim ination from the system .

Life itself is dependent upon breathing The L ife .

Force enters the body with every breath we d r aw S how .

me a man with well devel oped full b re athing lun gs and

-
,
-
,

I will show you a man wi th good vitality .

ing the cell in ch ronic disea se we mention the right

 RI SI S in the ordinary sense of the word means
change eithe r for better or for worse In its rela
,
.

“ ”
tion to medic ine the te r m c r i sis has bee n defined
,

“
as a d ec i sive ch an ge in the di sease r es ultin g either in
‘

,
”
r ec ove r y or in d ea th .

We of the Nature C ure S chool distinguish between

” “ ”
healin g crises an d disease crises according to the ,

ch ar acter and the ten de ncy of the ac ute reac tion If .

an ac ute disease is bro ught abo ut through the acc umula

tion of mo r b id matte r or the in v asion of dise ase ge r ms
to such an exten t that the health or the life of the organ
ism is en dan gered in other wo r ds if the disease co ndi
tions ar e forcing the crises we speak of dim
, ,
“ " “
,
”
crises .

B ut if acute reactions take place in the system be

cause conditi ons have become more n or mal bec ause the ,
“ ”
healing forces have gai ned the as cen d an cy and forced
“
the acute inflammatory processes we call them healing ,
”
crises .

Heali n g crises are simply difl er ent forms of elimin a

tion by means of which Nature e n deavors to remove
“ ”
the latent chronic disease encumbran ce from the
,

syste m The most common forms of these acute p ur i fi

.

cations are colds cat arrhal and hemorrhoidal discharges

m
, ,

boils ulcers absc

, , ope n sores skin eruptions di ar, ,

rheas etc, .
 OBI S ES 21 5

alik e
. Patients often tell me : I have had this before .

I call it an ordi nary boil ( or cold or fev er ) , .

That may be true The fo r m er disease crisis and the

.

p resen t healin g cr isis may be si mi lar in thei r outw ar d

manifest ations But they ar e taki ng place und er en
.
.

When the organism is loaded to the danger poin t

to an acute elimi n ative efl ort in the shape of cold

’

c atarrh fe v e r infl amm

, , ati on skin e r uption etc In , , .

these ins tan ces the dise ase co n diti ons brin g about the
,

crisis and the organism is on the defensi v e These ar e

,
.

dim
“ ”
crises .

S uch uneq ual struggles between the healin g forces

and disease conditions sometimes end favorably and
sometim es fata lly .

On the other h and heali ng crises develop beca use

,

the healing fo r ces are in the ascen da ncy an d take the

of fensive They ar e bro ught abo ut th r o ugh the na tural
.

meth ods of livi ng and of tr eatment and always result ,

in improved co n ditions .

A simple allegory m ay assis t me in exp lain in g the

di ffe r en ce between a he aling c r isis and a disease c r isis :

F or years a prize fighter holds the ch ampionship be
-

cause he keeps himself i n per fect physical c on dition

an d befo r e every co nt est sp en ds m any weeks in caref u l
train in g Whe n he faces his oppo nent in the ring he
.
,

has elimina ted fromhis organ ism as much was te matter

an d su pe r fluous flesh and fat as possible by a strictly
r egu lated di et an d a gr es t deal of har d ex erc ise As a .

consequ en ce he comes ofi victorious in every contest and

,

easily mainta ins his superiority .

“
These victories in his career like hea ling crises in ,

the or ganism are the result of training and prep aration

, .
21 6 NATURE cuss

The prise fighter in the one cas e and Vita l F orce in

-

”
the other are on the ofl ensiv e fr om the beginni n g
’

of the struggle an d h ave th e best of the fight from start

Rendered over c onfiden t by l on g co ntin ued success

- -
,

our champion gradually permits himself to dr ift into a

weakened physical condition He omits his regul ar
.

trainin g and ind ulges in all kin ds of dissip atio n .

One day full of self conceit and un dere s tim ating the
,
-

stren gth of his ch alle n ge r he e n ters the ring witho ut

,

preparation and is ingloriously defeated by a man who ,

under di ffe r e nt circ ums tan ces w ould not be a m atch

,

So, in the case of a p ati en t i n a fatal

disease cr isis,

termi na tion may be due to th e excessi v e accum ulation

of waste and mor b id m atte r i n the sys tem to lowe r ed ,

vita lity and to lac k of preparatio n Victory or defeat

,
.

“ "
in ac ute reactio ns as well as in the ri n g depen ds
on right living and p r ep aratory trai ning
’

“ ”
I n the healin g crisis vita lity is the stronge r an d
,
“
gains the victory in the str uggle ; in the disease c r isis ,

dise ase co nditions have gain ed the ascen den cy an d brin g

abo u t the defeat of the he alin g force s
Under conditions favor able to hum
.

an life a body of
nor m
,

al str uctur e healthy blood and tiss ues and good

, ,

vi tality cannot be afl ected by acu te disease S uch an .

organism is practically imm un e to all forms of in flam ma

tory febrile reactions These always indica te that ther e
.

is something wrong in the system which Nature is tryi n g

to correct or get rid of .

Healing Or ises

In our catechism of Nature C ure we have de fined

"
healing crises as follows : A heal ing crisis is an
 When well misted
by the right natural methods
,
“ ”
of living and of treatment healing crises are never
,

dangerous or fatal to life The only dan ger li es in sup

.

preeing these ac ute reacti ons by drugs, knife the ice ,

bag or any means whatever

, .

“
If acute reacti ons are suppressed, the constr uctive
healing cr ieis m
“ "
ay be chan ged in to a destr uctive dis
ease cr isis Therefore we earnest ly w arn our patients
.

never to interfere in any w ay with a healing crisis lest

the chronic condition ( which resulted from the supp r es
sion of the origin al disease ) become worse th an before .

When Nature with all the force inherent in the human

,

organism has fin ally worked up to the point of a healing

,

crisis another defeat by a new suppression may be

,

beyond her powers of en duran ce an d recuperation Fatal .

coll apse may then be the r m ult .

Therefore take heed ! If youar e n ot willing to endure

,

the healin g crises do not undertake the treatment When

,
.

yo u have conj ured up the hidde n demons of di sease ,

yo u must have the co urage to f ace an d subd ue them .

Nothin g good in life comes to us except as we p ay the

price He who is too cowardly to conquer in a healing
.

crisis may perish in a di sease crisis .

Our exp l an atio ns of the natural laws of cure and of

natural therapeutics are often greeted by Old School
physicians and students with remarks like the following
“
Y ouspeak as if youhad the monopoly of eli mi native
treatmen t an d of the production of crises Wi th our .

we are doing the same thing . fectual

What is more e f
 21 9

for stimulating a sluggish liver and cleansing the ia

testinal tract than calomel followed by a dw e of salts ?
What will produce more profuse pe r sp iration than pil o
carpin ; or w hat is a better stimul us to the kidn eys th an
squills or buchu ? Can we not by means of stimulants
and depr w ants regulate heart action to a nicety t
“
We accomplish all this in a clean scientific manner , ,

witho ut resortin g to unpleasant dietin g and to barbarous

applications of do uches p acks an d m an ual t reatments
,
.

I n t it m
’
ore dignified an d professional to write a Latin
prescription ? How much better the impre ss ion on the

Let us see if these stateme nts are true if l axatio n , .

ur in ation or perspiration prod uced by po iso nous drugs

,

are identical in character and in ef fect with the elimina

tion prod uced by nat ural li v in g and n atural methods of
trea tm ent throu gh h ealing c r ises
Mercury in the form of calomel is one of the best
.

, ,

known cholagogues It is the favorite l axative and

.

cathartic of allopathy The pr evailin g i dea is th at

.

calomel acts on the li v er and the intesti ne s : but in

reality these or gans act on the dr ug .

All laxatives and cathartics are poi sons ; if it were

not so they wou
, ld not p rod uce their pec uliar drastic ,

efiec ts. Beca use they ar e pois ons Nature trie s to climi
,

nate them from the system as q uickly and as thoro ughly

as possible In orde r to do this the excr etory glands
.
,

and membran es of the li v e r an d the digestive tr act

greatly increase the amount of their secreti ons and ,

thereby produce a forced evac uation of the intestinal

Thus the system in the efior t to elimin ate the mer

'

curial poison expels also the other co n ten ts of the in

,
.

testines This may effec t a temporary cleansing of the

.
 The L asti ng B fl ects of A rti nctal gtng
-

”
and reacti on are equal and opposite In .

with the law of action an d reaction , the tam .

irritation an d ove r sti m ulation of the sensitive

-

of the digestive organs are followed by cor~

ding weakn ess an d exh austion and i f this pro
m
,

be r epe ated an d bec o e h abitual by grad ual ,

and p aralysis . As atrop hy p r ogresses the dose

,

p urgative m ust be inc r eased i n order to aecom

the d esired result and this in its turn hasten s
, ,

ner ati ve ch an ges i n the system .

en for c ed artifici al p urgin g may flus h the dra ins

,

w er s b u t d oes n ot c leanse the c h ambers of the

The c ells i n the in terior tissues remain encum
,

With m orb i d m atter

. A genuine and truly efiec~
ou
L seclean i ng m ust s tar t in the cells and m ust be
ht about th r ough the i niti ativ e ofthe vital e nergies
 cm sss 223

( )
2 artificially induced sweating does not eliminate dis .

( 3 ) the organism cannot be forced by irritants and

stimulants and artificial means but eliminates mor
,

bid matter only in its own natural manner and when

it is in prope r con dition to do so .

In a lesser degr ee , this applies also to fasting Un de r .

certai n co nditions it becom es a n ecessity ; but it may

easily be abused and overdo ne This subj ect is treated
.

at length in Chapter XXV11 , page 302 .

Do We N ever Pail?
Certai nly we fail but our fail ures are usually due
,

to the fact that sick people as a rule do not consider

, ,

Natur e Cure ex cept as a last resort The methods and .

requirements of Nature Cure appear at first so un usual

an d exactin g th at people seek to evade them so long

as they have the least faith in the miracle working power -

of the poison bottle a metaphysical healer or the sur

, ,

geon s kn ife Wh en health wealth an d hope are en

’
.
, ,

tir ely exhausted then the chronic sufierer grasps at

,

Nature Cure as a drowning man clutch es at a straw

“ ”
.

B ut even though ninety per cent of these cases which

come to us are of the apparently incurable type our ,

m
m
total failures are few and far between .

If there is su en t vitality i n the body to react to

'

natural tr eatment and if the destruction of vital parts

an d o r gans has not too far advan ced a cure is pom
,

ble , .

O ften the seemingly hopeless cases yield the most readily

Our su
.

ccess is due to the fact that we do not rely

on any one method of treatment but combine in our,

work ever ything that is good in the di f fer ent syetems

of natur al healing .
 NATURE CUB E

The Law of Or leee

yw here i n nature and in the world of men we

s
a .

t an d revol utions are the healing m

c ris in the

sies and reformations are the c of religion m

riksa riots and panics we recognize the cr ism
.

, , ,

m erc ial life

1 old M
.

othe r E arth he rself has in the hoary p ast

dly changed the co nfigurations of her contin en m
sans by grea t c ataclysms or geol ogic al crises
m
.

a the sultry su mmer air hu become p an t

>isonou s vapors and mi asms atmospheric crim , ,

s rainstorms th under ligh tnin g and electr i c

, , ,

cool and p urify the air an d ch ar ge it anew with

in g ozone I n l ike m
. anner wi ll heali ng cri m

the duease laden bodies of m

i s o
en .

Du el Swede nborg gives us a wonde r ful description

 CHAPTER XXI

PE RI ODI CI TY

fo r ms of acute dise ase crises dev elop with

,

ed regular ity an d in well defined periodi city

-
.

phen ome non has b ee n observed and described by

is dis ea ses also crises develop in accordance with

,

ity is gover n ed by the S eptim al Law or LAW

VE N S which seems to be the basic la w governing
,

ratory activities of the planetary

h armonics of heat light soun d electr ic ty m

i
, , , , ag

an d ofatomic stru ctur e

 rs momm rv 227

erned by the law of per iodicity and by the law of num

bers ( the Septimal Law ) .

The following quota tions are taken from the E ncyclo

pedia B ritannica Vol XV p 800: , .
, .

“
But this artistic completen ess was closely conn ec w d
“
with the third cardi nal virt ue of Hippocratic medi ’

—
ci e the clear recognition of disease as being eq ually
n

wi th life a process governed by what we should now

call natural laws which could be known by observation
,

an d which indicated the spon tan eo us and norm al direc

tion of recovery by following which alone could the

,

Another Hippocratic doctrine the in fl uen ce of which ,

is not even yet exhausted is th at of the healing power ,

of nature Not that Hippocrates taught, as he was

.

afterwards r ep r oached with teaching that nature is sufi ,

cien t for the c ure of diseases ; for he held stron gly the
m
e cacy of art B ut he r ecognized at least in ac ute
.
,

diseases a nat ur al p r ocess which the h umour s we nt

,

—
thro gh bei n g fi rst of all en d s , then passin g thr o ugh
u
sec tion or d igestion an d fina lly being expel led by mo
,

luti on or cri sis thro ugh one of the n atural channels of

the body The duty of the physici an w as to for ms
.

‘ ’
these chan ges to assist or not to hinder them so that
, ,
‘
the sick man might con quer the disease with the help
’
of the physician The times at which crises wer e to
.

be expected wer e naturally looked for with anxi ety ;

and it was a cardi nal point in the Hippocratic system
to foretell them with p r ecisio n Hippoc r ates infl uen ced .
,

as is thought by the Pythago r ean doctrin e of numbers ,

taught that they wer e to be expected on days fix ed by

certain n ume r ical rules in some cases on odd in others
on even n umbers—the celebrated doctrine of c r itical
, ,
‘

’
days. It follows from wh at has been said that prog
230 na m e cone

in its p urposes ; that it remains with us only

as we need its sal utary lessons .

”
The evil of physical disease is not due to
“

or to the ar bitrary rulin gs of a caprici ous P ro

“ ”
nor is it always error of mortal mind F .

Nature C ure philosophy and its practical applic:

have learned th at barrin g accidents and condi
,

surroundings unfavor able to h uman life it is 0: ,

every instance by violations of the physical law

being So the social political an d industrial
.
, ,

the larger life is br ought about by violations of

in the respective domains of life an d action .

So long as transgressions of the physical law

bein g result in hereditary and acquired disease
brenosa we must expect rea cti ons which may
,

eith er disease crises or healing crises L ikew ise, .

as ignorance selfishness and self indulgence

, ,
-

to create evil in othe r dom ains of life we m us ,

“ "
there also the occ urrence of crises of react ,

revol ution Whe n kn ow l edge self control an d

.
,
-

“ ”
become the sole motives of action evil and ti ,

it necessitates will naturally disappear .

Therefore w e should not be afraid of char

str ong w illed Then they will result in im

-
.
p r

and further growth .

Life is growth an d growth is change The on

, .

is stagnation The loss of friends home or

.
, ,

may seem for the time being an overwhelming c

bu t ifmet in the right spi r it such losses will p r :
,

pin g stones to greater Opportun ity an d higher

Many ofou patients formerly looked upon t

r

eased con dition as a great misfortun e an d an unt

 9 12111 0131 017? 23 1

pun ishment ; but since it brought them in contact with

the Nature C ure phi losophy and showed them the neces
sity of complying with the laws of their bein g they now ,
“
look upon the former evil as the greatest blew ing
"

in their lives because it ta ught them how to become

,

the masters of fate instead of remain ing the plaything

Why should we fear even the gre atest of all crises ,

"
physical death when it also is on ly the gateway
, , ,

to a larger life greater opportunities and more beauti

, .

ful surro un dings ? Why should we mour n an d grieve

over the dea th of fr ien ds and relatives whe n they have ,

on ly emigrated to another bette r coun try ! ,

Suppose we o urselves had to e n ter upon the great

’
journey today or tomorrow shoul dn t we be glad to ,

meet so m e of our fri ends on the other side and to be ,

welcomed advised and guided by them in the new

, ,

The r efor e we should not fear nor e ndeavor to avoi d ,

the crises in any and all domains of life an d action ,

b ut meet th em and c o ope r ate with them fear lessly and

in telligen tly They then will always m ake for gr eater
.

opportunity and highe r accomplis hment .

Appli ed to the life of the in dividual the law of ,

periodicity manifests itself as foll ows :

Human life on the earth p lane is divided into periods
-

of seven years The first seven years r ep r w ent the period

.

of infan cy With the next seven the years of child

.
,

hood begins in divid ual responsibility the conscious dis

,
‘

comment between right an d wrong The third group

,

compr ises the years of adolescence ; the four th mar ks the

attainment of full growth Nearly all civilized co untries
.
23 4 m
u ons cons

They will claim th at the Old School of medi ci ne ah o

regards ac ute reactions as man ifestations of Nature s ‘

elimi native activity and that it en deavors to promote

,

the same by all possible means .

We ar e aw ar e that in mny instances th

a e teachings of
“ ”
the regul ar school ackn owledge t heoretically a t ,

le ast the elimin ative ch ar acter of ac ute diseases But

, .

how does their p r actice a gr ee with these theories ?

“ ”
Skin e r uption s an d boils are cur ed ( i nto the body )
with metac oin tments ; coughs m ucous discharges and ,

diar rhe as are arreste d by opi ates an d astrin gents ; fever s

and infl am mations ar e subd ued by quinin e coal ta r ,
-

prod ucts or the ice bag ; headaches and pai ns of all

,

kin ds are stopped by morphine cocaine phenacetine, , ,

the salicylates etc ; the excited nerves an d the r estleu

, .

brain are paralyzed an d stu pe fied with bromides and

chloral syphilitic ulcers an d gono r r heal disch arges are
,

checked by cauter ization drying powders or strong , ,

an tiseptic in jectio ns ; sc r ofulo us glands and goiters are

“ ”
abso r bed by iodin e ; the diseased tonsils or the in
flamed appendix are extirp ated with the sur geon s kn i fe ’
,

an d so forth ad i nfini tu
, m .

Are such supp r essive tactics calculated to induce and

promote elimin ation ?
Afte r thi s digression let us return to our study of
,

The characte r of the healin g crises and the time of

their occurr en ce in any give n case can often be ac cu
rately predicted by m ean s of the Diagnosis fromthe
Eye ( see Chapter XXIII ) fr om N ature s records in th e
’
,

But the bcst of all

“
mthods
”
s of di agnosis is tho c
'
m
itself because we ak spots an d morbid taints in th e
,

organism are reve aled th ro ugh the healin g crises .

 P ERI ODICITY 335

m
T he Ba e O Id Ach u md P ai ne

Freq ue ntly we hear from a p atien t in the throes of

“
crises : These are the same old ach es and p ains th at
I had before It is exactly the same troub le I h ave been
.

sufl er ing with for m any years This is not a crisis !

.

I have caught a col d or I h ave e aten somethin g whic h

,

does not agree with me .

The patien t has forgotte n what we ta ught him r egar d

ing the law of c r ises He loses sight of the fact that
.

hea ling crises ar e n othin g mo r e or less than a comin g

up again of old dise ase conditio ns an acute manifesta
-

ment m
,

ti on ofafl s w hich had b eco e chr oni o thr o ugh neg

l ect or suppr ession .

“
O f course they are the same old aches an d pains .

Nature C ure does not create new diseasw C r ises .

mean the stirrin g up and elimi n atin g of hereditary an d

acquired taints an d poiso ns U nd er the right methods
.

of tre atme nt any previo u

, s dise ase c onditi on su pp r essed
by drugs or k n ife or by m en ta l e f for t m ay r ec u r as a
“
healing crisis .

They ar e the same old ach es an d pains which so often

gave tro uble in the past but they are now running their
come under diff
,

erent con di ti on beca u s e the pa tie nt is

now living in harmony with Nature s laws ’

.

Un der the natur al regime n N ature 18 e ncouraged an d

,

assisted in her cleansin g and he ali ng ef fo r ts S he is .

“
allowed i n her ow n wise w ay to tear down the old an d
build up the new ”
.

The old schools of heali ng procla im Mother Nature

“
B ut we of the Nature C ure school
”
a poor healer .

believe that the wisdom whi c h created this wonder ful ,

“ ”
complex mechanism which we c all the h um an body
know s also how to p reser ve an d to rep ai r it E very healin g .
336 N ATURE u
c ss

crisis passed under nat ur al conditions assisted by natural

methods of treatment leaves the body purified and
strengthe ned and ne arer to perfect health .

Ou r critics an d oppo n en ts freq u en tly ask us how we

” “
kn ow that our methods ar e nat ural and in harmony
”
with Nature s laws ”
.

To this w e reply : The timely appear ance of healing

c r ises th ei r orderly d evelopme n t an d favo r able te rmin a
,

tion co nstit ute the best crite r io n of the correct ness and
“ ”
natu raln ess of the methods of treatme nt employed .

The prompt arr ival and ben efic i al results of ac ute reac
tions ar e a ce rtai n in dication th at the heali ng forces
of the organism ar e in the asc en dancy an d that the
trea tm ent is in con for mity with the natural laws of cure
an d with the constr uctive pri n ciple in N ature .

Anoth er q uesti on sometimes asked of us is : Do he al

in g crises develop in ever y chro nic disease u n der n a tural
”
tre atm en t ? O ur an swer is : If the c onditio n of the
patie nt is n ot fav orable to a c ure th at is if the
, ,

vita lity be too low and the d est r uctio n of vital p arts
too for adv an ced the he alin g c r i ses m
, ay be p r opor

tionately d el ayed or m ay n ot oc cur at all I n such

.

c ase s the di se ase sympt oms will in crease in sev erity an d

c omplexity and be c ome mo r e de stru ctive inst ead of

m or e c onst r uctive un til the fi nal fatal crisis The end
, .

may come q uick ly or the p atient may decline gradually

,

tow ard the fata l terminatio n .

“
Ag ai n patien ts ask us :
, Through how many crises
s h a ll I h a v e to p a ss ?
"
We tell them : Just as many
as you n eed ; no mo r e n o less
, So lon g as there is any
.

th ing wro ng in the system c rises will come and go ; but

,

each crisis if success fully p assed is an other mileston e

, ,

on the r oad to perfect he alth .

It is intensely i nterestin g to obse r ve how orderly and

238 NAT URE CURE

that the patient believes himself alrea dy c ured He will .

say : Docto r I amfeeling fin e ! There is nothing the

“
,

matter with me any mor e ! I c annot un derstan d why I

shouldn t go home and continue the natural regim
’
en
”
the r e 1
This feelin g of me ntal el ation an d physical well being -

is usually the sign that the first gen eral i mprovemen t

has progressed far e nough to p re p are the system for a
healin g crisis Therefore my answer to the over confi
.
-

den t patient m ay be somethin g like this :

“
Remember
wh at I told you The firs t improveme nt is not the c ure
.
,

it is only the prep aration for the real fight Look out ! .

I n a few d ays you m

”
ay whistle an other tu ne .

And sure eno ugh usually withi n a few days after

,

such a co nversati on the p atien t is down in the slough of

despond H is digestive organs are in a wretched con
.

dition He is n auseated his tongue is coated he is

.
, ,

su fier i ng from headache and from a m u ltitude of other

“ ”
symptom s acco r di n g to h is in divi d ual co ndition In .

fact many of the old aches and pains which he thought

,

alrea dy c ured come up again with ren ewed forc e .

“ ”
Healing crises represe n ting radical ch anges in the
,

system are always accomp anied by physical and men tal

,

we akn ess bec aus e every bit of vitality is drawn upo n

,

in these reconstructive p rocesses Th e en tire organism

.

is shaken up to its very foun dation ; deep seated chronic -

,

dise ase tain ts ar e bein g stirred up throughout the system .

The eliminative process es of the healing crises are

often accompanied by great mental depression and a
feeling of stron g revulsion to the natural regimen and
ev erything connected with it .

The p atie nt thi nks that afte r all Nature C ure is not
, ,

for him th at he is gr owing worse i nstead of better

,
.

I n proporti on to the se v erity of the chan ges going on

 P ER I ODICITY 239

O ften he exhibits all the mental and emotion al symptoms

of homesickn ess .

I n these critical days it requi res all ou r powers of

persuasi on to keep the dep r essed an d discouraged p a

“
tie nt from giving up the fight and fr om takin g some
”
t hing to reliev e his distress He insists that some
.

”
thin g must be don e for him , an d c annot u nderstan d
”
how he will ever get out of his awful co ndition w ith
“

out some goo d stro n g medicin e .

If our p atients were not con tin ually and thor oughly
i nstruc ted regar din g the l aws of c r ises an d of periodic
ity and if we did not st r ongly advise an d en courage
,

them to perseve r e with the treatme nt few of them w ould

,

hold out during these critical periods .

This explains why so many people fail to be c ured and ,

it also explains why natural living and self treatme nt -

often do not meet with the desired results if carried

on withou t the instruction an d guidance of a competent ,

experienced Nature Cure physici an .

lovely an d h epe soars high B ut when the inevitab le

.

cri ses arrive the sufl erer belie v es that after all he made
, , ,

a mistake i n takin g up the na tural r egimen especially ,

so when friends and relatives do their best to destr oy

his confidence in the natural methods of c ure by ridicule
and dire prophesi es of fail ure .

Frightened and discouraged the patient returns to

,
“ ”
the fl esh pots of E gypt and to the good old pills and
-

potions, and ever afterwards he tells his friends that

“
he tried N ature Cure an d the vegetarian diet, but it
”
was no good
Mother Nature remains a book sealed w ith sev en
.

seals to those who mistrust despise and counte

"
, ,
242 NATURE cuss

treatme nt the sidewalks leading to our institution would

,

be crowded with peop le clamoring for admission .

After all this foolish fear is entirely groundless Cold

, .

“
water is no more to be dreaded than the bogey man .

I t is one of our fu ndamen tal principles of treatment

n ever to do anythi ng that is painf u l to the patient We .

“ ”
always te mper the wi nd to the shorn lamb the cold ,

n ew of the w ater an d the force of the manip u lations to

the se nsitiveness an d endurance of the subject Begin .

ning with mild alternate ly warm and cool sprays which

, ,

ar e pleasant and agreeable to everyone we gradually ,

i ncrease the force an d lower the temperature until the

“ ”
p atient is so inure d to col d water th at the blitz guss -

becom es a delightful an d pleasurable sensation a posi ,

ti ve luxury .

It is amusing to watch the grad ual change in the

attitu de of our patien ts toward the cold water treat -

ment I n some i nstan ces we h ave had to spend ho urs

.

in ear n est pers u asion before we co u ld ind uce a par

ticu lar ly sen sitive person to try the first mild spray A .

few weeks later if perch ance somethin g i n te r fered

, , ,

with the cold water applica tions the patient would in ,

dignantly refuse to take the other tre atment if there

was to be no cold water .

There is certainly no finer tonic th an cold water no ,

mo re exhilarating sensation than th at prod uced by the

artistic application of alternating do uches and the
"
blin
( d
-

The real cause of this cold w ater t scare we believe is

-

to be fou
, ,

“ ”
nd in the boasting of the veterans When .
,

with protrudi ng chest and chin in air they brag to the ,

newco m ers or to their friends abo ut thei r heroism and

“
the oc c lusa ”
with which they allow the cold water -

hose to be turned on them the listener shudders and

,
 WHAT A B OU T TH E “
C HRO N I C "
! 2 43

exclaims : This cold water may be all right for you ,

”
but it would never do for me .

No doubt it is this bravado of the initiated which

m
,

keeps m any a novice fr omthe fir st p lunge in t

o the ys

ter ies of Nature C ure If these timid ones only knew

.

what they miss !

Bu
si ness V ex m emo
-

Fr oma business point of view it would perhaps be , ,

better to leave 03 the cold wate r altogether It woul d .

certainly be m uch less trouble ; b ut then the rugged ,

honesty of Father Kn ei p p the ch ampion of the cold

,

water treatme nt b r anch of German Nature C ure has

-
,

descended upon his followers and compels them to tell

m
,

the whole truth and nothing but the truth to ales ,

u
so of sva ythi ng that is lik ely to b o of bencflt to tho
pati sn t an d to efi oot a r eal an d lu ting cur e .

Ou r frien ds, the oste opaths h ave only a pityin g smile

“
for our arduous labo rs They ask : . Why fool with
cold wate r and drive p atients away when p leasant ,
”
manipulations bring the b usin ess ? If we query in te
“
tur n : Do your pleasant manipulations cure obstinate
“
chr on ic ailments ? They answer : We do not expect
to cure them The efiort involves too m uch labor and
'
.

spoils the reputation of our work Not one in a h undred.

chronics has the patience and peresev er an ce to be cured .

m
B esi des if s ps ti ent co es too lon g to the ofi ze for
treatment he dr ives others sway .

“ ”
Some of the most successful oste opaths in this city
make it a rule not to treat a patient longer than six weeks

m
or two months
mber ofcases this msy be su cient to p roduce
.

I n a nu
marked primary improvement but it is not enough to .

l aunch the p atient into a healing cr isis and therefor e , ,

344 N AT URE u
c ss

does not prod uce a real cure because it does n ot remove

the underlying ca uses of the disease If after a while .
, ,
'

the laten t chronic condition again manifests i n external

symptoms the patie nt returns for another course of
treatm
,

ent ; he was c ured so quickly before and thi nks

”

he will be helped again .

In ju sti ce to the osteopaths it m ust be sai d that w e

are not referring to those chro nic di m which ar e
directly caused by lesions of the spine or other bony
stru ctures If such dislocations or subl uxations be the
.

sole cau se of the tro uble their cor rection by ma nipula

,

tive treatment may prod uce a c ur e withi n a few weeks .

But notwithstanding the teachin gs of orthodox ost op

e
a thy the maj ority of chronic ailmen ts have their origin
,

i n other c au s es I n most ca ses the existi n g spin al ls

.
,

si ons are th emselves the resu lt of other primary disease

co nditions whi ch m ust be removed before the bony
lesion s will r em ain cor rected .

The mode of treatm en t depends upo n the object that

“
is to be accomplished If it is to m ake the p atient feel
.

”
bette r with the least possible expendit ure of time .

money perso nal efl ort and self co ntr ol on his part and
, ,
-
,

the least amount of exertion on the p art of the p hysi ci an

“ ”
or healer ,then osteopathic manipul ations or meta
physical formulas may be in order but if the ob j ect ,
'

is to cure actually and permanently a deep seated chronic -

dm all the methods of the n atu

, ral treatment intelli ,

gently combined and adapted to the individ ual case ,

will be r equired in order to accomplish results .

Cutting ofl their heads does not kill the w eeds The

’ ‘
.

first sign of improvement in the tr eatm ent of a chronic

disease does not ean a cure m .
 WHAT ABOUT T HE “
CH RO NIC "
! 24 7

miracles On the other han d to achi eve the see m

. ingly
,

i mpossib le to prove wh at N ature Cure can accompl ish in

,
“ ”
the most stubbo r n chr onic cases sustains our co urage ,

an d is its ow n compensation .

“ ”
The word chronic in the vocabulary of the Old
S chool of medicin e is syn onymou s with inc urs
“

This i s not strange ; sin ce the medical and surgical sym p

tom a tic treatm en t of ac ute diseases c r eates the chronic
condi ti ons it certain ly c ann ot be expected to c ure them
, .

If by con tinued supp r ession N ature s cleansin g and

, ,
’

healin g efforts h ave bee n perve r te d in to chron ic disease

con ditions the followi ng directio ns are given in the
,
“
regular wor ks on medica l p r actice
"

“
When this disease reaches the chronic stage you ,

can no longer c ure it Y ou m ay advis e the patient to

.

change climate or occ upation As for inedi cation treat .

,
”
the symptoms as they arise .

We kn ow that the symptoms ar e Nature s healing '

“ ”
efior ts ; when these are promptly tre ated that is , ,

suppressed it is not surp r isin g th at the chronic does

I n fact it is the treatm ent whi ch m
,

n ot recover ak es
himand keep hi a chroni c m
.
,

Why N atur e Onre A chtev es B esults

Nature C ure ac hieves r w ults in the treatment of

chronic diseases because its theories an d practices are
enti re ly opposite to those j ust described However when .
,

the N ature Cure physician claims that he can c ure can

cer co nsumption epilepsy paralysis Bright 8 disease
, , , ,
’
,
“ ”
diabetes or certain me ntal derangements the Regular
, ,

shows only derision an d con tempt He will not ev en .

condescen d to examine any evidence in support of our

Since then , Natur e Cur e ofl ers to the eo called -

in .
243 NATURE CUB E

c urable the only hope and the on ly possible m

”
eans
of regaining health w hy not give hi ma chan ce ? M
, any
times apparently hopeless cases ha v e responded most
readily to our treatmen t while more promising ones
,

ofiered the most stu bborn resistance Even with the .

best possible methods of diagnosis it is hard to determine ,

just how far the destructio n of vital or gans has pro

gressed or how deeply th ey h ave bee n impregnated
,

with drug poisons .

Ther efor e it is often an impossibility to predict with

,

certainty j ust what the outc ome will be T his can be .

determi ned o nly by a fair tri al I n the past we hav e .

t re ated many a case that accordin g to the rules and

,

precedents of orthodox scien ce sh ould be dea d an d ,

b uried l on g a go : yet th ese individ uals ar e tod ay alive

an d in the best of he alth .

E ve ry now and the n incidents like the followi ng renew

ou r enthusiasm an d ou r faith in Nature Cure : Recen tly ,

we had three new cases se nt by th r ee fo r me r pa ti en ts

,

who had been under t r e atme nt several years ago .

The se three had bee n amon g the worst c ase s eve r

tre ated in our i nstitution When they came to us .
,

one w as su ppo sed to be dyin g with c an cer the secon d ,

was in the adv anced stages of terti ary syph ilis and the ,

third a l ady had sur vived seve r al operations for the

, ,

remov al of the appe n dix an d the ov aries At the time .

she took u p o ur tre atm en t she had bee n advised to

undergo anothe r operation for the removal of the uterus .

“ ”
These in c ur ables had be en exce edin gly tr yin g .

More th an once the one or the other had quit dis ,

c ou r aged an d di s gusted o nly to retu ,rn kn owin g that , .

after all Nature C ure was their only hope After they
, .

left us we lost track of them and often wo ndered how

, ,

they were getting on Imagine our pleasant surprise

.
 mm m OF CHRONI C DI SEASES

ET us now consider the best methods for prod ucing

“ ”
the healing crises referred to in the precedin g
chapters and that means the best methods for treating
,

the chronic forms of disease .

We found that acute diseases represent Nature s ef ’

forts to purify and regenerate the human organism by

means of infl ammatory fev erish processes while in the
,

chro nic condition the sy stem is not capab le of arousing

itself to such acute reactions The treatmen t must
.

difl er accordingly .

The Nature Cure treatment of ac ute diseases tends

to relieve inner congestion to facilitate the radiation
,

of heat an d the eli m in ati on of morbid matter and sys

tem i c poisons from the body I n this w ay it cases an d
palli ates the feverish p rocem
.

es and keeps them below

the anger point without in any way checking or sup

d
.

preeing them .

While our methods of treating acute diseases have a

sedati ve efiec t our treatm
, ent of chronic diseases is cal
cu lated to stimulate that is to arouse the sluggish
, ,

organism to greater activity in order to p r oduce the

“ ”
acute in flammatory reactions or healing crises .

I f the unity of diseases as dem onstrated in a previous

chapter be a fact in Nature it u m
st be possib l e to b eat

te diseases by unifor m
,

all chroni c as w ell as all acu

methods and the natural remedies must correspond to
,

the primary causes of disease .

250
 THE TREA TMENT OF CHRON IC DI SEA SES 251

The N atu
ral H otb eds of Tr eatment

Natural methods of treatment may be divi ded into

( 1 ) those which the patien t can apply himself provided ,

he has been properly instructed in their correct selec

( )
2 those which m ust be applied by ( or under the
direc tion of ) a competen t Nature Cure physician .

To the first gro up belong di et ( fastin g ) bathing and ,

other w ater applic ations cor rect breathi ng ge neral

, ,

To the second group belon g special applications of

the methods me ntioned under group 1 an d in addition
to these hydr opathy m assage osteopathy m
,

edi cal tr eat

m
, , ,

ent in the form of homeop athic medicin es non poiso n ,

-

ous herb extracts and the vito ch emical remedies and

-

m m
, ,

most im 1> or tant of all th,e r ight anage en t of he aling

w h en which develop u nder the natur al tre atme nt of

Correct disgnod s is the nr st m enfial to ratlonal tr eat

mnt
e . Every hone st physician admits th at the O ld
School methods of di agnosis are to say the least nu
, ,

satisfactor y and uncertain especially in ascertaining the

,

Th erefore we should welcome any an d all methods of

di agnosis which throw more light on the causes and
the nature of disease co ndi tio ns i n the h um an organism .

Tw o valuab le additi ons to diagnosti c science are now

offered to u s in Osteopathy and in the D iagnosis fro m
the Eye .

Osteopathy furnishes v aluable information concer n

252 NA TURE CUR E

placements of vertebrae and other bo ny structure s con ,

tractions or abnornial relaxation of m uscles and liga

ments and inflammation ofnerves and nerve centers
,
.

The Diagnosis F rom the Eye is as yet a new science ,

and m uch rem ains to be discov ered and to be better

explained We do not claim that Nature s records in the

.
’

eye disclose all the details of pathologic al tenden ci es

an d changes bu t they do reve al many disease conditions
, ,

hereditary and acquired that c annot be ascertained by

,

any othe r methods of diagnosis .

Leaving ou t of co nsi deration everything that is at

present spec ul ative an d uncertain we are justified in ,

making the following statements :

“
( )
1 The eye i s not o nly a
, s the an cie n t s sa id the mir ror ,
”
of the soul but it also reveals abnormal conditio ns
,

and chan ges in every part and organ of the body .

( ) E very organ an d p art of the body is represented

2
in the iris of the eye in a well defined area -
.

( 3 ) The iris of the eye con tains an immense n umber

of minute nerve filamen ts which through the Optic
,

nerves the optic thalami and the spin al cord are

, ,

co nnected with and receive impressions from eve ry

nerve in the body .

( 4 ) The nerve filame nts m uscle fibres and minute

, ,

blood vessels in the difl eren t areas of the iris r e

produce the chan gin g conditions in the correspond
ing parts or organs .

( 5 ) By means of various marks si gns abnormal color s

or dMolorati ons in the iris Nature reveals trans
, , ,

mitted disease tai nts and hereditary lesions

,

( 6 ) Nature also makes known by signs marks and dis

, , ,

colorations ac ute and chronic inflammatory or

,

catarrhal conditions local lesions destruction of

, ,
 tiuuq md
va r i o r ng pM s -d eh m m in
tures sn d tm ’ es es l- ed by acei da ts l i nj uy or by

( 7) Th e D gnm
'

a u P r o Th
’

e B ye p m
d ti vely ei - fi’
r

m
Hahne ann s theor y ths t all sente dil
‘
a h ve s m
constitufi onal bsekg u m
n d ofha ediu r y or aequ ired

8
( ) This science ens bles the di sgnet isisn te n ea tain,
fro mth e s ppes r snee of the ir is sh Jhe pd i
e us '

w w uds disea mhi s eon difion in m l n d tb e

tur e s
’
in the cye he esn pr ediet the difl
recor b mt
“ ”
healing cr ises th rough v hi ch the ps fi en t v ill
m
hav e to pa on the road to hes lth
m
.

( )
9 The eye r eveals dange ns chsnges in v ita l p ts
s r

p ment to aver t any thr es ten i ng dh en e by m

0
( ) y
1 B chan ge s in the ir is th e gn dna l p ur ifl a tic u d
m m m
,

the syfl e m
the efi inafion of orbid tter n d

p d m a nd the r ea d j t en t o mm
f the o r gs ni s to m

a
myself to rels ting briefly the story of the dl
'

ew w y of

mm a s mt mo
o sc very

Dr Von Pecksely of Budape t H ungary dh eoverevl

s ,
.
, ,
 one day in the gar den at m
his ho e he ught
ca

locati on of the broken leg .

a pet As the fractur e healed he n oticed that th e

.
,
'

spot in the iris b ecame ov erdrawn with a whi te

te border ( denoting th e
ion of sc ar tissues in the broken bone )
m
.

incident made a lasting im p r e i on on the m i n d

futur e doctor It often rec urred to hi min later
.

F r om fur ther observ ations he gained the convi e

Or m al physic al co nditi ons ar e portraye d in

in the
 VITALITY 257

But just as the violin must be kept in good condition

in or der to en able the ar tist to dr aw fr o mit the har
mon ies ofaound , so food and dr ink are necessar y to keep
the physical body in the best pos ible condition for the
manifestation of vital force The more normal our .

physical an d spirit ual bodies are in structure an d func

tion the more h ar monious our thought life and em
, o
tica nl life the more abun dan t will be the in fl u
, x of vital

This important subject has been tr e ated more fully

in Ch apter IV p a ge 3 2
, .

Ignorance of th ese simple truths leads to the most

serious mi stakes Physicians an d people in gen eral do
.

net stop to think th at ex cem i ve ea ting and drinkin g

’

te n ds to rob the body of vita lity instead ofsupplyi ng it .

The processes of digestion assimilation and elimin a

, ,

tion of food and drin k in themselves require a consider

ab le expen ditu re of vital forc e the r efore all food take n
,

i n excess of the act u al n ee ds of the body co nsu mes life

for ce that should be avai lable for other p urposes for the ,

execution of physical an d men tal work .

“
The Romans had a p roverb : P len ua ve nter non
stu det li ben ter
”
— “
a fu ll stomach does not like to
study .The most wholesome food if take n in excess , ,

will clog the system with waste matter j ust as too much
coal will dampe n and exti nguish the fire in the furn ace .

Further more the morbid m ate r i als an d syste mic poi

,

so ns produ ced by imp ure uns uitable or wr ongly com

, ,

bi ned foods will clog the cells and tissues of the body ,

c ause unn ecessary friction an d obstruct the inflow an d

,

the op erations of the vital energies just as dust in a ,

watch will cl og and impe de the movements of i ts

The greatest rti st living cannot draw harmoni ous

a
 h uman or ganism is capable of liberating an d
s tin g daily a lim ited quantity of vital force j ust ,

at tain amou nt of capital in the bank wi ll yiel d a

ad sumof in ter est in a gi ven tim e If m or e than
.

ai lable in terest be with drawn the capital in the

,

ils rly, if we spe n d more than our daily allowanc e

“ ”
L1 for ce
,
n ervous ban kru ptcy that is nervous
, ,

i ti ou or ne u rasthenia will be the result .

the d uty of the physician to regulate the ex p en di

E vital for ce accor di n g to the in come .

[1 leaks an d guard against wastefulness .

Sti mulati on by P ar alysis

the c umula tin g fatigue products in the bod y
a c ,

fo r ces the organi sm to rest and rec uperate wh en

lable supply of vital force runs low The low e r
l of vital force, the more po w erful will becom
.

bitory infl uences .

we can u nderstand why stimulati on is produce d

mthe cir culsti on into the tissues of the body .

m
D this by overcoming and paralyzing the powe r
lood to d olve an d carry in solution uric ac i d
m
°

er acids an d al k aloi ds that should be elimina

ao r ganism This will be explained more fully in

.

“
me on Natural Dietetics
or e stim m
.

er m ulants b enumb and paralyze to

the inhibi tory n er v ous system In other wo rds
,

.
,
”
fit the brak es from the motor ner vou s system,
 V ITA LI TY 26 1

What has produced this apparent renewal an d in

crease of vital enern Has the stimulant added to his
system one iota of vitali ty ! This cannot be because ,

stimulants do not contain anything t h at could impart

vital force to the organism What then has produced
.
, ,

The cafl ein e alcohol or whatev er the stimulating

, ,

poison may have been has precipitated the fatigue prod

,

ucts from the blood an d deposited them in the tissues

an d organs of the body Furthermore the stimulant has
.
,

ben umbed the i nhibitory nerves ; in other words it has ,

“ ”
li fted the brakes from the drivi ng part of the organ
ism so that the wheels are runnin g wild
, .

nerve fsts and oi the vital energy stored in th m w hich

the systemin times of illness or extreme exertion

’
There .

fore this procedure is contrary to Nature s inten t Na .

tur e tr ied to force the ti r ed body to rest and sleep so ,

that it could sto r e up a new supply of vital force .

Under the paralyzin g infl uence of the stimulant upo n

the inhibitor y nerves the organ ism now draws upo n the
,

reserve stores of nerve fats an d vital energi es for the

necem ary str en gth to accomplish the extra ni ght w ork o
.

At the same time remaini ng awake and active during

,

the night prevents the storing u p of a reserve supply of

vital energy for the nut day s w ork which means that
’
,

the is tter also has to be done at the ex pense of the

reserve supply of life force .

of vitali ty. The expe nditure of

vital energies ceaseS .

but their liberation in the system continues .

“ "
Ther efor e sleep is the sweet restorer Nothi ng can .

take its place No amount of food and drink no tonics

. ,
 VITA LI TY 265

is pr oduced in a si mil ar man ner as the s pp aren t in .

crease of physical str ength un der the infl uence of these

the gover ning and r estr atning faou lties of ind and m
m
soul :of r eason , odesty , reserv e, ca ution reve r enc e etc
.
, , .

powers of the h um an en tity ar e governed by the same

“ ”
principle of dua l action that con trols physical se
ti vi ty We have on the one hand the motor or driving
.

imp ulses and on the other hand the restrain ing and ih
,

In
these higher realms appetite passion imagi nati on , , ,

and desi r e cor respon d to the motor ner vous systsmin

the physical organism and the power of the will and

,

the reasoning faculties represent the inhib itory nervous

The exhil arati ng and stim ulating in fluence of alcohol

and n arcoti cs such as opiates
“
hashish etc upon the, , .
,

an imal spirits an d the emotion al and imaginative facul

ties is caused by the be numbing and paralyzi ng efl ect of
these stim ulan ts upon the powers of w ill, r eason, and
“ ”
selfcontrol the brakes on the lower appetites pas
-
, ,
“ ”
si ons and desires which
,
fir e the emotional natur e and

is lost in judgment and logic .

Alcohol nicotine cafl ein then bromine lupp u

, , lin ( the
,
-
,

bitter principle of hope) op ium cocaine morphine etc

, , , , .
,
 NAT URE CUB E

tch the efl ec t of this tonic on a gr oup of c on o

spirits banquet Full honor is do n e to the

O

at a .

r ise by leaps nd boun ds But the

a ap
. .

and reality nothi n g but the

happi ness ar e in
f the l ower ani m a l imp u lses unr estr ained by the ,

powers of m i nd an d soul .

wo r ds of the a fte r d inner speaker w ho when ,

is a sed at e an d ear n est gentleman flow with un ,

e ase The close and unprej udiced obser ver n o

.

h owev er that wh at the speake r has gai n ed in

,

nee loq u ,
ac ity an d exu beran ce of style an d ex
,

ion h e has lost in logi c c lea rn ess an d good sen se

, , , .

Ki n g Alc ohol tightens his grasp on the m e rry

an y the to as ters an d sp eak ers lose mo r e an d m o r e
,

c on tr ol ov er sp eech an d acti ons Wh at w as at .

an d m err y j est gr ad ua lly d e ,

ess c oar sen ess an d qu

, e r ulo us ,
 mm 269

nmbed
u and pureb r ed by the stron ger will of th e
hypnotist or of the obsed ng in tel ligence .

Ther e is a most interesti ng resemblance betwee n the

efl ects of sti mu lants n arcotics or hyp notic co ntrol and
, ,

m
blin d unreason ing faith The latte r also be numbs and
, .

pat a ea j udgment an d reason It gives full aw ay to .

the powers of imagination and th us m ay prod u ce seem

ine mirac u l ous results .

Thi s explains the mod u s operan di of faith cures as -

well as the fitful strength of the intoxicated and the

“
insane or the bea uti ful dreams and
, delusions of
”
grande ur of the drug fiend .

The close resemblance and rel ationship between hyp

noti c control and fai th became vividly apparen t to me

while witnessing the performance of a professional

hyp notist His subject on the stage w as a youn g woman
.

who under his contr ol performed extraordinary feats

, ,

of st r en gth an d re sistan ce S everal stro n g m en co u

. ld
not lift or move her in any way .

What was the reason ? In the ordinary waking con ,

dition her j udgme nt an d commo n se nse woul d tell her

“
I cannot resist the c ombined st r e n gth of the se m en .

O f co urse they can lift me and pull me here and there

, .

As a result of this doubting state of min d she would ,

not have the strength to resist

Howev er the co ntrol of the hypnotist had paralyzed

,

her reasoning fac ulties and therewith her capacity for

”
j udging do ubting and
, not believing
,
Her sub .

conscious min d accepted without question or the shadow

of a doubt the suggestion of the hyp notist that she did
possess the strength to resist the combi ned sfl orts of the
men and as a result she ac tually manifested the neces
,

sary powers of resistance .

It is an established fac t that the ini pnessions ( recor ds )

270 NAT URE CUBE

made upo n the subconscious mind under certain condi

tions as for instance under hyp notic infl uen ce abso
, ,
o

lu tely control the activi ties of the physical body .

Does not this throw an interestin g light on the power

“
of absol ute faith on the sayin g :
“ ”
, E ve r ythi ng is
poss ible to him who beli eveth t "
Blin d un r eason in g ,

faith be numbs and p ar alyzcs j udgme nt an d rea son in

simi lar m anne r as hyp notic cont r ol or stimul an ts an d ,

in that way gives free an d full sway to the powers of

im aginatio n an d auto sugges t ion for good or ill for
-

,
“ ” ”
white magic or black m agic acco r di ng to the ,

p ur pose for which faith is exerted .

It also becomes appar en t th at such blin d unreaso n ,

ing faith cannot be constructive i n i ts i nfl ue nce upon the

highe r men tal moral and spi r it ual fac ulties These can
, , .

be (1d only by the conscious and volu ntary ex

From the foregoing it will h ave be come eviden t that

“ ”
we cannot inc r ease vital force i n the body through
any artifici al me ans or methods f r om with ou t by food , ,

dri nk or stim u
, l ant Wh at we can and should do how
.
,

ever is t
, o pu t the organ ism into the best possible co n di
tio n for the liberation an d m an ifes ta tio n of life force

or vi tal energy .

The more normal th e chemica l composition of the

blood an d the more free the tissues are from clogging
,

imp urities poisons and mechanical obstructions such as

, , ,

lesions of the spinal col umn the more ab undant will be

,

the li beration an d the available supply of vital energy .

Therefore perfect buoyant he alth which ensures the

, ,

greatest possible efliciency and e njoyment of li fe can be ,

attained and mai n ta ined o nly by strict adherence to th e

natural ways of living and when necec sry by the , ,

natural treatment of diseases .

272 s um c ssu
not o nly in the chemical aspect of the diet problem but ,

also in every other aspect and in its practical application .

The regular school of medicin e pays little or no

“ ”

atte ntio n to rational food regulatio n In fac t it kn ows

-
.
,
“ ”
nothin g about it because natural dieteti cs are as
,

yet not taught in medical schools .

As a result of this co n ditio n the dietary advice given,

by the majority of Old School p r actitioners is som ething

“
as follows : E at what agr ees with you: plenty of good ,

nourishing food There is nothin g in dietetic fads

. .

What is one man s meat is another man s poison etc

’ ’
, .
,

However if we study dietetics from a strictly scientific

,

point of view we cannot help fin din g th at certain foods ,

and am
,

on g these especially the highly val ued fl eshfoods -

,

eggs pulses and cereals create in the system large quan

, ,

titi es of morbid poisonous substances while on the other

, ,

hand fruits and vegetables which are r ich in the organic

,

salts tend to ne utralize and to eliminate from the system

,

the waste materials and poiso ns created in the processes

of protein an d starch digestion .

The accumulations of waste an d systemic poisons

the cause of the majority of diseases arising within the
human organism Therefore it is imperative that the
.

neutrali zing and eliminating food elements be provided

in sufl ci ent quantities .

O n this turns the e n tire p roblem of natural dietetics .

While the O ld School of medicine looks up on starches ,

sug ars fats and proteids as the only elements of nutri

m
, ,

tion wor thy of consideration N ature Cure ai s to te ,

du u
“ ”
ce these foods i n the nat r al di etary, and to in
m ue the pu r if in
y g aud m
eli tnating f ruits and r ec

I n thie velu m e w e cennot go in t

o the details of the
 NATURAL D i s t an ce 273

di et questiou They . i ll be tr eaw d in f

w ull in our v eg
and in the volu
“
starino Cookbook me on Natural B ietet
”
ics We s hall say here in a ge neral way t hat in the
treatm
.

m
ent of chronic diseases with few ex cepti ons w e , ,

favor a v egetar ian di et for the reaso n that most

c hronic dis eases are created as before stated by the , ,
”
accumulation of the feces of the cells in the system
“
.

E very p iece of animal flesh is saturated with these ex

c rem en ts of the cells in the form of u ric acid and many
”
other kin ds of acids alkaloi ds of p utrefaction xan
“
, ,

thines ptom ain es etc Th e organi sm ofthe me at e ate r

m
-
,
.
,

m ust dispo se not only of its own i p ur ities prod uced

in the processes of di gestio n an d of cell metab olism -
,

but also of the morbid substances th at ar e al r eady con

tai ned in the anim al fl esh
fi noe the cu r e of chr oni c diseases consists largely in

p u r if i
y gn tb e b ody of o r bi d mater ia ls mit stan ds to
mut m
,
“ ”
r eason that a chr onic s c e tak ing these in his
daily food and dr in k To do otherwise would be like
.

sweepin g the di r t out of a ho use thro ugh the front door

an d carrying it i n ag ain thr ou gh the back door .

Whether one approves of st r ict vegetarianism as a

continuous m ode of livin g or not it will be admitted ,

that the chan ge fr om a meat diet to a non meat diet -

must be of gre at ben efit in the treatm en t of chronic

The cur e of chronic conditions depends upon radical

changes in the cells and tissues ofthe body as ex p lain ed ,

in a former chapte r The old, abnormal faulty diet will

.
,

contin ue to build the same abnormal and disease en cum

bered tissues T he m ore thor ough an d radic al the
.

c hange in diet toward normali ty and purity the q u i cker ,

the cells and tissu es of the body will change toward

'
'

.
274 N ATURE CUBE

1 mo
ss I I 6 0 080 111 63 080
276 NATUR E cuss

the normal and th us br ing abo ut a complete regeneration

of the organism .

Anything short of this may be palli ative treatmen t ,

“
bu
”
t is not wo r thy the name of cure .

This phase of the diet q uestion will also be taken up

i n deta il in the Vegeta ri an Cookbook an d in
“
Natural
”
Dietetics .

N atur al F oods

I n the followin g pages I shall give the outline of a

”
n atu ral diet regime n which has been foun d by ex
p er ien ce to meet all req uirements of the he althy o r gan
ism even when people have to work very hard physically
,

or mentally I n case of dise ase certain modifications

.
,

may ha ve to be made accordi ng to in dividual co nditions

Persons in a low negative state whether physical m
.

, en
, ,

tal or psychical may temporarily require the addition

, ,

of flesh foods to their diet .

I n the accomp anyin g table e ntitled Dietetics in a

”
N utshell we have divided all food m a terials in to five

Gro up I ( carbohydrate s) starches .

Gro up II ( ca r bohydrates ) d extrines and sugars .

Gro up III ( hydroc arbo ns ) fats and oils .

Group IV ( proteids ) : white of egg lean me at the , .

gluten of grains and pulses the proteins of nuts and

,

Group V ( organ ic minerals ) : iro n sodi um calci um , .

potassium ma gne sium silicon These are contai ned in

, , .

larg est amo unts in the j uicy fr uits an d the leafy j uicy .

v egetab les .

As a general rule let one half of yo ur food consist

,
-

of Group V and the other h alf of a mixture of the

,

first four gro ups .

 NATURAL 01 87 3 1 1 08 277

H yeuw ish to fonow a pm food diet sx ol ude meat

M m
,

t ou
fow hp ea s u
s and sa ccs, and all other foods
p p
remd f omt h d r e ead ani mal oa cmr .

This is brief and comprehensive . When in doubt ,

Ah o do not use cofl ea tca alcoholie b ev m to

Dair y Products : M ilk B uttermilk S kimmed Milk , , ,

Cream B utter Fresh Cottage Cheese

, , Fermented .

cheeses as Amer ic an S w iss Hollan d and DeB r ie should

, , , ,

an dRoquefort should not be used at all .

Eggs : eithe r r aw soft b oiled or poached n ot fried

,
-
, ,

or hard boiled E ggs should be used sparingly Two

-
. .

eggs three ti m es a w eek , or on an av er age one egg a

day is sufi cien t
, .

Whi te of egg is muc h easier to di gest than the yolk,

therefore the whites on ly sho uld be used in cases of very
weak di gestion Beaten up with orange juice they are
.
,

both palatable an d wh olesome ; or th ey m ay be beaten

very stifl and served cold with a sauce of p run e juice

or other cooked fruit j uices This makes a delicious and
-
.

very n utritive dish .

Honey is a very v al uable food and a natural laxa tive .

It is n ot gen erally known that hon ey is not a pur ely

vegetable product but that in p am in g through the organ
,

ism of the bee it partakes of its li fe elemen t ( an imal

Hon ey is on e ofthe best for ms ofsugar available . The

white sugar is detrime ntal to health because it has , be
2 73 NATURE CURE

Fi gs dates, r aisins , ban anas, an d all the other sw eet

fruits are excellen t to satis fy the craving of the organism

for sweets .

Cereal Foods rice etc are good whe n prope r ly com

, ,
.
,

b lued with fruits an d vegetables and with dair y

prod ucts Use preferably the whole grai n preparation s
.
-
,

such as shre dded wh eat or corn fl akes Oatm ,eal is not .

easily digestible ; it is all right for robust people work

in g in the ope n a ir b ut n ot so goo d for in v alids and
,

people of sed en tary h abi ts .

Thin m ushes ar e not to be recom me nded because they ,

do not require mastication an d therefore escape the ac

tion of the saliva which is in dispensable to the digestion
,

of starchy foods .

Avoid the use ofwhite b r ead or any other w hi te flour o

prod ucts especially pastry Whi te fl our contains little

, .

mo r e th an the sta rchy e leme nts of the grain M ost of .

the v al uable proteids which ar e equal to meat in food

val ue and the all important organic salts which lodge
,
-

in the h ulls an d the outer l ayers of the gr a in h ave been ,

“ ”
refined out of it together with the bran The latte r .

is in itse lf very v aluable as a mechan ic al stimulant to

the pe r ist altic action of the bowels .

I n p r efere nce to white b r ea d ea t Graham bread or

“ ”
whole rye bread Our Health Bre ad forms the solid
.

foundation of a well balan ced vegetarian diet It is

-
.

prepared as follows :
Take one third each of White flo ur Grah am fl our and
-
, ,

Bye meal ( not the ordinary Bohemi an rye flour but the ,

coarse Pumpernick el meal which con tains the whole of

the rye including the h ull ) .

Make a sponge of the white flour in the usual manner

,

either with good yeast or with leav e ned dough fr om the

last baking which has Men kept cold and sweet Wh en
, .
 N ATURE C UBE

ities of poison ous a cids , a lkaloids of putr efuc ti on ,

y should n ot be tak en in lar ge quantities and only ,

ubi nati on with juicy fr u iu or vegetables A s a .

ng u se lemo n j uice
m muh
.

s an d beans in the gr state difl er ver y e

their chemical composition in the ripened

s tate .

i g as th ese vegetables are green and in the p ulp ,

co ntain lar ge q u an tities of sugars and organi c

als with b ut li ttle sta r ch an d protein As th e

m
.
,

ng p r ocemadv an ce s the p er centa

, of sur c hes
r oteins i ncre ase ,
while th ose of the sugar s and
or gan ic m inerals decre ase Th e Inner retire i n to
.

i ves an d stem s ( pola riza tion ) .

b e gr ee n p ulpy st a te th ese foods m

, ay therefore , ,

ssed with G r ou p I I ( S ugar s ) and wi th Gro up V

n ic M in er al s ) w hile in the ripe ned state th ey
,
 NATU RAL m eas ures 23 1

"
Horseradish ( See also Group V in Dietetics in a
. .

”
Nutshell )
Splendid cooling summer foods rich in the blood
, ,

purifying organic salts are Watermelons M

, uskmelons , ,

C antaloupes Pumpkins S q uashes an d othe r members

, , ,

The green vegetables are most benefi cial when eaten

raw, with a dressing of lemon juice and olive oil Avoid .

the use of vin egar as m uch as possi ble I t is a p roduct .

of fermen tation and a powe r ful p r eserv ati v e which re

tards digestion as well as ferm entatio n both processes ,

being very m uch of the sam e character .

Neithe r us e pepper nor salt at the table They may .

be used sparin gly in cooking S trong spices and can dy

.

ments are more or less irr itatin g to the mucous lin ings
of the in testinal tract They p ar alyze gradually the
.

nerves of taste At first they stim ul ate the digestive or

.

gans ; but like all othe r stimulants they prod uc e in ti me

, ,

w eaknm an d atrophy .

While most vegetables not improved by cookin g

ar e ,

we do not mean that they shoul d never be cooked M any .

diet reform ers go to extr emes wh en they claim th at all

the organ ic salts in fruits and vegetables are ren dered
in or ganic by cookin g This is an ex aggeration Cookin g
. .

is merely a mechanic al process of sub division not a -

chemi cal p r ocess of t r ansformatio n M

,

echani cal proc .

esses of division do not dissolve or destroy organi c

molecula to any great exten t .

Neverthe less it rema ins tr ue that the green leafy veg

,

eta bles are not improved by cookin g It is difl er ent with

the starchy tubers an d roots li ke potatoes tmnips etc
.

,
.
, ,

an d w ith other starchy foods su c h as r ice an d gr ains .

232 NATURE CUB E

H ere the cooking ser ves to br eak up and sep ar ate the
har d starc h gr anules and to ak e the m mmor e per vio s u to
penetration by the digestive juices .

How to C ook Vegetables

After the vegetables are thoroughly washed and cut
into p ieces as desi r ed, place the min th e cooking v essel,

cove r the vessel closely with a lid and let them steam
slowly in their own j uices .

The le afy vegetables ( cabbage spinach kale , etc , , .

usually contai n enough water for their ow n steaming .

Cook all vegetables only as long as is required to make

them soft e nough for easy mastication Do not throw .

away a drop of the water in which such vegetables as

carrots beets asparagus oyster plant car plant etc
. , . . . .
,

have been cooked Use what is left for the makin g

.

of so ups and sauces .

The organic mineral salts con tain ed in the vegetables

readily boil out into the water If the vegeta bles as .
,

is the usual custom ar e boiled in a large q uan tity of

,

water then drained or what is still worse pressed out

, , , ,

they have lost thei r n utritive and medi cin al value The .

min er al salt
s hav e v anished in the sink, the re min
a s ar e

insipid and in digestible and have to be soaked in soup

,

stock and seasoned with strong condiments and spices to

make them at all palatable .

Next to the leafy vegetables, fruits and berries are the

“ ”
most val uable foods of the organic minerals group .

Lemons Grapefruit O ranges Apples are especially

, , ,

beneficial as blood p urifiers P lums Pears Peaches .

, , ,

Apricots Cherries Grapes etc , con tain large amounts

, , , .
 NATURAL m m sr s cs 23 5

from it . We must comply with idiosyncrasies un til they

E ating fruits only or vegetables only at one and the

same meal limi ts the selec tion and combin ation of foods
to a very consider able exten t an d tends to cr ea te ,

monotony which is not o nly un pleasan t b ut inj ur i ous

,
.

The flow of saliv a and of the digestive juices is gr e atly

in c r eased by the agree able sight smell an d tas te of , ,

appetizi ng food and these depend l argely u

, pon its

With very few exception s every one of our patie nts

,

( an d we h av e i n our instit utio n as fine a collectio n of

dyspeptics as can be fo und anywhe r e ) hea rti ly e njoys
ou r mixed dietary and is grea tly benefi ted by it .

Occasion ally we fin d that on e or another of our pa »

tien ts cannot eat starchy foods an d acid fruits at the

same meal without experien cing digestive disturbances .

When ever this is the case it is best to take with bread or

,

cereals only sweet alkalin e fr uits suc h as p r unes figs

, , ,

dates raisins or in their season wate r melons an d c an ta

, , , ,

loupes or the alk alin e vegetables such as radishes let

, ,

tu c e onions cabbage s law etc

, , The aci d an d sub aci d
, .
'

fruits sh ould then be taken betw een those meal s which

cons ist largely of starchy foods .

A Wor d About the Mi lk Di et

“ ”
When we expl ain that the natur al diet is based
upon the chemical compositi on of milk bec ause milk
is the only perfect na tur al food combin ation in exis t
“
e nce the q uestion comes up : Why then not live on
, , ,

milk en tir ely ? To this we reply : While mi lk is the

n at ur al food f or the n ew born and growin g in fant, it
-
 \ AT URAL
'

DI E TE TICS

the system at meal time dilutes an d thereby we akens

i n to
the di gesti ve j uices For this reason it is well to masti
.

cate with the soup some bre ad or cracker s or some v ege

table relish .

As dri nk s we serv e to those who desir e it either water

mi lk or butterm
,

,
ilk .

Prunes or figs stewed or r aw ar e se r ved at every meal

, ,

to those who requir e a sp ecially lax ati ve diet

.
 ACI D DI SEASES

E origin progr ess ive developme nt and cur e of

mid diseases are ve r y m uch the same whether they
,

sat as rhe u m atism arteriosclerosis stones ( cal

, ,
’
g ravel di
, abete s Bright
, s dise ase afi ec
, ti ons of
ar t or apoplexy
,
.

h um an body is ma de up of acid an d
llS I n order to have normal conditions and fun c
st be p ment i n the
.

»f tissues and o r gans both m u ,

p r eportio ns I f
. ei ther the acid or the alkali ne
lt8 are prese n t in ex cem i ve or insufi ci ent q u an

ab norm al con ditio ns and fun ctio ns that is Dh, ,

'
ill be th e result .
 NATURE CUBE

mak es uric acid the scape goat tor

-
'

s ll

trance of oxygen into the cells

asphyxiation or oxygen star v a
in the sym ptoms of anemia an d

igexp lain the efiects of other de

formed d urin g the d igestio n o f
Sulph uro us acid an d sulph uric
as pho sph oru s and phosph oric

the tissues of the body . Th ey

em b r an es which fo r m the p r o
 Ao mD rs sAsss 293

by the alkali ne min erals con tained in grasses hay or , ,

s tr aw will over—
,
stimulate an d ir ritate the n er v ous sys
tem of the animal and ca use it to become nervous irri ,

table an d vicio us These symptoms disappear when the

, .

rations of c ats ar e decreased and whe n more fresh

grass or hay is fed in place of the grain .

S imil ar efiects to th ose prod uced upon the horse by

an excess of grains ar e c au sed i n the h uman organism
, ,

especially m the se nsitive ne r v o us system of the child ,

by a surpl us of proteid food s of meat eggs grains and , , , ,

pulses .

Still when patients suf

, ferin g from o v er stim ulation of -

the bra in an d ner vo us system co nsult the d octor his ,

“
advice in almost every instan ce is : Your nerv es are
weak and overwrought You need plenty of good .
,

“
nourishi n g food ( broth s me at and eggs ) and a good , , ,

”
tonic
.

“
The remedies prescribed by the doctor are the
.

very thin gs which c aused the tro u b le in the first pl ace .

As stated befo re uric acid is undoubtedly one of the

,

most common c auses of dis e ase and the r efore deserves ,

especial attentio n Thro ugh the st udy of its pec uliar

.

behavi or under difier ent circumsta nces and infl uen ces
m
,

the cause nature and de v elopment of all acid d eases

, .

will become cle arer .

Like urea uric acid is one of the end prod ucts of

,
-

proteid diges tion It is formed in much sm aller quan

.

tities than urea in proportion of about one to fifty but

, ,

the latte r is more easily eliminated fr om the system

through kidneys and skin .

The principal ingr edient in the formation of uric

acid is N itr ogen, one of the six elements which ente r
into all p roteid or albumin ous food materials also called ,
“ ”
nitrogenous foods U ric aci d as one of the by
.
,
294 NA TURE CURE

products of digestion is therefore always present in the

,

m m
in the econ o y of thc hu an and ani al or ganis lik s m m
m
thc other w aste ater ials I t beco cs a sou
. m
r ce ofir r iw

tion and c ause of disease only w hcn it is pr cscn t in thc

B ow Ur c cld I s P rsctpttstsd

The alkaline blood takes up the uric acid dissolves it , ,

and holds it in solution in the circulation until it is

carried to the organs of dep uration and eliminated in
perspiration and urine If however through the ex
.
, ,

m
ths a ount of mi c a id in thc yst mis incrw cd bs
c s s

yond a cer tai n limit,the blood loses its power to diss lve o
“ "
it and it forms a sticky glue like colloid substance
, , , ,

which occl udes or blocks up the min ute blood vessels

( cap i llaries
, ) so that the blood cannot pass readi ly fr om
the arterial system in to the ven ous circulation .

This interference with the free pam ing of the blood

is greater in proportion to the distan ce from the heart ,

beca use the farther from the hea rt the less the force ,

behind the circulation Therefor e we fin d that slowi ng

.

up of the blood c urre n ts whether due to uric aci d

,

occl usion or any other cause is more pronounced in the

miti
,

u
s rface of the body an d in the ex tr e es than in thc

This occlusion of the surface circulation can be easily

observed and cven m easur ed by a simp le tcst P res- the .

tip of the forefinger of one hand on the back of the other .

A whi te spot will be formed where the blood has receded

from the surface on account of the p m ure Now oh .

ser ve how q uickly or how slowly the blood returns into

29 6 N A TURE CUBE

intestin es , ge nito urinary organs ; also rapid pulse i pal

p ita ti on of the hea rt ; angina pectoris ; etc , etc . .

These colloid substances occl ude the minute excr etory

d ucts in liver sp leen kidneys and other organs , inter
, , ,

te r in g with their no r m al functions and causing the r e

tention of morbid m atter in the system .

aci d poisoning my ba e gr eat b aug ment d by excessive

e
accum ulation of sulph uric phosphoric and other aci ds
, ,

an d by the fo r m atio n of ptom ai n es an d poisonous alka

loids d uring the metabolism of proteid substances .

The enti r e gr oup of symptoms caused by the exec“ of

uric ac id in the system an d the resultin g occlusion of the
c apillary blood v ew els by colloid substancmis called
collae mia .

If in such a co ndition of collsem i a the amount of uric

acid in the circ ul ation is still farther increased by the
takin g of u r ic acid producin g food and drink, and
- -

the saturation poin t of the blood is reached that is if , ,

the blood becomes overcharged wi th the acid a c urious

e sym m
,

phenomenon m ay be observed : the W pto s

suddenly disappear as if by ma gic giving way to a ,

feeling of physical and me ntal buoyancy an d stre ngth .

This wo nderful change has been wrought because the

blood has lost its c apacity for dim olv ing uric aci d and
holdi ng it in sol ution and the aci d has been p reci p i~
,
“

”
ta ted thrown out of the ci r culation and deposited i n
the tim
,

ues of the body .

After a period of rest th at is whe n no uric aci d and

, ,
-

xanthin e prod ucing foods have been take n for some time
-
,

say over night the blood regains its alkalinity and its
, ,

capacity for dissolvin g and carrying uric acid, and be

gins to reabsorb it from the tissues As a consequence .
,
 ACID DISEAS ES 29 7

the blood becomes again saturated with uric acid and ,

the colla mi c symptoms reappear .

spirits at the banquet is followed by Kateenjam mcr

in the mor ning It also explains why many people do
.

“ ” ’
not feel fit for their day s w ork unless they take a
stimulant of some kin d on arising Their blood is con .

ti nu ally filled with u ric aci d to the point of saturation ,

and the extra amo u n t co ntai ned in the cod es or alcohol

repea ts the process of ur ic a ci d precipitation the tem ,

p o r ar y stim ulatio n and relief .

cir c u
lati on is r cpcsto d m
so c of ths mo bld mtul l
r a
'
as

If these irritating substances become lodged in the j oints

and m u scles arthritic or musc ular rheumatism is the
,

result If ac ids xanthines and oxalates of lime form

.
, ,

earthy deposits along the walls of arteries and veins,

these v em c ls harden and becom c inelastic and their ,

diameter is dimi nished This obstructs the free circula

.

ti on of the blood and causes maln utrition of the brain

and other vital or gans Furthermore the blood v w ela
.
,

become brittle an d break easily and there is danger of ,

This explains the origin and developme nt of arterio

sclerosis ( harden ing of the arteries ) and apoplexy .

Apoplexy m ay als o b e c au

m
sed by other a cids and

drug po ona whi ch soften corrode and destroy the

, ,

walls of the bloodv cssels in the brain .

In individuals of difl erent consti tutions acc umul a ,

tions of uric acid xanthines oxal ates of lime an d vari

, , ,

ou s other earthy su bstances form sto ne s gravel or , ,

sandy deposi ts in the kidneys the gall bladder and in

, ,

other par ts and organs .

298 NA TURE CUB E

The disesses cau sed by per anen t dep osits ofu m

ric aci d
m
in the tissu ar e called arthritic diseases, becau
”
sc th c

a cc um ulations freque n tly occ ur in the join ts .

Thus we distinguish two distinct stages of uric a cid -

di seases : the colla m i c sta ge marked by an excess of ,

ur ic acid in the ci r c ulation and resulting in occlusion

of the capillary blood vessel s an d the ar thr itic stage , ,

marked by perm ane nt deposi ts of uric acid an d othe r

ea rthy su b stan ces in the tissues of the body .

D urin g the prevale nce of the collsem ic sym ptoms that ,

is whe n the ci r c ul atio n is saturated with u

, ric acid the ,

ur ine is also highly aci d When precipitation of the

.

acid materials fr om the blood into the tissues has taken

place the amount of acid in the urine decreases
,

I have repeatedly sta ted th at xanthin es have the same

efl ec t upon the system as uric acid Gafl ei ne and theo .

bromine the n arcotic principles of cod es and tea are

, ,

xanthi nes ; and so is the nicotin e contain ed in tobacco .

Pe as beans lentils mushrooms and pean uts besides

, , , , ,

bein g very rich in uric acid producing proteids carry

- -

also large percentages of xanthin es which are chemi ca lly ,

almos t identic al with uric acid and have a similar c fiect

upon the organism an d its functions
m m
.

Fr o w hat has b ccn said, it bcco cs clsar w hy thc

taking of flesh foods the blood has become saturated

with uric acid and the annoying symptoms of collm
, mia
make their appearance in the forms of lassitude head ,

ache and nervous depression then alcohol and the m

, ,

thin es contain ed in cofl ee tea and tobacco will cause

, ,

the precipitation of the acids from the cir culati on into

the tissues of the body and th us temporarily relieve the
,
 NAT URE CUR E

y to the burden on the man s back unti l its ’

ed 1 50 poun ds He may still be a ble

.

show sign s of distr em This increase of we ig ht

.

atte nd an t discomfo r t correspond to the incr ease

acid i n the blood an d the accomp anying sym p

collae mia .

11 inc r e ase the bur den on the man s sho ul der s ’

( 1 his in divi dual car rying cap acity

-
a ,

will th r ow it 06 entir ely This climax cor

.

the saturation po int of the blood when the ,

i ts acid c ar rying c apacity is exceeded an d its

-

ten ts are p r ecipit ated in to the tissues .

Th e T reatment of A ci d Diseases
r eat men t of cid dise ases is the same as of all
a

seases th at ar e du e to the viol atio n of Nature s

’

of bloo d and tiss ues fro mwithin and ,

 C HAPTER XXV II

FAS T IN G
'

EXT in importance to b uilding up the blood on a

natu ral b asis is the e limin ation of w aste mor bid ,

matter and pois ons from th e system This depen ds to

, .

a large ex ten t upo n the r ight ( natural ) diet ; b ut it

m ust be promoted by the di ffer ent methods of elim in a
tive tre atme nt : fasting hy d rotherapy mas sa ge phys
, , ,

ica l exercise air and sun b aths and i n the w ay of

,
-
, ,

medicinal treatmen t by homeopathic herb and vito

, , ,

chemical remedies .

Foremost am ong the methods of purific ation stands

fasting which of late years has become quite popular
,

and is reg arded by m any people as a pan acea f or all

human ailmen ts Howeve r it is a two edged sword
.
,
-
.

Accordin g to circ um stance s it may do a great deal of

,

good or a gr e at deal of h arm .

Kuhne the German pio neer of Nature Cure cla imed

, ,

that disease is a unit that it co nsists in the accum

“ ”
, u
lation of waste an d morbid m atter in the system S in ce .

“ ”
his time man y nat uri sts cl aim that fas ting ofl er a
,

the best and q uickes t mean s for eliminating sy stemic

poiso ns and othe r e ncumb r ances .

To fast it out seems sim

“ "
ple and plausible but it ,

do es not always p rove to be successful in practice .

Fastin g e n thusiasts forget that the e limination of w as te

and morbid matte r from the system is more of a chem
ical than a mechanic al process They also ove r look the
muy o
.

fact that tn a ases low sred vitsltty and w os kc ed u

302 NATURE u
c ss

If the enc umbran ces co nsist merely of s uperfluous

fle sh and fat or of acc umulated was te m aterials fasting ,

may be sufficie n t to b r e ak up the acc umulations and

to el imin ate the imp urities that are cloggin g blood and
tissues .

If however the dise ase has i ts origin in othe r than

, ,

“
mech anical c auses or if it be due to a weaken ed nega
, ,
”
tive constitution and lowered powers of resistan ce ,

f astin g may aggr avate the ab norm al con ditio ns instead

of im proving them .

We hear freque ntly of lo ng taste extendin g o v er ,

d ay s and weeks u n dertaken recklessly without the

,

p r esc r iption and guidan ce of a compete nt dietetic ad

viser with out proper preparation of the system and
the ri ght sub seq uent treatment Many a good consti .

tuti on has th u s been perman en tly i nj ur ed and wrecked .

Persons of sa n guine vital temperament with the, ,

a nim al qualities stro ngly developed e nsl aved by bad ,

h abits and evil p assions will be gre atly be nefited by

,

occ as ion al short fasts In such ca ses the exper ien ce

. .

afl or ds a fine drill in self di scipline stre n gthening of -

,

self contr ol and conq uest of the lower appetites

-
, .

“ ”
Vigoro us fleshy people
, positive physically and ,

mentally especially those who do not ta ke sufi cien t

,

physical exerci se sho uld take frequent fasts of one

, ,

two or three days d ur ati on for the red ucti on of super

’
.

at and for the elimi natio n of system

,

flu ou s fl e sh and f . ic
waste and othe r morbid materials S uch people should
never eat more than two meals a day and many get
alon g best on one m
,

eat
304 s um CUBE

Fastin g fac ilitates hypnotic control of the sensi

” ”
tive by positive intelligen ces either on the physical
or on the spir itual plane of bein g In the on e case we .

speak of hypnotism in the other of mediumship ob , ,

sem ion or possession Th ese co nditions are usually

,
.

“ ”
diagn osed by the regular pr actiti oner as nervous
ness nervous prostration hysteria paranoi a, delusi onal
, , ,

insanity do uble personality mania etc

, , , .

The destructive efiects of fasting are in tens ified by

solitude grief worry introspection reli gious exalte
, , , ,

tion or any other form of depressive or destructive

,

mental and emoti on al activity .

”
Spirit co ntrols ofte n force their subj ects to abstain
from food thus render in g them still more negative and
,

submissive Psychic patients, whe n controlled or ob

.

ceased, will freq u ently not eat unless they ar e forced

or fed like an infant When asked why they do not .

want to eat these patients reply : I m ustn t They

,
‘
.

” ”
will not let me When we say : Who ? the answer
.

“ ”
is : Th ese people Do n t yousee them ! point ing to
.
’

a void and becoming impatient when told that no one

,

“ ” “ ”
is there The regular school says delusion ; we
.

“
call it abnormal clairvoy ance .

“
In other instances the c ontrol tells the subj ect
that his food and drink are poisoned or unclean To , .

the obsessed victim these suggestio ns are absolute

To place perso ns of the negative sensitive type on ,

prolonged fasts and thus to expose them to the dan

gers j ust described is little short of criminal Su ch
, .

patients need an abundance of the most positive animal

and vegetable foods in order to build up and str engthen
thei r physical bodies and thei r magnetic envelop es ,
 FAS TIN G 305

which form the dividi ng and protecting wall betwee n

the terrestri al plane and the m agnetic field .

A n egative vegetar ian diet co nsisting p r in cipally of ,

fruits nu ts cer ea ls and pulse s b ut deficient in animal

, , , ,

foods ( the d airy prod ucts eggs honey ) and in the

nd m
, ,

v egetabl es growin g in or ne ar the gr o u ay result ,

longed fasting .

Animal food s are el ab orated u n de r the in fl u en ce of

'
a higher li fe e leme n t than that cont r olli n g the vegs
-

tab le kin gdom snd foods de r ived from the anima l

,

kin gdom ar e n ec essary to develop and stimulate the '

positiv e q ualities in m
”
an .

“
In the case ofthe psychic who is already defici ent ,

in the physic al ( an im al) and over developed in the -

spiritual qualities it is especially necessary in order

, .

to restore and maintain the lost equilibrium to build ,

“ ”
up in him the animal qualities .

thing mut h s e acti ve in order

done to k eep eli min ati on ,

to preve nt the re absorption of the toxin s th at ar e bein g

stirred u p a nd liberated .

Fasti ng involves rapid bre aki n g down of the ti ssues -

.

This crea tes great quanti ti es of w or mout cell materials

and other morbid sub stan ces Unless these poison pr o .
~ ~

duc ing accum ulations are promptly eliminated , they

will be reabsorbed into the system and ca use auto
intoxicati on .

To prevent this bowels kidneys and skin m u

, st be
, ,

kept in acti ve conditi on The diet for several days .

,

mo e um
”
“
This ubjec t i ll be treated 1 in another v ol
s
of thi s series q ti tle
w
d “ N a tur al Di eteti c
r
s? e
306 NATURE CUB E

before and after a fast sho uld consist lar gely of nu

,

cooked fruits and vegetables and the di fl eren t methods,

of n atur al stim ulative treatme nt sho uld be systematic

ally applied .

During a fast every bit of vitality must be ccenc

,
o

mized ; therefor e the passive treatmen ts are to be pre

ferred to active exerci se although a certain amo un t of
,

exercise ( especially walking ) d aily in the open air .

accompan ied by deep breathing should not be neg ,

lec ted .

While fast ing intestinal ev acu atio n usually ceases

, ,

espec ially where there i s a natur al tendency to sl ug

gis hn ess of the bowels Inj ectio n s are there
. f ore in

order and during prolon ged fasts m ay be taken every

few days .

“
By prolon ged fasts we understand fasts that last
“ ”
from one to four weeks short fasts being those of ,

one two or three days d u rati on '

.
, ,

Moderate d r in kin g is beneficia l d uring a fast as well

as at other times ; b u t excessive consumption of w ate r ,
”
the cc called fl ushing of the system is very inj urious
“
-
,

Un der ordin a r y co nditions from five to eight glan ce

of water a day are probably suf ficient ; the q uantity
consumed must be regulated by the desire of the

Those who are fasting should m ix their drinking

water with the j uice of acid fruits prefer ably lemon , ,

orange or grape fr uit These juices act as e liminator a

,
-
.
-

and are fin e natural anti septi cs .

any
“
m
Deprived of its own min eral constitu
other ti e
.

cuts distilled water lee ches the mineral elements and

,

organic salts out of the tissues of the body and th ereby

intensifi es dysmmic conditions .
 r ssr mo 309

The grea t maj ority of chronic patients have become

”
chroni cs because their skin ki dneys intestines and , , ,

other organs of elimi natio n are in a sl u ggish atrophied ,

c onditi on A s a result the ir system is overlo aded with

.
,

morbid matter
Moreover durin g the fast the system has to live on
.

i ts ow n tissues which ar e be in g b r oke n down rapidly

. .

This results in the prod ucti on an d liber ation of a ddi

tional l arge q u an tities of mo r bid matte r an d pois ons ,

which m ust b e pr omptly e li min ate d to p r eve n t their

r e abs o r ption .

H owever the atrophi c co nditio n of the organs of

,

elimi nati on m akes thi s impossib le and there are not ,

en ough alk alin e miner al eleme nts to n eutralize the de

stru ctive acids Therefore the impurities rem
. ain and
a cc u mulate in the sys tem and may cause serious ag gra
v ations and c omplica tio ns .

I s it n ot wiser fi rs t of all to b uild u p the blood o n a

n ormal b asis by nat u r al diet and to p ut the organ s of ,

elimi natio n in good w or kin g order by the natural

m ethods of tr eatm w t before fas tin g is enforced ? This

is in deed the only rational proced u

, , re an d will always ,

be foll ow ed by the be st possible r esults .

When un der the infl ue nce of a r a tion al diet the

, ,

b lood has regained i ts nor m al composition when me ,

chani cal obs t r u ctions to the fr ee flow of blood and

nerve c u rren ts h ave bee n removed b y os teopathic treat
men t when skin kidneys bowels nerves and nerve
, , ,

ce nters in fact every cell i n the body has bee n stim

, , u
lated into vi gorous activity by the vario us methods of
natural tre atment the n the cells themselve s begin to
,

eliminate their mo r b id e nc umbrances The waste ma .

ter ials ar e c arried in the blood stream to the organs of

elimination and incite them to ac ute rea ctions or heal “
31 0 NA TURE u
c ss

ing crises in the form of diarrheas ca tarrhal dis ,

charges fevers infiam

,
mati ons skin erupti ons boils
, , , ,

abscesses etc
m
.
,

Now the sponge is being l q e u

d and cleansed of ite
impurities in a natural m anner The m ucous mem .

branes of stomach and bowels are called upon to assist

in the work ofho u se cleanin g ; hence the coa ted tongue
-
,

lack of appetite digestive disturban ces nausea bilious

, , ,
”
n ess , so ur stomach fermen ta tion flatulence and, , ,

occasio nally vomit ing and p urging .

Th ese digestive dist urban ces ar e always accom pan ied

“ ”
by mental depress ion , the blues homesickness irr i , ,

tab ility fear hopele ssn ess etc

, , , .

With the adven t of these cleansin g and healing cris es

the physiological and psychological moment for fastin g
has arrive d All the processe s of assimilation ar e at a
.

standstill The e ntire organism is eliminatin g

. .

“
'

We have learned th at these healing crises usually

arrive d uring the six th week of nat ural tre atment .

To take food now wo uld mean to force assimilation

and the r eby to stop elimin atio n and perchan ce to in .

”
ter fere with or to check a ben efici al healing crisis .

Therefore we regard it as absol utely esse ntial to stop

e ating as soon as any form of ac ute elimination makes
its appearance and we do not give any food except acid
,

fruit j uices dil uted with water until all signs of acute
eliminative activity h ave sub sided whether this require
a few d ays or a few weeks or a few m
,

onths .

Some time ago I treated a severe case of typhoid

malaria No food except water mixed with a li ttle
.
,

orange or lemon j uice passed the lips of the patient

,

for eight weeks When all disease symptoms had dis

.

appeared we allowed a few days for the rebuilding of

,

the intestinal m ucous membranes Thereafter food was .

 R OTHEB APY IN THE TREAT M NT 01

HIDE in outr e atm

r ent of acute diseases w e
wet p acks an d cold abl utions to promote
tion of he at an d the r eby to red uce the fever 1
ture our aimi n the tre atm
, en t of chronic disc:
arouse the system to ac ute elimin ative ef for t .

wor ds while in ac ute d iseas e our hydrops

,

cut is sedative in chr o nic di seases it is sti

,

of C old Water Applications

-

Sti mulati on ofthe Ci r culati on

. As before sta
 HY DROTH ERAPY IN CHRO NIC DIEM 31 3

cold~water applications depen ds largely upon the ir elee~

tro magnetic efi ec ts upo n the system This has been
-
.

“
explained in the chapter on The Tr eatment of Acute
Diseases by Natural Methods ”
page 1 25
m m
.
,

( )
2 Eli inati on of I p ur iti es As the cold water
.

dr ives the blood with in creased force through the sys

tem it fl ushes the capillaries in the tim
,
“ ”
ues and
cleanses them from the acc umulations of morbid matter
m
and po ona which are one of the primary causes of
acute and chronic diseases .

As the b lood r u sh es b ack to the su rf ace it sufusea

the skin opens an d r elaxes the pores and the min ute
,

bloodv essels or capillaries an d th u s unloads its impur i

,
»

ties thro ugh the skin .

W We P am OOLD W ater
In the treatment of chronic diseases some advocates
of natural methods of healing still favor warm or hot

applic ation s in the form of hot water b aths di fier en t ,

kin ds of steam or sweat baths e lectric light baths hot

, ,

compressa fome ntations etc

,

However the great m

, .

, ajority of Natu re Cure pres ti

tioner s in Germany have ab an d oned hot applica tions
of any kin d alm ost e n tirely because of their w eak w i n g
an d e nerva ting afte r afieets and because in many in
-

stances they hav e not only failed to produce the ex

p ected res ults but
, aggravated the disease con dition s .

We can exp lain the difl erent efl eets of hot and cold
water as well as of all othe r therapeutic agents upon
the syste mby th e Law ofAction an d Reaction .

“
Applied to physi cs this law reads :
, Action and
”
reac tion are equal but opp osite I have adapted the .

law of action and reaction to therapeutics in a some

31 4 sa m e c ss u
peutie agent afiecting the human organism has a pr i
, m
mary te por ar y an d a secon dary per m , anent efiect , .

The secon dar y lasting cfiec t is co n tr ary to the p r imar y

, ,
”
transien t efiect .

The first temporary efi ect of warmth above the body

,

tem perat ure whether it be appli ed in the form of hot

,

air or water steam or light is to draw the b lood in to

, , ,

the surface Immediately after such an application the

.

skin will be red and hot .

The secondary and lastin g efiect however ( in ac ,

c or danc e with the law of action and reaction ) is that ,

the blood recedes into the interior of the body and

le aves the skin in a bloodless an d enerva ted condition .

“ "
subject to chills and predisposed to catchin g cold .

On the other hand the first transient efiect of cold

, ,

w ater applicatio ns upon the body as a wh ole or any

particular part is to chill the surface and sen d th e
,

blood sc urryin g inw ard leavin g the skin in a chill ed

, ,

bloodless condition Thi s l ack of blood and sensati on

.

of cold are at on ce telegraphed over the afier en t nerv es

to headquarte rs in the brain and fr om ther e the corn ,

mand goes forth to the nerve ce nters re gulating th e

“ ”
circ ulation : Send blood in to the surface !
As a r uult the ch cu lation is stir red u p a
-
nd e coeler
ated thr oughou t the eye tem and the blood r ush es w itn,

force in to the depleted sk in fl ushin g the surface of the

body with warm red blood and restorin g to it the m
,

, ay ,

color of health This is the secondary efl ect In o th er

. .

words the well applied cold water treatmen t is fol

,
- -

“ ”
low ed by a good reaction and this is accompani ed ,

by many permanent ben efici al results .

The drawing and elimin ati n g primary efl ect of hot

applica tions of swe at baths etc is at b est only tm
m
.
, , ,
.

y, lasti n g only a few min utes an d is always fol ,

 HYDROTH ERA PY mcus om DISEASES c 31 7

3
( ) B aref
oot Walki ng
Walk barefoot in
m
wet grass or on wet stone pave
ments sev eral times a day fro ten to twen ty minutes
at a time or less in case of weakn ess
,

Th e early morn .
,

in g dew upon the grass is especially be neficial ; later in

the day w et the grass or pavement wi th a hose .

After barefoot walkin g dry and rub the feet thor

,

oughly and take a short brisk walk in shoes and,

s toc kings .

( 4 ) I nd oor W ater T r eadi ng

-

S tand in a bath tub or large foot tub containin g

- -

abo ut two in ches of c old w ater step and splash vigor

,

o nely for several min utes then dry an d r ub the feet

, ,

and in crease the circ ulation by walking around the

room a few times .

5
( ) Foot S p ray
Turn the full force of water from a hydrant or hose
first on one foot the n on the other Let the st r eam play
, .

alternately on the u pper p art of the feet and on the

soles The coldn e ss and fo r c e of the water will dr aw
.

the b lood to the feet .

Th ese applicatio ns ar e excellen t as a me ans of stimu

l atin g and equalizing the ci r c ulation and a sure cure
“ ”
,

for cold and cl ammy feet as well as for sweaty feet

, .

I n this connection we warn our readers most stron gly

,

ag ai nst the use of dr yin g powders or anti septic washes

to suppress foot swe at

-
Epilepsy an d othe r serious
.

n ervous disorders have been traced to this practice .

(6) P ar tial A bla tion

Partial ablutions with cold water are very useful in

many instances espe c ially in loc al i nflammation or
,

“
where local con gestion is to be relieved The kalte .
 m s or s ss a p r mcas omo DIS EASES 321

cord and thereby insures better rest and sleep It cools .

and relaxes the a b domi n al organ s sphincters and ori , ,

fices stimulates gently an d n aturally the acti on of the

,

bowels and of the urinar y trac t and is equally efiectiv e

,

in chro nic constipation and in afiecti ons of the k idneys

or bladder .

The sitzbath is best t aken in the regular sitzbath tub -

made for the purpose b ut an ordinary bath tub or a

,
-

wash tub or p an may be used wi th eq ually goo d efi ec t

-
.

Pour into the vessel a few in ches of w ater at n atural

temperature as it comes from the hydrant an d sit in
, ,

—
the water un til a good reac tion takes place th at is ,

until the first sensatio n of cold is followed by a fee ling

of warmth This may ta ke from a few seconds to a few
.

min utes ac cording to the temperature of the water and

,

the individual pow ers of reaction .

Dry w ith a coarse tow el r ub and pat the skin w ith

,

the han ds then in order to establish good reaction

, , ,

practice Deep Bre athin g for a few min utes alter n ating ,

with the “
Internal Mass age exercise desc ribed on
p age 33 7 .

(13) The H ead B ath

Loss or disco lo r ati on of the hai r is gen erally due to

the lack of h air b uil ding eleme nts in the b lood or to
-

sl uggish c irc ulatio n in the sc alp an d a dise ased co ndi

tion of the h air follicles Noth in g more efl ectually
.

stimulates the flow of b lood to brai n an d scalp or pro

motes the elimi nation of waste matter an d poisons from

these par ts th an the head b ath together with scalp
massage .

Unde r no cir c ums tances use hair tonics dandr ufi or ,

ec zema cures or h air dyes All such preparations con

, .

tain poisons or at any rate strong antiseptics and germi

322 NATURE CUB E

ci des . Dandr ufi is a for mof limin e ation and aho uld

not be suppr e med . Wh en the scalp is in good condi tion,

it will disappear of its own accord .

The diagnosis from the eye reveals the fac t that

glycerine quinine r esorcin and other po isonous anti
, , ,
.

septics and stim ulants absorbed fr om scalp cures and

hair tonics and deposited in the brain are in many cm ,

the re al cause of chro nic he ad aches ne uralgia dizziness , , ,

r oa Mg in the e ars l oss of hearin g and sight men tal

, ,

depr essio n irr itability and even insanity

, ,
.

Cold water is an absol utely safe and at the same

time a most efl ectiv e means to pr omote the growth of
hair as m any of our p atients can testify
,
.

Whenever youh ave occ asion to wash the face wash ,

also the head thoroughly with cold w ater While doing .

'

so vigoro usly pinch kne ad and m assage the scalp with

, , ,

the fin ger tips Whe n feasible turn the stream fr om a

.
,

hydrant or a hose upon the he ad This will add the .

good efl ect of fr iction to the coldness of the water

’
.

Have your hair cut only durin g the first quarter of

the moon Th e ladies m. ay clip ofi the ends of their

hair during that period Skeptics may smile at this as .

“ ”
another evidence of ignorance and superstition
”—
, .

“
However fools deride
,
etc .

The countr y pe ople in m any parts of E urope who are

.
,

m uch closer and wis er obse r vers of N ature and her ways
th an the con ceited wise m
“
en of the schools
”
do their ,

s owin g an d rea pin g in acc or dance with the phases of the

moo n I n order to insure vigoro us growth they sow

.
,

an d plant d u ring the gr owing moo n ; but thei r cutting

and re aping is done duri ng the w aning moon .

( )
1 4 The E ye B oth

For the eye b ath the tempe r atur e of the water should
 CHAPT E R m

VE N among the dhere nts of Nature Cure there are

a

th ose who think th at air and light baths should be

taken ou t ofdoors in warm weath er o nly and in win ter ,

time only in well heated rooms -

.

This is a mistake The efl ect of the air bath upon

.

the organ ism is subject to the same law of action and

reactio n which governs the efiec ts of water application s .

If the temperature of air or water is the same or

n early the same as that of the body no reactio n tak es ,

place the conditions withi n the system r emain the same

, .

B ut if the temperatur e of air or w ater is consider

ab ly lowe r than the body temperature there wil l b e a

r eactio n .

In order to re act against the chillin g efiect of cold

air or water the n erve cen t ers which contr ol the cir

c ulation se nd the blood to the surface in large quam

,

tities ,
“
flushi n g the skin with warm red arterial
”
, ,

blood The flow of the bl ood st r e am is gr e atly accel

.

er ated and the elim in ation of m orbid ma tter on the

,

surface of the body is co r r es pond in gly i ncre ased .

What I s the Cause of Poor Ski n Acti on?

“

Mn is n
a turally an air an imal
a He breathes with .
”

the pores of the sk in as well as with the l un gs How .

ever the c ustom of hidin g the body under dense heavy

, ,

clothing thus excl uding it from the life givin g influence

,
a

32 4
 mm mos r
a ear ns 325

of air an d light togethe r with the h abit of warm b a th

,

ing has w eaken ed and en ervated the skin of the average

,

indi vidual unt il it has lost its tonicity an d is no longe r

capable of fulfillin g its n atural fun ctions
m
.

The com et almost air tight layers of underwear

,
-

an d ou ter clothi n g made of cotton wool silk and , , ,

leather prevent th e ven tila tion of the skin and the

,

escape of the morbid excretions of the body The skin .

is an organ of absorption as well as of excretion ; con

sequen tly the systemic poiso ns which ar e e liminated
from the organ ism if not removed by proper ve ntila
tion an d b athin g are reabsor bed in t o the systemjust
,

like the poisono us exh alations from the l ungs are rein
haled and reabsorbed by people congr egating in closed
rooms or sleepin g in un ventilated bedrooms .

Wh o would think of keepin g plants or animals con

tin uously covered up aw ay from the air and li ght ? We
,

know they wo uld wither and waste away an d die before ,

long .

Nevertheless civilized h um an be ings have for ages

,

hidden their bo dies mos t ca refully from sun and air ,

which are so n ecessary to thei r well bei ng I s it any

m
-
.

wonder th at the h uman cuticle has bec o e withered ,

en e r v ated and atrophied th at it has lost the power to

, ,

perform freely and afi c iently its functions of elimin a

tion and ab sorption ? U nd oubte dly this has m uch to ,

do with the prevale n ce of dis ease .

In the iris of the eye the atrophied con dition of th e

skin is indicated by a heavy d ark rim the ao called
. ,
-

ecu
“ ”
r f rim .It sign ifies that the skin has become
anemic the su
, rf ace c irculati on sluggish and defective,
an d th at the eliminatio n of morbid matter and systemic

poisons through the skin is handicapped and retarded .

32 6 na m u
e c ss

This in t urn causes auto intoxic ation an d favors the

, ,
-

developme nt of all kin ds of ac ute and chronic diseases .

mm m pa mm m of m mm
a m an n u

O f late physiologists have claimed th at the skin is

not of great importance as an organ of eli m ination .

Common experien ce and the diagnosis from the eye

teach us di fl erently The black rim seen more or law
.

distinctly in the outer rim of the iris in the eyes of

“ ”
the majority of people has been called the scurf rim , ,

beca use it was found th at thi s dark rim appears in the

iris after the suppression of scurfy and other forms of
skin eruptions and after the external or internal use
,

of lotions oin tmen ts and medici n es containing mer

,

cury zinc iodine arsenic or other poisons which

, , , ,

suppress or destroy the life and activity of the skin .

Therefore when we see in the iris of a person a

,
“
heavy scurf rim we can tell him at on ce :
-

, Your
c uticle is in a sluggish atrophied co ndition the surface
, ,

circ ulation and eliminatio n through the skin are not

g o od ,an d as a r esult of this ther e is a str ong ten den cy
to auto intoxicati on you take cold easily and sufl er
-
, ,
”
from chronic c atarrhal conditions Therefore a heavy .
,

scurf r i mfreq uently indicates what is ordina r ily called

-

“ ”
a scrofulous co ndition .

This certain ly shows the gre at importance of the skin

as an o r gan of elimin ation and the necessity of keepin g ,

it in the bes t possible conditi on It explain s why an .

atr ophied skin has so m uch to do with the causation

of disease and why in the treatment of both acute an d
,

chronic ailments air and cold water pr oduce such w on

The favorite method of diagnosis employed by Father

Kneipp the great Water Cure apostle, was to examine
,
323 NA TURE cuss

I t is the hr eexy, mo ing

v ou—
t door sir pm nsatsd

W and vitalixing to everything that dn w s the

This is bei g realized more and more and air bath

n ,
-

fac ilities will in the ne ar future be considered as indis

p en sa hle in the moder n up —
to —
d ate house
, as is now the
bath room -
.

We predict that before many years the roofs of

flats and apartment h ouses will be utilized for this
purpose and people will wonde r how they ev er got
,
“ ”
along without the air b ath .

Our sanita ri um has two large en closures on its roof ,

open above and surrounded on all sides by wooden lat

tice work which allows the air to circulate freely b ut
, ,

excl udes observation from neighborin g roofs and w in

dows and the streets below One compartment is for
men and one for women e ach provided with gymnastic
.

apparatus and a separate spray room .

At first expose the n ude body to cool air only for

short periods at a time until the skin becomes inured
,

to it .

Likewise unless youare well used to the sun take air

, ,

baths of short duration say from ten to tw enty min

,
.

utes until your skin and your nervous system have

,

become acc ustomed to the infl ue nce of heat and strong

light Prolonged exposure to the glaring rays of the
.

noonday sun might prod uce severe b urnin g of the skin ,

aside from a possible harmf ul efiect upon the ner vous

system .

The novice should protect head and eyes against

 m m mo a r sa
'
m
e 329

the fierce rays of sunli ght This is best accomplished

by means of a wide brimm
.

ed straw hat of light weight

-
.

In cases where dizziness results from the cfiect of the

heat upon the brain a wet cloth may be swathed around
,

the head or placed inside a straw hat .

It wi ll be found very pleasurable and invigorati ng to

take a cold shower or spray 0 3 and on during the sun
b ath and to allow the air to dry the body This will
, .

also inc rease its electro ma gnetic efl ects upon the

While taking the ai r b ath the skin may be rubbed

,

or brushed with a rough towel or a flesh brush in order

to remove the excretions and the a trophied c uticle The .

friction bath should always be followed by a spray or

a cold water r ub
-
.

At the tim e of the air hath pr acti ce breathing ez er

,

cises and the curative gymnas tics appmp r iate to yo ur

“ ”
condit ion ( See the chapters on Correct Breathi ng
.

“ ”
and on Physical Exercises )
If the air bath be take n at night before retiring the
, ,

less active bre athing exercises as Nos 1 3 7 and 1 3

, .
, , ,

all vigorous stimulatin g movemen ts should be avoided .

As the pl ant prospers under the life~giv ing influence

of water and light so the cuticle of the human skin
,

becomes alive and active under the natur al stimulation

of water air and sunlight From the for egoing para
, , .

graphs it will be seen why the air and light bath is

regarded as one of the most important natural methods
of treatment in all the great Nature Cure sanitar iunm
of G ermany .
 HE lungs to the body what the bellows are to
ar e

the fires of the forge The more regularly and .

vigorously the air is forced thr ough the bellows and

through the l un gs the livelie r burn the flame in the
,

smithy and the fires of life in the body .

Practice deep r egular b r e athi n g systematically for

,

one week and youwill be su

, rprised at the r esults You .

will feel like a difier ent perso n , an d your workin g

c apacity both physically and me ntally will be im
, ,

mensely increased .

A ple ntiful supply of fresh air is m or e n ec euary than

food and drink We can live witho ut food for weeks
.
,

witho ut water for d ays b ut witho ut air only a few

,

min utes.

With every inh alation air is sucked in thr o ugh the

,

windpipe or trach ea which terminates in two tubes

,

ca lled b r o n chi one le adin g to the r ight l ung one to

, ,

the left The air is then distrib uted over the l ungs
.

thro ugh a n etwork of min ute t ubes to the air cells , ,

which are separated only by a thin m embrane fr om

eq ually fin e and minute blood vessels formin g anoth er
networ k of tubes .

The oxyge n contain ed in the in haled air passes freely

through these memb r an es is absorbed by the blood, car
,

ried to the heart and thence through the arteries and

,
332 NATURE c ssu
with the diaphragm leavin g the upper structures of the
,

l ungs in active an d collapsed .

I n those parts of the l un gs that are n ot used sli my ,

secretions a ccum ulate irritatin g the air cells and other

,

tissues which become infl amed and begin to decay

,
.

Th us a luxuriant so il is prepared for the tubercle bacil

lu s
,
the pne umococcus and other disease producing
,
-

b acilli and germs .

This habit ofshallow bre athi ng which does not allow

,

the l un gs to be thoro ughly permeated with fresh air ,

acco u nts in a measure for the fact tha t one third of all -

deaths result from diseases of the l ungs To one in di .

vi dual perishin g from food starvation tho usands are ,

dyin g fr om oxygen sta rvation .

L un g culture is m or e im h oth er b anch es

'

-
por tan t t an r

of learnin g and training which req uire m ore time and

a greater o u tlay of time money and efi or t I n the
Nature Cure regimen breathing ex erci ses play an im
, , .

, por
tant part .

The efiectiv en ess of breathin g exerc ises and of all

other ki nds of corr ective movements depends upon the
mental attitude durin g the time of practice Each .

motion should be acc ompanied by the conscious efior t

to make it prod uce a ce r tain result Much more can be .

“
accomplished with me ntal concentration by keepin g ,

your mind on what you are doin g than by perform

"
,
.

in g the exerc ises in an aimless in difl er ent way

, .

Keep in the open air as m uch as possible and at all ,

eve nts sleep with windows Open .

If your occ upation be sedentar y take all oppor

t of door s that present them
,

tu ni ties for walking ou

 co m er a ss um e 33 3

selves While walkin g brea the re gularly and deeply

.
, ,

filling the lungs to thei r fullest c apacity an d also ex pell

ing as m uch air as possible at each exhala tio n Undue .

strain should of co u rse be avoided This applies to all

, , .

breathing exercises .

Do not bre athe through the mouth Nature intends .

that the oute r air shall r each the lun gs by w ay of the

nose whose memb r anes are lined with fine hairs in
,
“
order to sif the air and to preve nt foreign par
ticles d u
,
st an d dirt from irritat in g the m uco us lin in gs
,

of the air tract an d en terin g the delicate str u c tur es of

the l ungs Also the air is warmed before it reache s
.
,

the lun gs by its passage th r ough the nose .

Il et the exhalations take abo ut double the time of the

inhalati ons This will be further explained in c onnec
.

tion with rhythmical breathing .

Do not hold the breath betwee n inhalations Though .

fr equently recommended by teachers of certain methods

of b r eath c ultur e this prac tice is more harmful tha n
v
,

beneficial .

Of great importance is the position assumed habit

ually by the body while standin g and walking Care .

lessness in this respect is not only unpleasant to the

beholder but its consequences are far reaching 1n their
,
-

efl ects upon health and the well being of the organism .

On the other hand a good carriage of the body aids ,

in the development of m uscles and tissues gener ally ,

and in the proper functioning of cells an d organs in

particular With the weight of the body thrown upon
.

the balls of the feet and the center of gravity well

focused the abdominal w gans will stay in place and
,
33 4 NATURE C URE

there wi ll be no strain upon the ligaments that supp ort

them .

I n assuming the proper standing positio n stand with ,

your b ack to the w all to uching it with heels, b uttocks

, ,

shoulders an d head Now bend the head backward

,
.

and p ush the shoul der s forw ard and away from the
wall still touchin g the w all with b uttocks and heels
, .

S traighten the head keepin g the sho u lders in the for

,

ward position Now walk away from the wall and

.

endea vor to maintain this position while takin g the

breathin g exercises and practic ing the various ar m
movemen ts .

Take this position as ofte n as possible d urin g the

day and try to mai n tain it while you go abo ut your
,

di fi erent tas ks that m ust be performed while standi n g .

Grad ually this po sition will bec ome seco nd nature and ,

y o u will assume an d main tain it witho ut efior t .

When the body is in this positio n the viscera are in ,

their normal place This aids the digestio n ma terially

.

an d be nefits indirectly the e n tire fu nctional organ ism .

Persistent practice of the above will correct p rotr ud

in g abd omen and o ther defects due to f aulty position
an d carriage of the body .

The followin g bre athing exercises are intended espe

c ially to develop greater l u ng capacity an d to assist in
-

forming the habit of breathin g properly at all times .

The difl er ent movements should be repeated from three

to six times according to endurance and the amount
,

of time at disposal .

Wi th hands at sides or on hips inh ale and exhale ,

slowly an d deeply brin ging the entire respiratory

,

apparatus into active play .

33 5 NATURE CURE

S tand erect, hands to sidesInhale slowly and deeply .

.

at the same time bringing the h ands palms up in front , ,

of the body to the height of the shoulders E xh ale .

,

at the same time t urning the palms downward and

bringing the hands down in an outward circle .

S tand erect , the right arm raised upw ard , the left
crossed behind the back b een far back, then bend .

forward an d touch the floor with the right hand with ,

ou t bending the knees as far in fr ont of the body as

,

pos si b le.Raise the body to origin al posture reverse ,

position of arms and repeat the exercise Inh ale while

,
.

leaning backw ard and chan ging position of arms exhale ,

while bending forward .

Position erec t feet well apart both arm s raised Lean

, ,
.

back inhaling the n bend forward exhalin g touching

, , , ,

the floor wi th both han ds betw een the legs as far back
“ possible .

Horizontal position supportin g the body on palms

,

and toes Swin g the right hand upward and backward

.
,

flingin g the body to the left side resting on the left ,

hand and the left foot Return to original position

.
,

repeat the exercise fl inging the body to the right side

, .

Inhale while sw ingin g backward exhale while return ,

ing to position .

m
Diaphrag atic Breathing
The diaphragmis a large flat , muscl e, resembling a
 CO RRECT BRE ATH IN G 337

cavity and the abdominal cavity By downward ex pan .

sion it ca uses the l un gs to expan d likewise and to suck

in the air The pressure of air bein g greater on the
.

outside of the body than within it rushes in and fills ,

the vacuum created by the descending diaphragm As

the di aphra gm relaxes an d becom
.

es contracted to its
original size and position the air is expelled fr om
,

the body .

( To stimulate the action of the di aphragm )

Lie fl at on floor or mattress the head unsupported , .

Relax the musc le s all over the body then inhale deeply ,

with the diaphragm o nly raisin g the wall of the

abdom
,

en j ust below the rib s without elevatin g eithe r

‘

the chest or the lower abdome n Take abo ut fo ur sec .

onds to inhale then exhale in twice that length of tim

, e ,

contracting the abdom en below the ribs .

12
( Internal massage )
Lie on your back on a bed or co uch knees raised , .

Relax thoroughly exhale and hold the bre ath after

, ,

exhalation While doin g so p ush the abdomen out and

.
,

draw it in as far as possible e ach way Re pe at these .

movements as lon gas youcan hold the breath without

straining th en breathe deeply and regul arly for several
,

minutes then repeat the massage movements

, .

Nex t to deep br eathing, I consi der this pr actice of

gr ee ter value than any other physi eal ex er cise It im .

parts to the intestines and other abdominal organs a

wash board motion which ac ts as a powerful stim
”
u
lent to all the organs in the abdom inal cavity “
I nter .

”
ual Massa ge is espec ially bene ficial in chronic consti
 N A TUR E C URE

exercise may be p er for med also w hile standi ng or

g It sho uld be practi ced two or thr ee tim

. es

mm w ma o T -k u mm

hands at side inhale slowly and deeply

, ,

in Exe r cise No 1 fillin g an d emptyin g th e

.
,

m uch as possible b ut without strain ing P r ac

, .

lying on the b ack then on e ach side

, .

two po un d d umb bells )

- -
.

b ack ar ms extended sidew ays

, ,

ows r i gid ,
 OORREcT B R EATHIN G 341

flows in rhythmical breath through the created uni

ve r se E very livin g thing is alive by virtue of and by
.

par takin g of this cosmic bre ath .

The mor e positive the d eman d the gr eater the supply

, .

Therefo r e w hile b r e athing deeply an d r hythmically in

,

h armon y with the un iv er sal b r e a th wi ll to open your

,

self m ore fu lly to the infl ow of the life force from the
sou rce of all life in the inn ermost par ts of your being .

T his in timate co nn ection of the in divid ual soul with

the great r ese r v oir of life m ust exist Witho ut it life
.

w ou ld be an im possibility .

War ni ng

ab ls for obs uuctions

'
in ths air passa ss
g ,

means for

sensi ti ve Su. ch p m ons ustm s v oi d sll hi ch

pr scti css w
tend to retlne ex cessi vely the bodv and to de
v pr e a tu rmely and ab the sensory
spiri tual b ody Ths
. m
ost dsnger ous of

m
ar e long ex tended fasting , raw food di et, that
is a di et consi sting of fr uits, nu ofl s and r aw vegsts
“ "
bles and ex cluding the dair y pr o ucts, Yogi br ssth
lu d “
fi tti i th i l
”
Th t h
di tti i
m
g en ng n s s ence a s ng n
m
, .

ds r kn h reclu sion or in co pany w i th othsrs, w hile

ex tr a neous impr essions . Th ese pr acti ces ten d to de

 CHAPTE R XXX]

PHYSI CAL EXERCISE

S ID E from breathin g gymn astic s gen er al or in .

,

c ase of illn ess or def or mity speci al correc tive an d ,

cur ative exe r cises sh oul d be take n every day .

Physical exercise has similar efl ec ts upon the system

as hydmp athic massage and os teopathic treatmen t I t
mo bid umuh fiomin m mu
.
, ,

sfin u the the tiu sti

mh
p r acc

k t rter ial and venous ci rculati on ex pands the

e a ,

lungs to their fullest capacity thereby in cr easin g the

i ntake of oxyge n and mo st efiec tiv ely pr om
,

otes the
eli m ination of w aste and m m
,

orbi d aterials thro ugh ski n ,

kidneys bowels and the r espir atory t r act

, , .

Furthe r more well ad apted sy stem atic physical ex er

,
-
,

cises te nd to correct dislocatio ns of sp inal vertebra e

a nd other bo ny stru ctures They relax and softe n con
.

tracted and hard ened muscles and ligamen ts and to n e “

,
”
up those tiss ues which are weakened an d ab normally
relaxed . Regul ar physical exer cise means increased
bl ood supp ly improved nutrition and be tter drainage
, ,

for all the vita l o r gans of the body .

By me ans of sy stem atic exe r cise combined with deep ,

breathi n g the liberatio n an d distribution of electro

,

magnetic energies in the system is also greatly

promoted .

Most persons who haVe to work hard physically are

un der the impressio n th at they n eed n ot take spec ial
exercises This however is a mistake In nearly all
.
, , .

30
3“ NATURE CUB E

ments and change gradually to more vigoro us o nes then ,

reverse the process en din g with light relaxi ng mov e

, ,

ments .

When beginnin g to t ake syst ematic exercise do ,

n ot make the separate moveme n ts too vigorous or con

tinus them too lon g If any of them ca use pain or

consider able strain om it them until the body becom
.

, es
stronger and more flexible The m usc ul ar soreness often
.

resultin g fr om exe r cise at the beginn ing is as a rule , ,

of little conseq ue nce an d disappear s befo r e lon g The .

difier ent movements sh ould be practiced in spite of it ,

bec ause th at is the only w ay to relieve and overcome

this condition .

( e ) S top when youbegin to feel tired Never over .

do ; you should feel r efreshed an d rel axed after ex er

c is in g not tired and sh aky
,
.

( )f Do n ot t ake vig o r o us exercise of any kind within

an ho u r and a half after eatin g n or imm ediately before ,

meals It is a good pl an to r est and relax thoroughly

.

for about fifteen min utes before sittin g down to the

table .

( )
g Wh eneve r pr acticable exe r cise o ut,
of doors If .

in doors perform the movemen ts n ea r an open window

,

or whe r e the r e is a c urren t of fresh air .

( )
h E xerci s e u ndressed if po ss ible or in a re gular
, ,

gymnasium suit th at gives free play to all the m uscles .

If dressed loosen all tight c lothing Ladies should

, .

wear their garmen ts suspen ded from the sho ulders by

means of shoulder b r aces or ao called reform waists ,
-
,

the skirts being fasten ed to these .

i
( ) Always rel a x phy s ic ally an d me n tally before tak
in g exercise .

( )
j Apparatus is n ot necessary to pro d uce results .

However d umb bells wand s or Indian clubs may be

,
-
, ,
 PHYS ICAL EXERCIS E 345

used but they should not be too heavy One pound

, .
-

d umb bells are sc ien tly heavy in most cases The .

exercises here described are in te nded for muscular con

trol fiex ib ili ty iim
, mprovement of the circulation , and
,

increased activity of the vital functions ra ther than for

mere animal strength .

In the following paragraphs we ofier a selection of

corrective movements grad uated from the more simple
,

to those requiring considerable agility and efiort .

In practicing these exercises it is best to alternate

them that is to select say six or seven movem
,

, , , en ts
, ,

suited to individual conditions with a view to secure

all aroun d general developmen t an d special practice for
-

those parts and organs of the body that need extra

attention The time at your disposal wi ll also have to
.

be considered .

Practice these ex ercises daily for a wee k For the .

following week select six difier ent exercises then six ,

more for the third week and so on supplementing the

, ,

list here given as may be required by your partic ular

needs Then start all over a gain in a similar manner
. .

This 18 better than to do the same st unts every day .

It promotes all around development of the body and

-

k eeps the interest from flagging .

Raise the arms forward ( at the same time beginning

to inhale ) , upward above the head , and backward as far
as possible, bending back the head and inhaling deeply .

Now exhale slowly at the same time lower ing arms

,

and head and bending the body downward until the

fingers touch the toes Keep the knees straifl i t Inhale
. .
345 NA TURE CUBE

again raising arms up w ard and backward as before

, .

Repeat from six to ten ti mes .

For exercisin g the muscles between the ribs and the

abdominal musc les in the back .

Inhale slowly and deeply with arms at side Now , .

exhale and at the same time bend to the left as far as

,

possible raisin g the right arm straight above the head

m lo
,

and keeping the left ar c se to the side of the body .

Assume the original position with a q uick movement

at the same tim
,

e inhalin g Exhale as before bending

.
,

to the right and rais ing the left arm Repeat a number .

For making the chest fl exible . Also excellent for the

digestive organs .

Chest S tretcher : This exerc ise must be pe r formed

vigorously the moveme n ts following one another in
,

r apid su c cession .

Stand e r ect Throw the arms backward so that the

palm
.

s touch ( striving to bring them higher with each

repetition ) at the same time risin g on the toes and
,

inhaling Without pausin g throw the arm s forward

.
,

and across the chest the ri ght arm uppermost striking

, ,

the back with both hands on opposite sides at the same ,

time exhaling and lowering the toes Throw the arms .

back immediately touchin g palm s risin g on toes and

, ,

in haling as before then bring them forward and acr oss

the chest again left arm uppermost Repeat from tm
,

.
,

to tw enty times
An excellent m
.

assage and vibratory movem ent for the

 N ATURE CURE

ach thr ust . Repeat fr o mten to tw anty fimsg or

m t hands on hips Keeping the legs str ai ght,

m
e , .

the trunk u pon the hips bending fi forw ar d

, ,

the right , then backward then to the left , .

a number of times then rotate in the opposite

,

ally v aluable to stir up a sluggish liva .

flat on your back on a bed or better still a at m

m
, ,

fl oor hands under head Without bendin g k n

,
.

gh t leg as high as poss i ble and low er it

Re pe at a num ber of times then raise the oth er
,

n alte r n ate As the abdome n becomes stronger

.
,

bOth legs at once keeping kn ees str aight I t h

ant that the legs be low md sl ow ly
.
,

exercising the abdominal m u sc les and strengthen

 PHYS ICA L a m a ss 3 49

th en without bending the back rotate the trunk upon

, ,

the hips first to the right then to the left

, , .

As a variation of this exercise rotate fr om the waist ,

only keeping the hips motionl ess

, .

An ex cellent massage for the internal organs .

10

S trid e stand
-
positio n arms raised sideways Bend to
, .

the right un til the h and to uches the floor left arm ,

raised high Resume original position Re peat several

. .

times then bend to the left si de th en alternate

, ,
.

11
Chopping exer cise
Stride s tand position C lasp the hands above the left
-
.

shoulder S win g the arms downw ard and between the

.

legs be nding well forward Return to position an d

,
.

repeat a num ber of times then repeat with hands on

,

right shoulder then alternate , .

12
Cr adle rock
Clasp hands over head elbows strai ght Bend the
, .

trun k to the right and left side alternately and without

pausing a number of times .

13

St and erect feet to gether J ump to the stride stand

, .
-

pos iti on at the same time raisin g a rms sideways to

,

sho u lders j ump back to original posi tion and lower

,

Repeat from ten to twenty times .

14

h is flat on back arms at side legs straight Raise

m Fro m
.
, ,

both legs ti ll thcy at r ight angl u w ith body .

 N ATURE u
c ss

si ti on sway legs to the right and left si d e

back arms ex tended over head

,
.S win g
upwar d sim ultaneously touching , th e toes
ody on th e
of sp in e . Return to origin al

an d s tren uous exercise ,

an d sho uld

r shoulders palm s ,

abo ut six in ch es
free p lay to the m uscles of th e
r h alf of the body on the h ands

as hi gh as p ossible keepin g the b ody straigh t

, .

po sitio n and r ep eat un t il slightly fati gued .

osition as before . Ra ise the e nt ire body on

 PHYSICAL EXERCI SE

ner as to keep the chair steady at a suitable angle ,

is well adapted to the practice of a number of corrective

movements such as rotatin g of hips and waist forward
, ,

an d sideward be n di n g of the tru n k the v ariou

, s ar mand
n eck exe r ci se s ben din g an d twi stin g of feet and toes
,

the Inte r n al Massage ( Ex ercise No 1 2 page

,

.
, etc .

“ ”
S ee also Breathi n g Ex ercises to be Taken in Bed ,

pa ge 3 3 8
.
 ASSA C E has very much the same e f fects upon the
system as the cold water treatment It acceler
-
.

a tes the circulation draws the blood in to the su

, rface ,

re laxes and opens the pores of the skin promotes the

elimination of morbid matter and in cr eases and stim
,

, u
lates the electro— m agnetic e ne r gies in the body .

We have lear ned that one of the primary causes of

chronic disease is the acc um ulatio n of waste matter and
systemic poisons in the tissues ofthe body These mor .

bid encumbran ces clog the capillaries th us obstr uctin g

,

the circ ul ation and interferin g with or preventing the

nor m al activity of the or gans of el iminati on especially ,

the skin .

The deep goin g massage the squee zing kneading roll

-
, , ,

ing and strokin g actually aqueous the stagnant blood

and the m mulations out ofths tlssues into the
, ,

orhid aocu
veno us c irc ulatio n speeds the venous blood charged
, ,

with w aste prod ucts an d poi so ns on its way to the

,

lun gs and enables the arterial blood with its freight

,

of oxyge n and n o u rish in g elements to fl ow more freely

into the less obstructed tissues and organs .

Through manipulation of the fleshy tissues the blood ,

is drawn to the surface of the body and in that way th e

,

elimination of mo r bid matte r thro ugh the relaxed and

opened pores of the skin is greatly facilitated .

354
3 55 NA TURE cuss

His own vibrations must be harmonio us on all planes

of bein g the physical mental moral and spiritual He
, , , , .

must be inspired an d actuated by the faith that he OAR

heah by the positi vc w i ll to hoal, and by sym pt thy for
'

the one he is trying to ben efit .

S uch an operator makes himself the instru ment for

“ ”
the transmission of life force which is hea ling forc e
, ,
“
from the sourc e of all life . As he gives so he r e ,

”
c eiv es ; for this is the basic law of the universe the ,

Law of Compensation If he gives the treatme nts in

.

the right sp ir it hs w fll gain vital force instead oflosing

i t He will actually feel his own in tensified life vibra
.
- »

ti ons and after treating he will experience a feeling of

,

buoy ancy and elation which nothin g else can impart to

“ "
him . He who loses his life shall find it .

“
Li ke a m usicia n who tunes up ( puts in harmonious
vibration ) the relaxed strin gs of his instrumen t so the
, ,
“ ”
magnetic healer tunes up and h armonizes the wea k
ened and discordant vibrations of his patient .

Good massa ge will prod uce electro magnetic efiects -

even tho ugh the operator be not aware of it and do

n ot u nderstand the un derlying laws ; b ut his work will
gain in power and efl ecti v eness in direct proportion to
the conscious efl orts he makes to be nefit h is patien ts by
the infl uence of these higher and fin er fo r ces .

I hav c freq ue ntly noticed in my ow n man ip ulative

work how m uch the conscious and co ncentr ated efl or t
of the w ill has to do with its efl ecti v eness O ften .
,

when I had give n the usu al mass age or osteopathic treat .

men t and the p atien t still complained of pain in a cer

,

tain locali ty of the body I would lay my hands on the

m
,

afl ec ted area and concentr ate y w ill upon dissolving

the c ongesti on in that partic ular part or organ and upon
harmonizing its discordant vibr anons Very shor tly,
'

.
 MAN I PU LATIV E TREATME NT 351

usually within a few min utes the congestion would be ,

relieved and the pain would subside .

co ntr olled by the w ill and either concentrated to or sent

aw ay from any part of the body j ust as the circula tion ,

of the blood can be c ontrolled The latter I saw done by

.

a notist who made the blood flow in to and out of

the arms and hands of one of his subj ects simply by the
power of his will .

While this was accomplished by means of a da tr uc

tive process it ta ught m
, e a most val uab le lesso n regard

in g the power of the will to control physical conditions .

Try it yourself Next time when you h ave one of

.

your annoying headaches recline comfortably in a chair

,

or on a couch relax completely and the n w ill the blood

to flow aw ay fromthe br ain in ord er to relieve the con
, ,

gestion and the attendant pain M any of my pati ents

.

have learn ed to treat themselves successfully in this

way .

It is obvio us that magnetic treatment will not remove

pain perm anen t ly if the latter be due to irritati on
caused by a l ux ated bo ne or by some foreign body or
. ,

by local ac c um ul ation of mo r bid matter and poisons in

any part or organ I n all such cases the local cause
.

of the irr itation must be removed befor e the pain

subside or disappear .

m
Osteopathy is one of the most important branches of
natural healing By itself however it is not all su
cient beca use it deals only with the m
-
,
.
,

echani cal causes

of disease but not with the ch emical and thermal nor
, ,

with the mental and psychical .

358 NATURE CUB E

the bad ef
fects ofan unbalanced diet which contains an
excessive amount of poison producin g materials and is -

deficient in the all important positive min eral elements

-

“
or organic salts Just as s urely as me ntal ther apeu
.

tics and a n at ural diet cannot set dislocated bones and

joints just as surely is it impossible to c ure monomania
,

and obsession or to supply i r on lime and sodium to the

, ,

blood by correctin g spinal l esions .

Th e trouble with the great maj ority of osteOpathic

schools is tha t in the ir ow n w ay they ar e j ust as nar
row prej udi ced an d intolerant as the a110pathic schoo ls
,

of medicine th at they condemn an d reject any and all

,

n atu ral methods of treatment aside fr om manip ulation ,

and that thei r p r actitio n ers since they find m anip u la ,

tion by itself insufiici ent show a strong tendency to ,

fall b ack upon the old school methods of drugging and

-

of surgic al treatme nt .

I n order to do j ustice to our p atie nts and not to neg

lect our respon sibilities towards them w e m ust use in
ueatm
,

the snt of diseases all that is good in all the

'

natural m ethods of healing I n serio us chro nic cases .

any single on e of the se methods — whether it be p ure ,

food diet hyd r otherapy massa ge osteopa thy men tal

, , , ,

,
—
therape utics or h omeopathy is not sufi cient by itself ,

to achieve pe r fect results or to prod uce them fas t

e no ugh .

To use an ill ustrati on : Suppose a wagon full of

fr eight req uires the combined st r e n gth of six h orse s to
move it and suppose that number of horses is available
, .

Wo uld it not be foo lish to try and move the load with
one or two or three or fo u r or even five horses ? Wo uld
not com mo n se nse dictate to save time and ef for t by
p utt ing all six h ors es to work at once !
I n the Nature Ou
r e l yste mof hemng , md
ever y o e
3 60 NATURE CUB E

any point alon g the course of a nerve is communi cated

to all the branch es of th at n erve similar to the way in
,

which an electric curre nt applied at any point of a

,

n etwo r k of copper wir e s if not checked or di d

, ,

will travel over all the wires co nn ected with that

Thus abnormal pressur e upon an d con seq uent ir ri .

tation of a nerve trunk will be transmitted to all the

branches of that nerve an d carried to all the cells and
o r gans supplied by that partic ular n e r ve trunk and its
branches re sultin g in in flamm ation pain an d abn orma l
, , ,

functio n in the afiected parts .

I n acc or d ance with the same phy siological law if a ,

n erve be ben u mbed and paralyzed at any poin t along its

course the n erve and its branches beyo nd the point of
‘

i nte r fere nce and all the structures depen ding upon them
for thei r supply of nerve force will also be b enumbed
and pa r aly zed .

The p r essure ofluxated b ones on n e r ves or blood ves

se ls may be illustrated by the efl ect of compr ession
upon a rubber hose thro ugh which water is flowin g .

S tepping upo n the hose will stop the flow of w ater ; in

like m ann er ab nor m al p ressure or impingement u pon
n erve s or blood an d lymph v essels in te r fer es with th e
-

flow of the vital c urr e nts Th us the tissues and organs

.

depending upo n these c ur rents for their blood and

n erve su pply ar e depriv ed of su cient no uris hmen tm
proper d rainage and of the comm
,
“
, unication with hea d
"
quarters in b r ain and spinal cord .

There can be b ut one remedy for such mechanica l

interference and that consists in replacin g the dislo
,

os ted bone s where they belong thro ugh treatment by a

trained manip ulator .

While as has j ust bee n stated the correction of

, ,
 MANIPULATIV E TREAT ME NT 36 1

lesions in the bo ny structures is the primary obj ect of

osteopathy the m ore ge ner al m
, ovem e nts are in many
instances of even greater impo r tanc e th an the p urely
c orrective manipulatio ns .

By means of osteopathy we ar e enabled to stimulate ,

re lax or inhi b it nerves an d n erve cente rs and through

, ,

these the cells an d o r gans which they supply in any

par t of the body This is accomplished by certa in
.

manipul ati ons applied to the n erves and nerve cen ters
alon g the spine where they com e nearest to the surfa ce
,

an d can be infl u en ced by manipulative treatment

In accordan ce with the befor e men tio n ed law sti m
.

, u
lation applied to the nerve s an d nerve centers in close
proximity to the spin al column is c arried over all the
b r an ches an d filaments of these n erves into the inner
most rec esses of the body th us s timulatin g and in
,

v i gor ati n g the in te r n al c e ll s an d organs to in tensified

an d mo r e n o r mal activity

S imilarly r elaxi n g or inhibitory treatm

.

, ent applied to
the ne r ve cen ters alon g the spin e is comm unicated to
the cells and organ s in the in terior of the body thus ,

soothin g and relievin g pain hyper activity an d con

,
-
,

gestio n in the parts affected by inflammatory and fever

to a ccomplish the correcti on of spinal lesions by and

“ ”
den powerful thrusts on the d islocated bones ; b ut
,

th is treatment has to be app lied very c arefully lest it

become exceedi n gly painful an d pos itiv ely dangero us .

Such forceful manipulation may be in dicated where

the dislocatio n of vertebrae is due to an a cci dent or an
ac t of vi olence Then another act of violence may be
.
3 32 M
RA CUBE

br as in their normal position and thus relieve the pr es ,

sure upon b loodv essels and nerves .

But where spi nal lesions have been in existence for

lon g periods of time the muscles and ligaments attached
,

to the vertebrae have become con tracted and shorten ed

on one side and abnormally relax ed and lengthened on
,

the other side

st into p la ce by m
.

I fin such cases th e bones be thr u ain

force the con tr acted muscles and ligaments will soon

,

pull them out of place again .

Furthermore the forcible adjustment of bones which

,

have been out of place for a long time and which ar e held
in their abnormal positions by new ly formed connec tive
tissue, often ca use s great pain and may be actually
dangerous and injurious on a cco un t of the resistance
ofier ed by the n ew formed tissues which may be lacer
-
.

ated by such violent manipulation .

W hat has just bee n said is true of osteopathic as well

as of chiropractic treatment Here also vi olent m an ipu
.

lation and adjustme nt m ay be u nn ecessarily painful and

follow ed by injurio us afte r efl ects -

mo m m
.

The re N at e Ou
gr ad al u
rs ethod ot oo bined
m usagc and osteopsthi c neat ent la th for a to be -
m m
pr ef err ed It softens
. and rel axes the c ontracted m uscl es
and ligam ents and gives the tissues new life and
,

tonicity When thro ugh the mor e gen eral and massage
.

like manipulations the muscles fleshy tissues and li ga , ,

ments attach ed to the dislocated bones have become

more n ormal the vertebrae or other bony structures
after being put in place will be more likely to rem
, ,

, ain
in their normal alignment .

In justice to chiropractic it must be sai d th at the

more advanced chiropractic schools, such as the Uni~
3 64 NATURE cuss

thin g which therefore ought to be checked and sup

, ,

pressed as q uick ly as possible .

If anyone should do u bt this the followin g extracts ,

fr om an article in the April May 1 9 1 3 number of the -

, ,
“ ”
In tern ational Chiropractic Jo urnal e ntitled Fevers , ,

by Dr Joy M Lob an will con vin ce him to the con

. .
,

tr ar y S imilar criticis ms of the N ature Cure conception

.

“ ”
of ac ute disease and healing crises have of late
appeared i n osteO p ath ic jou rnals .

Th e latest cur r en t, I hav e sai d, i s the Natur e Cure cur

I t ofl er s A sedu ct v e cour se i n w hi ch L et us
’

rent.
i to steer .

test i t w i th our co mpass and ta ke for our te st the questi on of

fever , con trasting the Nature Cure theory an d the Chiropr actic
th eor y and ma u i th e mw i th the f acts
m
e s r ng .

“
T heCh iropractic theory w hic h is b ri efl y thi s
, I a rm ,

The pr im ary ca u se of every fever is su blux ation im v er tebral

i n
p g g i n n er v e s so as to di s tu r b th e h ea t re gu l a ti n g m e ch an ism -

of the body The su blux ation oper ates chiefly ( in fever ) by

.

c ontr olli ng the cali ber of blood v essels and thu s the am -
ou nt

of blood i n a gi v en p ar t of the body at a gi v en ti m e For .

an ex plan ati on of the heat r egu lati ng m ec hani sm of the body

-

see any sta ndar d Phys i ology B utler on Dia gnosti cs c onta ins
.
, ,

a b ri ef desc ri pti on Fev er is a pr ocess i nsti tuted thr ough the

of pr im
.
,

co oper ation
-
ar y cau se ( sublu x ati on ) and secondary

cau se ( poison g e r m e tc ) w hi c h is d es tr u
.c ti v e to th e b od y
I t is a m
, ,

a n d ten ds to des tr oy li fe u nless chec k ed ali gn pr ocess .

w hi ch N atu r e str i v es to p r ev ent and to c orrec t when once i n

opera ti on .

“
The N ature Cure theor y ,
w hich I deny, is in br ief : Fever
is a pr ocess r es ulti ng f roma h ouse -
c leani ng efl ort on the p t
ar

of N ature , w ho see ks to re mo ve fromthe body the filth ac c u

~

mui s t d e there thr ough f aulty h ab i ts of li v i ng . I t is a b en efi

cent p rocess w hich aho uld not be checked leat its arrest har m
the or ganis mand lea v e i t i n i ts state of filth . The pr i ma y
r

ca use of fev er is error of diet, lac k of ex er cise, etc.

“L
et us A recent di scussion of this ques
contr ast
-
the tw o .

ti on am ong a gr ou p of tw elv e Ch i r opr ac tors fr oma t lea st si x ,

sc hools b r ough t ou
,t the fa c t th at ev ery one seek s to su dd en l y
 MANIPULATIVE TREATM ENT 355

c hec k , or a or t b a fever by ad justmen t; that all belie v e tha t

leas da mage i s don e to the b ody , tha t there is leaa li abili ty of
un pleasant seq uels ,
fev er is chec k ed as soon as pos
w hen the
si b le Ar e they all w r ong! If the N atu
. re Cu r e theory is cor

rec t the n ev ery Chi ropr ac tor shou l d av oi d br eak i ng u f ‘ ’

p a ev er -
.

Logi cally he should ai d eli min ati on and do as much as pos

,

si ble to gi v e v i tali ty to the pa ti e nt b ut the fev er shou ld r un ,

unti l the body is thor oughly cl eansed Li terally w e must b e ‘

.
’
,
‘
pnrsed b y fir m ’

“
H ere ar e some facts of mmon
co ex peri ence, v er i fiable by
all most f equ n t edu ti on of temperatu i n pneumonia
T he r e r c re

i tw o deg ee in fr omfi e to ten m

.

s i nu
r tes f ollo i ng th adj ut
s v w e s

ment I t i the ule that all a ute fe rs di appear in fr oma

s r c ve s

mi nutes to t o days after adjustment i ommnced

.

fe w w s c e .

t e hi r opracti c theo y i comet w e c hec k the

“ If h C r s ,
”
fev er by r ev ersing the pr oc ess of i ts ca usati on .

I sh all not comment at len gth upon the above quoted -

utterances of chiropractic wisdom This entire vol ume .

constit utes my answer to th is and other critics of th e

Nature Cure philosophy .

I n this c onnection I sha ll only say that in the first ,

plac e I do n ot believe ac ute diseases of a serio us ch ar

,

acter s uch as scar let feve r diphtheria typhoid feve r

, , , ,

cerebro spinal me n in gitis etc afte r they o nce have a

-
, .
,

good and well defin ed start can be s uppressed in a -

,

few days time b y osteopathic or chiropractic m

’
an ipu

l atio n .

I n the second place if such suppression were pos ,

~

sible it should not be permitted because it wo uld

, ,

surely result in serious harmful after efiec ts and pave -

the w ay to chronic disease like other forms of supp res

sio n of nature s acute reactions I am j ustified in
’
.

expressi ng an opinion in this matter beca use for over ,

nin e years graduates of the best osteopathi c and chiro

prac tic schools hav e been working and teaching in

 NATURE CUB E

It is certainly t r ue that the displacement of spina l

vertebrae an d the resultin g impingement on nerves
,

and b loodv essels m ay help to bring about ac u te in

flam matory proc esses ; but it is also tr ue that the latter ,

tached to the spinal v er tebrae, m ay pu ll these bones

out of thei r pr oper alignm ent I n h undreds of such
.

cases I have see n the vertebrae reassume their natural

positio n afte r the in flammator y processes ( and there
with the tensio n on the spin al m uscles ) had subsided .

If thi s re adj ustment does not tak e place spontaneously .

it m ust of course be brought about by manipulative

, ,

treatm en t .

A similar phe nomen o n of displacement and read

justme nt m ay be ob served in the iris of the eye . Just
befor e the developmen t an d d uring the co urse of an
ac ute dis ease in any part or o r gan of the body the ,

corresponding ar ea in the iris becomes clo uded with

white lines and flakes The infl amm atory processes
.

going on in the body are reprod uced in the eye The .

co n gestion in the lowe r l aye rs of the iris presses the

n erve fibres of the u pper layer ab ov e the surface level .

These protruding fibres ha ve a white appearance and

prod uce the white signs of acute diseases and healing

When the infl ammatory processes in the body an d

the corresponding co ngestion in the iris subside the ,

nerve fibres sink back into their normal position, the

w hite signs of inflammation disappear , and the sur
face of the iris presents once more its usual blue or
brown appearance .

In similar manner the v er teb ra of the spine reassume

their normal position after the te nsion exerted upon
themby the infl ammatory processe s has subsided .
THE LE GITIMATE S C OPE AND NATURAL LI I M
M
TATI ONS OF EN TAL AND ET APHY SI CAL M
HE ALING

UR ING the last ge ner ati on peopl e h ave perceived

more or l ess cle ar ly the fallaci es of Old Schopl
medicine and sur gery They h ave grown more and
.

m or e suspicious of or thodox th eories and practices .

”
Fr om a110p athic ov e r d oin g the pe nd ulum h as swung
“

to the oth er extr em e of metaphysical n ihilis m , to the

“
underdoing of men tal and metaphysical systems of
”

treatin g h um an ailme nt s .

Some of the se systems and c ults of metaphysi cal he al

ing h ave met with success and wid e popu l arity and
,

this is l ooked upon by th ei r fol lowers as a p r oof th at

“
all the claims an d t each in gs of thes e c u
"
lts and is ms
a re b as ed u pon absol ute truth .

How ever a thorough understanding of the fund a

,

men ta l la ws of c ur e as I h ave expl a in ed them in this

,

volume will r eve al in how far th eir teachin gs and their

,

prac tice s ar e b ase d upo n truth and in how far they

are inspired by erro neo us assump ti ons .

Let us then apply the yardstick and the weights an d

measures of Nature C ure phil osophy in testin g the true
v al ue of the claims of metaphysical he alers .

For a ge s people h av e bee n ed uc ated in the be lief tha t

alm ost eve ry ac ute disease will end fatally unl ess the
patient is drugged or operated on When they find
.
 8CO PE O F ME NTAL H EALING 369

to their surprise that the metaphysical form ulas or

prayers of a m e ntal healer or scientist will cur e
“ ” “ ”

baby s measles or father s smallpox j ust as well as and

’ ’

possibly bette r than Dr DO pems pills and po tio ns

'
.
,

they ar e firmly con vin ced th at a miracle has been per

for med in their behalf and s traightway they become
,

blind be lievers in and fanatical follow er s of their new

idols
They sim
.

p ly exchan ge one superstition for anothe r

the belief in the efiicac y of drugs and surgic al oper a
ti on s for the belief mthe won der workin g power of a -

metaphysi cal form ul a a self appointed savio r or a rea

,
-

s on st u
-
lt ifyin g an d wi ll ben umbin g cult They have
-
.

not been ta ught that every acute disease is the resu lt

of a healing sfior t of N atu r e, an d therefore fai l to see
“ “
tha t it is vi tal for ce the physi cian wi thin
, that if , ,

conditio ns ar e favora b le c ures measles and smallpox

,

as easily as it repairs the broken blade of grass or hea ls

the wounded d eer of the forest

Tha t is exactly what we say excla im heal er and ,
“
scientist have unlimited faith in the God within and
,

all will be w ell .

True Brother faith is good, bu

, , t faith an d works are
bette r Though we ca nn ot heal an d give life we can
.
,

in many w ays assist the heale r within We c an teach

re s law s we can rem
.

and explain Natu ove obstructions

’
, .

and we can mak e the co nditions within and around

the patie nt m ore favorable for the action of N atur e 8 ’

When the Great Master said : Go forth and sin no

more lest worse thin gs than these befall you b e ac
, ,

k n owledged S in or the transgr essi on of na tural laws

, ,

to be the primary cau se of dise ase and made health ,

dependent upo n c omp lia n ce w ith the Law The neces .

 In such cases faith alone is not sufi cient to ob
,

tain results It m ust be b acked and assisted by all the

.

natu ral methods of treatment at our com mand .

Healer s Wor k With Law s Which l hey D o N ot

' '

Understand

I n our critical analysis of O ld School methods w e

fo und that by far the greater part of all c hr onic ail
ments is due to drugging and to surgery People com
m
.

men ce docto r in g for little troubles which are ag

,

v ated by every dose of medicine and every su rgical

operatio n u ntil they en d in big troubles
Is it m arve lo us that such patien ts im ov e and thatm
.

many are c ured when they ar e weaned from drugs an d

the kn ife ?
Metaphysical he alers unwittingly do their best and
most benefi cial work beca use they ind uce their fol
lowe rs not to suppress acute diseases and healing
”
c r ises by drugs and surgical operations th us allow ,

i ng them to r u n their natural course in harmony with

the fundam ental law of N ature C ure which states t ha t

,

every acute disease is the result of a cleansing and

healing efl ort of Nature People will refr ain from
.

the suppressive drug tre atment under the influen ce of

metaphysical teachings whi ch appeal to the mirac le
,

l ovin g eleme nt in their nature when they cannot be

,

co nvi nced by comm on se nse Natu r e C ure reaso ning

-
.

Th us metaphysicians assist Nature indir ectly by n on

interference an d dir ectly by soothing fear and wor ry .

by instilling faith hope and confi dence Frequen tly

, , .
 scor n O F M ENTAL H EALIN G 373

they also aid N ature by pro hibitin g the use of tobacco ,

alcoh ol and pork and by regulatin g otherwise the life

, ,

and habits of their foll owers .

Let us consider the problem fr om anothe r point of

view Let us ass um
. e for argument s sake th at the av
,
’
,

erage perso n pass es in the course of a lifetime thr ough

a d oze n dif fe r e nt diseases He recovers from eleven of
.

these no m atte r wh at the treatm ent It is only the

,
.

twelfth to which he succ umbs Yet whosoever hap .

,

p cn e d to tre a t the first e leven dis ea ses claim s to h ave

cu r ed them an d pe r h aps to have sa ved the pa tien t s
’
, ,

life when as a matter of fact he re covered very ofte n

, ,

in spite of the treatmen t and n ot becau se of it .

These explanations account for the seemi n gly mirac

ulous results of metaphysical heali n g If he ale rs an d .

“
S ci entis ts
”
were to expla in their c ur es b y the laws
an d princi p les of N ature Cure philosop hy mystery and ,

miracle wo uld be taken out of their business .

Fai th Without Work s "

Dangerous
To believe that God or Natu r e will overcome the
natu ral efiects of our ignorance lazin ess and vicio us , ,

ne ss by wond e r s signs and metaphysics or to deny

, , ,

the exis tence of si ckness sin an d su fl er in g must lead

, , ,

inevitably to in tellectual and mo r al stagnation and de

ge neration I uma thoro ugh an d co nsist ent optimist
.

an d New Tho u ght en th usiast b ut I do not over look ,

th e fact th at in t his as in ev er ything el se there l u

. rk s ,
“ ”
alway s the dan ger of overdoin g and of exaggeratin g

virtue in to fault .

The grea test dan ger of this revulsion from old time -

p euim ismto modern optimism lie s in the fact that the

H ighe r Tho ught enth usias t m ay c u t from under his feet
th e solid ground of r eali ty ; thet he m ay becom e a
374 N Ar Uss c s s u
dr ea m er instead of a think er and doer ; and tha t he may
mistak e s lfish emotional sentimen talism for prac tical
e ,

charity and altru ism

is good ther e is— em
.

”
This unhealthy no evil
- ~ o - -

tionalismleads on ly too often to weakenin g of per son al

,

efl or t, a deadenin g of the se nse of in dividual respon si

b ili ty and the r eby to mental an d moral atrophy ; for

,

any of our vol un tary function s capacities an d powe rs , ,

whi ch we fail to exe rc ise w ill in time become ben um bed

and par av ed Unprej udiced obse r vers who come i n
.

close contact with metaphysi ci ans cannot help perceiv

in g the pernicious efiect of their s ubtle sophistries on
reason and character .

A ch r onic in valid who had been under the treatment

of a faith healer for several years exclaimed, when we
gave her our v ari ous instructions for dietin g b athin g , ,

“
br eathing ex ercises etc : How glad I am that y ou
give me somethin g to do ! I fear I have been im
.
,

posing
too long on the goodness Of the Lor d, ex pecting Hi m
to 6 0m
coveri gn
w ork for e
"

m ife lo g ailme ts
no l '
n
m
O fte n afterwa r ds , whi le r e
.

n , sh e expressed her ha p
-

pinem and contentme nt in th at she h erself was doin g

somethin g which in her opinion was rational and help

ful b ec ause it assisted N ature s healing efiorts
’
.

We believ e firmly and fully in the influence of mind

over m atter in the fact that vibrations of the physical
,

plane by c on tinuity cre ate co r respondin g vib rations on

the me ntal and psychical plan es an d vice versa W e .

know that in accord ance with this law anythin g which

, ,

afiects the mind or the moral life of a person afl ects

also his physical condition b ut instead of hypnotizin g ,

the min ds of our p atients by law defyin g reason and -

,
- o

will benumbin g dogmas and formulas, w e strengthen

-

and harmonise th eir mental vib rations by appealing to

3 76 NATURE CURE

C ure finally ind uced the m other to call upo n us for

,

ad vice by threaten ing to not ify th e City Health De

p ar tmen t Withi. n an h our after the app lica tio n of th e

w hole body pack s and the c old abl u tions the blood ,

was sufficie ntly dr awn away f r om the local congestion

in the thro at in to the sur face of the body so that th e ,

child b r e athed easily and freely and from then on ,

made a sple ndid recove ry .

Anothe r instan ce : A m an had been su fl er in g from

sciatic rhe u m atism for fiftee n years He had swallowed .

poiso no us d r ugs to n o avail For several ye ar s he had

.

been under Men tal S cience treatm en t b ut the sufier ,

in g had gr ow n m or e in te nse .

Whe n he applied to us for help we found that th e ,

right hip b one ( the in n omin ate ) had slipped upward

and b ackw ard A few man ip ulative trea tmen ts r c
.
~

“
placed the b one whe r e it belon ged an d the sciatic ,

rhe umat ism w as c ured .

I n this case the c omb ined , concentr ation an d

prayers of all the metaphysica l heal ers on earth would

n ot have su cceeded in repl acin g the dislocated hi p
bon e which r eq uir ed the f ull stre n gth of a trained
,

manipul ator
Metaphysicians could not h ave accomplish ed this fe a t
.

any m or e th an they co uld h ave mov ed b y their me n tal ,

ef forts a h u n dred po u
, n d weight fr om one place to eu
-

other Mechan ic al lesions of tha t kind ( and there are

.

m any of th em ) req uire mec hanic al tr eatmen t .

A nothe r facto r which mak es converts to metaphy s

ica l heali ng c ults by the h undreds and thousands is the
”
“
get rich q uick instinct in h uman nature the desire
- -
,
“ ”
to get someth in g for nothin g or with as little efl or t ,

as possible Her ein lies the sed uctive pull of old time
.
-

dr agging and of modern metaphysics It does not .

 scor e or ME NTAL H E ALIN G 377

matter how you live ; when you get into trouble a ,

bottle of medicine or a metaphysical formula will make

it all right That sou n ds ver y easy and promising

t the trouble is—it does not always work

.
,

bu .

Our for efathers were too pessimistic ; Higher

Thought enthusiasts are often too opti mi stic W hile
”
.

the former po isoned their lives and paraly zed their

God given fac ulties and powers by dismal dread of
-

hell s fire and damnation our modern healers and

’

Scientists have drifted to the other extrem

,
“ ”
e They .

tell us thc re is n o sin no pain no su fier ing If that be

, , .

“ ” “
true there is also no action and reaction no law of
, ,
”
compensation no personal responsibility no need of
, ,

self control self help or persona l efiort

- -

m
.
, ,

Thc ideal ofthe fai th healcr is the ideal ofthe ani s l .

“ ” “ ”
The animal trusts implicitly , it has absolu te fai th ;
guided by instinct God, or Nature it follows the
, ,

promptings of its appetites and passions without w or

ryin g abo ut right or wrong It acts today as it did .

ten thousand years ago

mmrn son
.

In has tak en the p lace of instin ct ; w e

must thin k and manage for our selves We are free .

and responsible moral age nt s If we deny this we .

,

deny the very foundati ons of eq uity , justice and right , .

It behooves us to use the talents which God has given

us to study the laws of our being and to c om
, p ly with
them to the best of our ability so that enligh tened
my tak mal in tin
,

reason a e thc plac e ofani s ct and ui

g de
us to physical mental and moral per fection
, , .
 CHAPTE R XXXI V

UCH confusion concerning the curabi lity of

chro nic diseases by the various meth ods of trea t
ment ari ses because people do not un derstand the di f
ference between functional an d or ganic chr on ic disease .

For instance there is a close resemblan ce between

,

pseudo and true loc omotor ataxy O ften it is diE cult

.

to distinguish functional lung trouble from the organi c

type of the disease In our practice several cases of
.
,
“
mental derangemen t which had been dia gnosed as true
paresis proved to be of the fun ctional type and under
n atural treatment recovered rapidly .

Fu ncti onal disease s m ay prese n t a very serio us ap .

p car an c e an d m ay be l abeled with awe inspiri

-
n g Greek
or Latin names and yet yield re adily to natural methods
,

of living an d tre a tment .

m
I n diseases of an or ganic nature however right living
, ,

and self tre atment ar e u

-
sually not su cient to obtain
satisf actory results I n such c ases all forms of activ e
and pmiv e treatment m ust be applied an d even then
.

m
,

it is freq uently di cult and sometimes impossible to

produce a cure .

Chroni c diseases of a functional nature develop wh en

an otherwise healthy organism becomes sat urated an d
clogged with food and drug poisons to such an ex tent
that these encumbrance s in terfere with the free circu
3 78
380 NATURE CUB E

The w atchmake r m ay r emove th ose par ts of the wo b

“ ”
m
which ar e suf ferin g from or gan ic trouble and r e ,

pl ace th em by new ones This the surgeon cannot do

. .

He c an exti r p ate but he c annot r eplace Op erative

,

treatm
.

w t le av e s the orga n ism forever after in a m u ti

lated and therefo r e un b alanced condition and often ,
’
prevents and frustrates Nature S cl eansin g and healin g
cri ses

In the w r iti n gs of met aphysical healers we often '

meet the assertion th at they can c ur e o r ganic diseases

as easily and q u ickly as f un ctional ailments If they .

understood better th e di fierence between functional

and organic dis orders as explained in the foregoin g

pages they wo uld not ma ke such deceptive and ex

,

tr av agant cla im s They wo uld then realize the natural

.

limitations of metaphysical healing .

I do n ot u n dere stim ate the great value of men tal ,

metaphysical and spiritual healing methods O f these

, .

I sh all speak more fully in subseq uen t chapters But .

I do claimthat we can and sho uld aid N ature s healing ’

effor t s not o nly by the right mental attitude and th e

“ ”
prayer of f aith b ut also by natural livin g and ma ny
,

difl er ent methods of physical t r e atment

Mental attitude alone will not clean the watch
.

“ ”
To conce ntr ate on the wo r k of house cleaning with
ou tu sing broom so ap an d water is not su cient Rea
, ,
m .

son and common sense teach us th at the removal of

physical material enc umbrances can be to say the least
, , ,

accelerated by the use of physical or physiological

Anyone who has observed or hi mself ex per i
m
age n ts .

en c ed the e cacy of natu ral diet cold water treatment

, ,

m assage and osteopathy in dealing with the morbid

 FUNCT I O NAL AND ORG ANIC DISEASES 33 1

a ccumulations in the system will never again under

,

"
estimate the practi cal val ue of these brooms
“
.

I n our study of the nature and purpose of acute dis

eases we have fo und th at Nature tries to purify the
system from its morbid enc umbrances thro ugh infl am
matory febrile proc esses ( acute diseases ) and that
, ,

these c lean sin g efior ts of Nature are ge nerally pr e

’

ve nted checked an d suppressed by allop athic methods

, ,

of medical and surgic al treatment and thus chan ged ,

into chronic disease co nditions .

The met aphysic al hea lers do away with these sup

pressive methods of treatm
”
ent and allow N ature s '

ac ute cleansin g and healing efiorts to r un their natural

course Th us they profit by the fundamental laws of
m
.

c ure with out unde rstan din g them The acute dia .
,

w ho-e v a y cx istence they dcnyfi s in r eality thc cu re .

Furthermore rati onal men tal and metaphysical treat

,

men t supports Nature s e f ’

forts hofiv eb by su pplantin g
the weakening and paraly zing fear vibrations with r e
laxin g and in vigorating vibra tions of hope confiden ce , .

and faith in the su premacy of Nature s healing forces ’

.

Under these favo r able co nditions the organism will ,

“
arouse itself to the p ur ifying and constr uctive healing
crises ( the chem
”
icaliza ti ons
"
of Ch r isti an S cience )
gh th ese elimi nate the morbid encum
,

an d thro u brances
and restore normal structure and function s .

While functi onal disorders in ne arly every cas e yiel d

, ,

readily e no ugh to the nat ural meth ods of livin g and of

treatment and to the right me ntal attitude it is differ ,

en t with organ ic di seas es .

When waste matte r ptomain es or poisonous alka

, ,

loi ds and acids p roduced in the body as a resu lt of

’
wr on g diet and other viol ations of Nature s laws have
bro ught ab o ut destruction and corrosion in vital parts
332 NATURE CURE

bony structur es or new growths and acc umulation s in

,

the forms of tumors stones or gravel obstruct the

, ,

blood vessels and nerve c urrents sh ut OR the supply ,

of the vital fl uids and th us ca use mal nutrition and

,
-

—
grad ual decay of the tissues when in addition to this , ,

the organism has been poisoned or m utilated by dr ugs

an d su rgic al operations th en its p urifi cation and repair
,

become s a tedious and difli cult task .

Not o nly m ust the mechanism of the body be cleansed

and freed from obstructive and destructi ve materials ,

bu t the inj ur ed parts m ust be repaired morbid growths ,

an d ab no r mal form ations dissolved and elimi na ted and

lesi ons in the bony str uctum

,

s corrected by manipula

tive tre atme nt.

In organi c diseases the vitality is usually so low

, ,

an d d estru cti on so gre at that the organism cannot

aro use itself to self help E ven the cem
,

-
ati on of su
.
p
pressive tr eatme nt and the stimula ting infl uen ce of
men t al and metaphysical therapeutics are n ot sufi cient
“ ”
to brin g abo ut the r econstructive healin g cris es
m m
.

This os n only be acco pli shed by tho co bined infl u

ences of all the natur al sthods ofliv ing and of trcat m
It is in cases like these that metaphysical healin g and
hygi enic livi ng find their limitations Such organi c .

defects r eq uir e sy ste matic treatme nt by all the methods ,

active and p assive which the best Nature Cure sani o

ms can fur nish It may be slow and laborious

,

tar iu .

work to obtai n satisfactory results and if the vitality ,

be too low or the destruction of vital parts and organs

have too far adv anced even the best and most com ,

p le te combinatio n of natural methods of treatment may

fail to prod uce a cure .
 CHAPTE R XXXV

m TWOJ OLD
'
ATT IT UD E OP MI ND AND S OUL

HE f ollowi n g is extr act from a lett er se nt to me

an

by a re ader of my articles in The N ature C ure

“

Magazine .
"

“
Som etimes you say we m ust rely on our own per
sonal ef forts and at other times you teach depen de n ce
,

upon a higher power This to me is contradictory

.
, ,

and confusin g I cann ot under st an d how co nsistently

.
, ,

we can do both at the same time Which is right ? Is

.

it best to rely upon our own power and our personal

”
efl or ts or u
‘ ’
’
pon the Higher Pow ar i
Similar inquirie s have come from other friends I .

shall now e n deavo r to answer these and other qu estions .

There is nothin g contradictory or in compatible in

the teachin gs of the N atur e Cur e philosophy concern
in g the physic al and metaphysical methods of treati ng
h uman ailments Both the indepe ndent and the depend
.

ent attitudes of min d and so u l ar e good and true and ,

may be entert ain ed at the sam e time It is n eceuar y .

for us to rely on our ow n perso nal e f forts in carrying

ou t the dictates of reaso n an d of comm on se nse But .

this need not preve nt us from prayin g for and confi

dently expectin g a la r ge r inflow of vital power and
intuitional di scernme nt fr om the so urce of all intelli
gence and power in the i nnermost parts of our being .

This two fold attitude of mind and soul is j ustifi ed

-

not only by reason an d intuition but also by the ana

,
333 NATUR E CURE

m
to ical structure of the h uman organism and its physio
logical and psychological faculties capacities, and ,

powers .

The activities of the h uman organism are gov er ned

by two difl er ent systems of nerves the sympathetic and ,

the motor The sympathetic nervo us system is the

.

conveyor of vital forc e to the organs and cells of the

body Just what this vital force is and where it ulti
.
o

m ately comes from we do not kn ow It is a m , ani fes .

tation of that which we call God Nature Life the , , ,

Higher Power or the Divine Within , .

He art action the circ ula tion of the blood resp iration
-
, , ,

digestion assimilation of food elimination and all othe r ,

invol untar y activities an d functions of the hum

, ,

an or
ganiam are contro lled by means of the sympathetic
nervous system The nature of the controlling force
.

itself is n ot known to us We do kn ow that it is .

supremely powerful intelligent and benevolen t , , .

The more we study the an atomy physiology and , ,

psychology of the h uman organism the more we wonder ,

at its m arvelous complexity an d in ge nu ity of structure

and fu n ctio n E very momen t th ere ar e e nacted in our
bodies inn um
.

erable mechani cal chemical and psy h o

c
.
, ,

logical miracles Who or what performs these mi ra

.
, ,

cles t We do not know Yet every moment of our .

lives depend s upon the i nfini te care and wisdom of th is

unknown in telligence an d power .

Why then should we not trust the one so faithful !

, ,

Why should we not ask aid from one so powerful !

Why not seek enli ghten men t from one who is so wise
and so benevole nt ?
However not all of the h uman entity is dependen t
,

upon a controlling power n or are all its func ti ons in~ ,

voluntary Within the house prepared by the Divine

.
 N ATU M m
o

speak , w alk , or do anythin g elae, it must fi r st d ev elop

in i ts br ain speci al centers for each and ev er y one of

thew voluntary fac ulties and function s .

Through these persistent per sonal efl or ts rea son , ,

will and self control are grad ually evolved an d de

,
-

v eloped ; while the animal bein g h ereditar ily end owed ,

with the fac ul ties an d functions necessary for the

maintenance of life has no W on for the deve lop
,

me nt of the higher faculties an d powers, and ther efor e

rem ains an irresponsible aut omaton which cannot b e ,

held acco untable for its actions .

To recapitulate : Freedom of choi ce and of acti on

disti nguish the hu man fr omthe animal I n the animal .

kin gd om reaso nin g pow er and freedomof action move

,

in the n arrow limits of heredity and ins tin ct w hi le ,

Man through his own personal efior ts is capable of

, ,

un limited developme nt physically mentally mor ally , , ,

an d spiritually both her e and hereafter We say

phys ically advisedly for in the spiri tual realm
.
,
“
s,
in ,

the life after death the physic al ( spiritual mater ial )

m
-

body also is capable of deteri oration or of ever ater -

refinement and beautification .

Through the right use of his voluntar y fac ulti es

capac ities an d powers Man is en abled to becom
,

, , e the
master of h imself an d of his d estiny .

Th us we find that the human organism c onsists of

two distin ct parts or depar tments the one actin g in de ,

pen de ntly of the ego an d deriving i ts motive for c e fr om

an unkn own so urce and the other under the con sc ious
,

and vol unt ary co ntrol of the ego .

This two fold n ature of the h uman entity j ut tifies

- «

the two fold attitude of min d and soul on the one

-
,

hand the pr ayerful and faithful d epend ence upon that

mysterio us power whi ch flows in to us and contr ols us
 Tw o FOLD
-
ATTITUD E OF SOUL 3 39

through the sym pathetic nerv ous system and on the

,

other h and the conscious an d voluntar y dominion over

the various faculties capacities and powers with which
, ,

Natur e has endowed us .

It is our privilege and our duty to maintain both

attitudes the dependent as well as the independent
, .

The desire and the will to pl an to choose and to per

, ,

form ar e ours but for the power to execu

, te we ar e
dependent upon a higher sour c e .
 UM AN LIFE appears to me as a great orches tra in
which we are the players The great composi tion
.

“ ”
to be pe r formed is the Sympho ny O f Life its in fin i
,

tude of disso nances and melodies ble n ding in to one co

losasl tone picture ofharm ony and gr ande u
-
r We play .

ers m ust study the l aws of m usic an d the score of the

great Symphony and we m ust practice diligen tly and
,

persistently until we can play our part unerringly in

,

harmony with the con cepts of the G r eat Composer A t .

the same time we m ust learn to keep our instrum en t ,

the body in the best p ossible con dition ; for the grea t
,

est artist endowed with a profound knowledge of th e

,

l aws of music and possessed of the m ost perfect tech ,

nique, cann ot prod uce m usic al and h ar monio us sounds

from an instrum ent with str i n gs relaxed or over tense -
,

or with its body filled with r ubbish .

The artist m ust l ea r n that the ins trument its mate ,

ri al its constr uction and its care are j ust as m uch sub
, ,
.

j ect to law as the h armo nics of the score .

In the fin al analy sis everything is vibration acting

,

in and on the universal ethers which are held to be

,

the primordial substance Possibly the ethers them

.

selves are modes of vibration .

That whi ch is constructive is h armonious vibration .

Th at which is destructive is inharmonious or discor d

,

ant vibration .
cor ds pr oduc ed by the i gn oran ce indi fl erence or m
, , , al

ice of the pl ayers Therefore we cannot attribute th e

.

discords of life to the Gre at Comp oser They ar e of

.

ou r ow n m aki ng and wil l last as lon g as w e ref

, use
to learn our parts and to play them in tune wi th the
Great S core For in this w ay only can we ever hop e to
.

master the art and scien ce of right livin g and to enjoy

the har m oni cs of peace selfcontent and happin ess
,
-
,
.
 HE fol lowin g diagram and accompanying explana
“
tio ns will serve to illustrate the Three Planes of
” “
Being the corr espondin g Three fold Con stitution of
,
-

Man and their analogy to the artist and his instr u

,
”

ment
m fold O n fitufiouof m
.

The Th G l

Man lives and func tions on three di sti nct planes of

'

being : the physical ma terial and spiritual material the

- -
,

men tal and the soul ( psychical or moral ) p lan es

, .

He may be diseased upon any on e or more of these

planes The true physician must look for causes of
.

disease and for method s of trea tment upo n all three

planes of being .

The purely materialistic physician concentrates all

39 4 NATURE CURE

his study an d efior t upo n the physical material plane -

of bein g To him men tal spiritual psychical and

.
, , , ,
“
moral phenomena are merely chemical and physiolo
g i ca l a ctions an d reaction s of b r ai n an d n erve sub .

sta nce.
”
He has nothin g b ut contempt and derisio n
for th e man wh o believes in or knows of a spiritual
body or a soul .

He is like an artist who says : My violin is all

there is to m usic The m usic ian S ar t cons ists i n k eep
.
’

in g his instrume nt in good condition Technique an d

.

the law s of harmony ar e a matter of ima gin ati on an d

”
of superstiti ous belief .

On the other han d me n tal healers Christian S ci

, ,

e ntist s and faith he aler s concen trate all th eir efior ts

,

upo n eithe r the me ntal or the soul pl an e freq uen tly ,

mak in g n o disti n ction between the two I n the trea t .

men t of di sease they ignore the con ditions and needs

,

of the physical body an d some of them even deny i ts

,

existe n ce.

These metaphysici an s ar e like the artist who devotes

all his time an d e n ergy to the study and practice o f
techn iq ue counterpoi nt and h ar mony n eglectin g his
, , ,

instrume n t and t akin g n o heed whethe r its mechanism

is out of order or its in te r io r filled with rubbish His .

kn owled ge of the l aws of h armonics an d his executi on

may be ever so perfect ; b ut with his instr ument out of
tune an d out of order b e will prod uce discor ds instead
of harmony .

The true artist realizes th at MIND, the player must

study S OUL, the har moni cs ; and th at the m ind must
also have its instr u ment, the BODY, in per fect con di
tion in order to in terpret perfe ctly and artistically the
har m
“ ”
oni cs of the S ympho ny of Li fe .

Likewise the N ature Cure physician will look for

,
 he al in g power of the r apeutic f aith but I d o n o t,

th at G od or Nat ur e , or a master or meta p hys

, ,

rm
l
ulas c an or will ma ke good i n a mir a cul ous
) r the i n evit ab le r esu lts of our tr ans gressi on s o f
tur al l aw s t hat gove r n our being .

lc h mi r ac u l ous he al in g we r e possible and of co m

ccu r r en c e wh at oc casio n w ou
, ld the r e be for th e
se of r eason will a nd self c ontr ol !
, ,
-
Wha t w o ul d
a of th e scien tific b as is ofmo r ality an d c o n str u e

u
) i r i t a li ty l
‘

th is l eads us the followin g concl usions

to
th er e i s in op er ati on a c o nstructi v e prin ciple of
3
on th e et hi c al m or al an d spi r it u
, , al pl an es o f

with w hi ch w e m ust alig n o urselves an d to

we m ust c on for m our co ns ci ous an d vol un ta ry
ies i n or der to a c hi ev e self c om p l eti on s el f c o n
-
.
-
 THE TH REEFO LD C O N S TITUTI O N O F M AN 397

ence recognition and practical app lic ation of the great

, ,

fundamental l aws and prin ciples just exp lained .

Second : Physical health as well as moral health

, ,

is of our own making We ar e personally responsible

.

n ot o nly for ou r ow n phy sica l an d m en tal he alth b ut ,

we ar e also morally respo nsib le for the hereditary ten

denci es of ou r ofispr in g tow ar d health or disease .

Thir d : The attainme nt of phy sical health through

compli an ce with Natur e s l aws is j ust as m uch a p art
’

of the G re at Work as our ethical moral and psy chical ,

development .

Tho Unity and Continuity of tha Law

That which we call God N ature , the Creator, or the

,

Universal In telli gence is the great cent r al cause of all

,

thin gs and the vibratory a ctivities produced by or pro

,

ceedin g from this cen tral or primary ca u se c ontin ue

t hro ugh all spheres of life in like manner as the
,

light w aves of the sun moon and fixed stars pe netrate

-
,

thro ugh the inte r v en in g spheres of life to our plan e

of earth The r efor e all p owers forces laws and prin
.
, , ,

c i p les which man ifest on ou r pl ane proceed and con ,

tinu e from the i nne r mo st Divin e to the most extern al

plane in physical nature This explains the con tinuity

.
,

stability and corresponden ce on all plan es of bein g of

, . ,
“ ”
that which we call Natural Law In other words .
,
 HE new psychology and the scie nce of mental an d
spiritual hea lin g te ach us that the lower principles
in M an stan d or sho u ld stand un der the domin ion o f
the higher The phy sical body with its ma teri al ele
.
,

ments is dominated and guided by the mi nd The min d

,

is inspired thro ugh the inner cons ciousness which is ,

an attri b ute of the so ul The so ul of man is in com

.

munion with the oversoul which is the so urce of all

,

life and all intelligen ce an im atin g the universe .

Wher ever this na t ural order is reversed there is dis

,

cord or disease Too many people think and act as

.

tho ugh the physi c al body were all in all as tho ugh it
,

were the only thing worth carin g for and thinkin g

about They exa ggerate the importance of the physi cal
.

and become its abject slaves .

The physical body is the lowest and least intelli gen t

ofthe difierent pri nciples makin g u
'

p the h uman entity .

Yet people allow their minds and their souls to bec om e

dominated and terrified by the sensations of the phya .

ical body .

When the servants in the house control and terrify

the master when the master becomes their sl ave an d
they can do with himas they please there cannot be
,

order and harmony in that house .

We m ust expect the same results when the lower

prin ciples in M an lord it ov er the higher When phys~
.
400 swa r m u
c ss

normal or abnor mal str uctures of health or of disease

i n exact correspondence with the harmonious or the
discordan t vibrations conveyed to them from the mental
and em otio nal planes .

Another ill ustration : Two violin s as they leave the ,

shop of the maker are exactly alike in material strue

ture and quality of tone One of the two instrum
, ,

, . ents
is constantly used by beginn ers and persons incapable
of producin g pure n otes The oth er passes into the
.

hands of an artist who understands how to use the

instrumen t to the best adv ant age and who draws from
it only musical ton es that are true in pitch and q uality .

After a few ye ars compare the two violins again

, .

You will find that the one used by the tyros in mus i c
has deteriorated in its m usical q ualities while the one ,

in the hands of the artist has gr eatL v improved in

quality and purity of ton e What is the reason ! Th e
.

atoms an d molec u les in the wood of the two instr u

ments have gro uped themselves acc or ding to the dis
cords or the har monies th at have been prod uced from
them .

If this rearran gement of atoms is possib le in dead

wood how m uch e asier must be this adj ustment of
,

atoms molec ules and cells to disc o r dant or harmonious

, ,

“ ”
vibratory influence in the living plastic and fiuidic , ,

human organism !
What harmony is to music h 0pe faith cheerfulneas
happinem sympathy love and altruism are to the
, , , ,

vib ratory conditions of the h uman entity These em

, , ,

o .

tions are in alignment with the constructive principle

.

“ "
in Nature They harmonize the physi cal vibrations
. .

relax the t issues and open them wide to the inflow of

,

the life for ce .

 M ENTAL TH ERAP EUT ICS 401

Sw ed enbo r g truly says : The warmth of life is the

heat of the divine love perm eating and animati ng the
”
univ erse The more we possess of hope faith love
.
, , ,

and their kindred emotions the more we open our ,

selves to the inflow and action of the vital energi es .

The good natured cheerful sympathetic perso n is

-
, ,
“ ”
more alive than the crabbed morose selfish indi , ,

vidual .

It has bee n proved over and ove r ag ain by every day

m
-

experien ce th at ental and em oti onal conditions posi

tivaly afi ect the c h m
i e cal co mpo itiouoftha tis uss and
s s
secreti ons of the body The d estructive emotions of
.

fear worry an ger jealousy revengefulness envy etc

actually poiso n the fluids and tim es of the body The
, , , , , , .
,

bite of an angry man may ca u s e blood poison ing and -

prove as fatal as the bite of a mad dog S udden fear .

,

anger or any other destructive emotion in the nursing

,

mother may cause illness or even death of the infan t .

In psychological l aboratories it has bee n found by

scientifical ly co ndu cted experiments that under the in
fin ance of destructive me ntal and emotional conditions ,

the secre tions and excreti ons of the body show an ia

crease of morbid and poisonous elements .

Selfishness fea r and worr y contract and congeal

, ,

the blood vessels the nerve fibres and the other chan
nels through which the life forces are conveyed fr om
, ,

the innerm ost s ou r ce of life to di fl er ent p arts and

organs of the physical body The fl ow of the life cur .

rents is impeded and diminished Such are the ac tual .

physi ologic al efl ects of fear anxiety and egotism on , ,

the physical organism

A m
.

an u nder the infiu ence of great f ear and one

exposed to freezing present the same outwar d ap

402 NATURE CUB E

pcar an ce In both cases death may result thro ugh th e

.

congealing of the tissues and the sh utting ou

m
t of th e
life c urren ts The person a i cted with the worry hab it
.

may not die suddenly like the one overcome by great

and sudden fear Nevertheless the fear and worry
.
,

vibrations m aintain ed constantly will surely obstruc t

and dimin ish the inflow of the life force lower th e ,

vitality and th er ewith the r esistance to the encroa c h

ment of influences inimical to the health of the
o r gan ism
Mm
.

The oslls in the b are neg i W

on at leuk they
sh ould be negati v e to the positiv e ind The r e lation m .

ship of the mind to the cell should be like that of

hypnotist to subject If the mind co uld not exert such
.

ab sol ute control over the cells and cell gro ups it would ,

be impossible for us to walk talk write dodge danger , , , ,

etc with almost automatic ease

.
, .

The cell s are not able to reaso n upon the truth or

1m tr uth of the suggestions con veyed to themfrom th e
mind Th ey accept its promptin gs unqualifiedly an d
.

act acc ordi ngly .

Th us if the m ind constantly thinks of say the ato m

, , ,

ach as being in a b adly diseased condition unab le t o ,

do its work properly the mental images of wea kness,

and disea se with their accompanying fear vibrati on s

are telegraphed over the efier en t nerves to the cells

of the stomac h and these become more and more w eak
,

ened and diseased through the destructive vibrati on s

sent to themfrom the mind .

I often advise my Patients to procure a book on

.

anatomy and physiology and to study and keep con

stantly before their mind s eye the nor m
,

al structure
’

and functions of a healthy stomach or liver or w hat

my b
,

ev er or gan a e inv olved in sny perticular case.

b r ain , and every impulse of the min d is conveyed to

If there be dismay and confusion in the mind this ,

con dition is telegr ap hieally con veyed over the nerv e

trunk s and filame nts to eve r y cell in the body and as ,

a result th ese littl e wo r ker s and soldie rs be come pmic

stricken an d inc ap able of r ightly performi n g th e ir
manifold duties .

The cell system of the bo dy r esembles a vast army .

The mind is the ge nera l at the hea d of it The cells .

ar e the soldiers divided in to gro u ps for s pecial work

Much of the work of an army is c arried on thr ou gh
, .

difier ent well established departme n ts a s the commi s

-
,

sariat the h ospital service the scou

, ts and pickets etc
, , .

Though the life and the acti vities of the ar my are so

well regulated that they seem automatic ne vertheless ,

much depe nds upon the commander .

The vita l processes of the h uman o r ganism di ges ,

~

ti on assimil ation elimin ation respirati on the circul a

, , , ,

tion of the blood etc ar e goin g on with out our voliti on

, .
, ,

whether we be awake or asleep These invol untary

activities are im lled by the sym m
.

pa th e ti c nerv o u s

system while the vol untary function s of the body ar e

controlled thro ugh the m m
nervous system This
,

o .

division , however is not a sha rp one and the tw o

, ,

departm ents freque ntly overlap one another

The symp athetic nervo us system resembles the com
.

missar ial dep artm ent of the army which attends to ,

the material we lfare of the soldiers while the mo tor ,

n ervou s system w ith headq u

, arters in the brain co rre ,

sp onds to the commander with his execu ti v e stafl the .

nerve centers in the spinal cord and other parts of the

body being the subordinate ofi cers in the field
m
.

While the physical well being of the ar y dw endn

-
 m un m e m es 405

upon the almost automatic work of its di fier ent depart

ments its mind and soul is the man commanding it
,
.

He determines the spi rit the e ner gy and the efi cien cy

, ,

of the vast organization .

If the com mander in c hief lack insig ht force and

-

, ,

determina tion the discipline of the army will be lax

, .

an d its eflic iency grea tly impaired If he be a crave n .

,

without faith in himse lf and in the ca use he r epresents ,

his lack of c our age his doubt and in d eci sio n will com
,

muni cate the mselves to the whol e army resultin g in ,

dis co ura gemen t an d defe at .

The m ost sucm ful commanders have been those

who we r e possessed of absolute confidence in them
selves and in the efiic ien cy of their army who in the ,

face of gravest danger an d discouragin g situations

pr essed on to the predeter min ed goal with d ogged
courage an d re solutio n Determi n ati on an d perti nacity
.

of this kin d cr eate the magn etic power which imparts

itself to ev ery individ ual soldie r i n the army and makes
hi ma W illin g subject eve n u nto death to the will of
, ,

his commander .

’
When the pe st w as in vadin g Napoleon s army that ,

gre at general entered the h osp itals where the victi ms

of the p la gue were lying took them by the hand and

conversed with them He did this to overcom

, ,

. e the
fear in the hear ts of hi s soldia s and thu s to pr otect

m mn
,

“
the against the dr ea d disease He said : A s

whose will can conq ue r the world can conquer the ,

plague

my mind
.

To , thi s w as one of thc gres test deeds of

“ ”
the Corsican At a time when New Tho ught was
m
.

p r acti cally un k n ow th e geni ns of thi s ma n had

grasp ed i ts p ri nc iples and w as makin g th mfactor e s in
“ ”
his pp arent suc cess
a . Apparent because while we ,
406 na m
es cons

admire his geni us we deplore the ends to which he

,

applied his wonderf ul power s .

At t imes whe n the battle seemed lost Napoleon woul d ,

go to the front where the danger was greatest and by ,

the mere sight of him the hard pressed soldiers und er -

his comm and Wer e inspired to superh uman efior t an d

'

final victory .

As long as the glamour of in vin cibility surrounded

him N apoleo n w as invincib le beca use he infused in to
, .

his soldie rs a faith and co urage which nothin g c oul d

withstan d B ut when the c unn in g of the Russian brok e
.

his powe r and decim ated h is rank s on the ice boun d o

“ ”
steppes ,the hyp notic spell was broke n als o Friends .

an d e n emies alike recognized that afte r all he w as , ,

but a m an su bject to chan ce and circumstance ; and

,

from th at time on he w as vulnerable an d sufl ered defea t

after defeat .

The power of the mind over the physical body and

its invol un tary function s ( the fun cti ons which are reg
ulsted and controlled through the sympa th etic n er vous
system ) may be illustrated b y the demonstrated facts
of hypnotism Through the exer tio n of his own im
. ag

i nation and his will power the hypn oti st can so domi
-

n ate the brain and thro u gh the brain the physical body
,

of his subject as to in fl ue nce not o nly the sensory fun c

,

tions but also heart acti on and r espi r ation By th e

, .

power of his will the hypn otist is ab le to retard or

a ccelerate p ulse and respiration and even to subd ue ,

the heart bes t so that it becomes h ar dly perceptible .

If it is possible th us to co ntrol by the power of will

the vital fun ctions in the body of another person it ,

m ust be possible also to control th ese f unctions in our

own bodies Many Hindoo fakir s and yogi have dev el
.
 HALL we say : Father give me this l ,
— Fath er
” “
,
“
do for me th at ! 1 O r s hall we say : Behol d I am ,

perfect ! Imperfection sin and sufl erin g are only error s

,
”
of mortal min d ! i
Or shall we pray : Father give me of Thy stren gth,

th at I may live in harmony with Thy law for th us on b ,

"
will all good come to me ! 1
The first way is to beg the second to steal th e
, , ,

thir d to e arn by honest efiort

Father give m Pathsr do for m
, .

“ " —“
, e this ! e that !
Th us prayed our fathers not understanding the gr ea t
,

law of c ompensation the law of giving and receivin g

, ,

which deman ds th at we give an equivalent for e v ery .

thin g we receive To r eceive without givi n g is to beg

. .

The lily in r eturn for the no urishme nt it re c eives

,

fr om the soil an d the sun gives its beauty and i n

,
»

gr an ce The bird s of the air give a return for the ir

their bea uty of plum
.

susten an ce b y thei r so n gs ,
age ,

and by destroying wo r ms an d insects the enemies of ,

plants and men Every livin g thin g giv es an eq uiv a

.

l en t for its ex isten ce in some way or other

With Man the fulfillm
.

, en t of the law of service and

of compensation become s co nscio u s and vol untary and ,

his self respect refuse s to take without giving

m
-
.

“
Behold, I a per f ect ! I mp er f ecti on si n and suf
fofl ng ar o only errors of or tsl m m
, ,
"
ind l S uch in the
prayer of certain metaphysical healers .
 HOW sea m
. w i z PRAY ! 409

To assume the possession of goodn ess and per fec ~

tion without an earnest efiort to develop and to deserve

these qualities means to steal the glory of the only
,

Perfect One The assumption of presen t perfection

.

precludes the nec essity of strivin g and laboring for

its attainme nt If I am already all goodness all love
.
, ,

all wi sdom and all pow er what remains for me to

, ,

strive for ?
Herein lies the dan ger of metaphysi cal idealism .

While it may dispel pessimism fear and anxiety it , , ,

inevitab ly weakens the will power an d the capacity for

self help and personal efiort
'
-
.

The ideal of the meta physician is the ideal of the

an im d The animal does not worry about right or
.

wrong nor with few exceptions does it make provi

, , ,

sion for the fu ture Its care and forethought extend

.

only to the next meal B ut this perfect idea l passive

trust in Nature s bo unty ca uses the ani mal to rem
.
, ,
’
ain
animal and prevents its risin g above the narrow limi
tati ons of habit and instinct .

The inherent fac ulties capacities and powers of the

, ,

human soul can be developed only by efl ort and use .

The savage living in the most favored regions of the

,

earth depending for his sustenance in perfect faith

,

and trust on Nature s nev en failing bounty has re

’

mained savage Thro ugh agmhe has risen but little

,

above the level of the beasts that perish .

The great law of use ordains that those faculties and

powers which we do not develop remain in abeyance ,

and that those which we possess weaken and atrophy

if we fail to exercise them .

The Master Jesus empha ized this law of use in

s ,

ma y of his parables and sayings

,

“
For whosoever b ath to him shall be given and be
, ,
41 0 N A T UR E CURE

shall have more abundance : b ut whosoever hath not ,

fr om h imshall be taken away even that he hath .

What do es this mean ? Those who have the desir e

and the will to work out their own salvation acqui re ,

greater kn owledge and power in exact proportion t o

their well directed efiorts ; b ut those who have neither
-

the desire nor the will to he lp themselves lose th eir ,

natural en dowmen ts and the possibilities and opp or tu

n itica which thes e w ou ld ha ve c onfer red upon them .

The an atomy and physi ol ogy of the h uman brain

reveal the fact th at for every v olun tar y facul ty capa c ,

ity and power of body mind and so ul which we wish

, , ,

to develop we h ave to crea te new cells an d cen ters in

,

the b r ai n I n this respect N atur e giv es us no m or e

.
,

“
an d n o l ess th an we d eserv e and work f or If we try .

”
to ch es t b y usur pin g the per fection and the power
which we have n ot hon estly earn ed and developed th en ,
“
somet ime somewhe r e we sh all h ave to square th e
,

”
balance .

After all the o nly true prayer is personal efior t an d

,

s elf help
-
This doe s not mean that we should not ih
.

voke the help of the Higher Powers of those who ha v e ,

go ne before us of the Gre at Fr i en ds and In visible

,

Helpers and of the Great Father the giver of all life

, , ,

all wisdom an d all power B ut w e sh ould pr ay for

m
, .

str ugth to do o w or h not to hsvs it done f or us .

Th e wise parent will not do for the child the hom e

tasks ass ign ed him at school Neither will the po w er s .

on high or the Gre at F r iends perfo r m ou r allotted

This life is a school for perso nal efior t If it were .

not so life w ould be m

, e an ingless From the cradle to .
41 2
‘

Na m CUB E

clai m such thin gs Bu t this is the teac hing of a

.

powerful healin g c ult Its members are forbidden on

-

pe nalty of exp uls ion to use in the tre atm

.
,

,en t of human
ailments the most innoce n t n atural r emedies Th e .

giv ing of an e nem a or the commo n sense regul atio n o f

,
-

diet are regarded as sufii cient to n ullify the power o f

their metaphysic al f orm ulas and to pr ev ent the working
’
of N ature s he al ing forces .

O ne of our pati en ts who had bee n u n der su ch trea t

me nt un til she w as in a dying condition told us after ,

w ard s th at her bowel s often did n ot move for a wee k ,

“ ”
an d th at whe n she compla in ed to her
,
heale r abo ut
this co ndition and asked permission to take an e nema ,
“
he an swered her : Pay n o atte n tio n The Lord is .

”
taking c ar e of th at in some othe r w ay .

The man who said this had been a prom inen t a ll o

“ ”
pathic physici an before he t ur n ed he aler He too .
, ,

like so many others i gn oran t of N ature s simple la ws '

,

had sw un g from one extreme to the othe r from all o ,

pathic overd oin g to metaphysical under doin g I n this .

“ ” ’
ins tan ce the Lord took ca re of the pa tie nt s bowels
,

until she w as taken d own with a se ve r e attack of

appen di c itis an d perito niti s

Am idst all the ex tr em re points the com

.

es, N atu re cu

n ons ense middle way Bas i n g i ts teach in gs and its

.

practice s on a cle ar un derstand ing ofthe laws of heal th ,

disease and c ure it refr ain s fr om suppressin g ac ute

, ,

diseases with poiso no us drugs or the kn ife r ealizi n g ,

that they are in re ality N ature s cle ansi n g and healing ’

efl or ts .Neither does it sit id ly by and expect th e

Lord or metaphysic al form ul as or the medicin e bottle
, ,

an d the kn ife to do our work and to make good for

,

ou
’
r violations of Nature s laws .

Underst an ding the Law Nature Cure believes in co ,

o
 now sea mw e PRAY ?
.
41 3

O perating with the law : in givin g the Lord a h elping

“
han d It teaches th at God helps him who helps him
.

se lf, that He will not become an gr y an d refuse His

help if His chil dre n use rightly the r eason the W ill ,

powe r and the self con trol wi th which he has endowed

,
-

them so that they may a chi eve their own salvation

, .

Natu r e Cure from begin ni ng to en d is one grand ,

true prayer It te ache s The Law on all pl an es of

.

being the physical the mental the moral and the sp ir

, , , ,

itu al ; and it in si sts tha t the o n ly w ay to attain perfect

health of body min d an d so ul is to comply with the

, ,

law to the best of our ability W hen w e do tha t, w e

.

ge
'
nt and v ol ntar y co-Ou
perati on w i th the law s of our

“
Therefo r e we pray : Father give me of Thy stre n gth
,

that I may live in h armony with Thy law for th us ,

”
only will all good come to me .
II I I I O RELAX ATI ON AND N ORMA L
‘ ' '
BU G
GES TI ON

DER the t i of work a day h urr y and

s ra n - -

ou r n erve vibr atio ns ar e ap t to becom e mo re

‘

“
or e in te n se an d excited . They r un a w a y with
u
“
n til as
, t h e sa yi n g goes you are
, flyi n g all to

cdi llust r ati on of this condition of th e n e rv o us

may b e foun d in a te am of horses sh yi n g at
b j ec t in th ei r p ath. The drive r pan ic s tri c k en
,
-

D
pp ed th e r ei,
n s th e fri ght en e d horse s h a ve t a k en
8 b et w een thei r t eeth a n d ar e d ashi n g h e a d l on g
.

the r oad un ti l th ei r m ast er re gain s c on tr ol

, ,
41 6 NATUR E u
c ss

Sit upright in a comfortable chair witho ut str a in or

tension spine and hea d erect the leg for in g r ight
, , m
angles with the thigh s ( the chair should be n eith e r too
high nor too low ) fe et r e sting firmly upon th e fl oor
,

toes pointin g s lightly o utward the forearm

,

s re sti ng ,

lightly upon the legs with the hand s upo n th e kn ees .

This m ust be accomplished with out efior t for efi or t

“ ”
,
“ ”
means tension .

Dismiss all thoughts O f hurry c are worry o r fear , , ,

an d dwell upon the following thoughts :

“
I amnow com plete ly relax ed ln body a nd i n d I m
amr ecepti ve to N atu r e s harm
.

oni ou ’
s and inv igor atin g

ev er y br eath per vading m

. y w hol e b eing .

Repeat these tho ughts mentally or if it h elps you , ,

say them aloud several times qui etly and fo rc efully ,

impressin g themdeeply upon your inn er consc io usn ess

,

Afte r practicin g re laxation in this ma nn er li e d ow n ,

for a few mi nutes re st if cir c ums tan ces pe r mit or

’
, ,
“ ”
prac tice rhythmical bre athin g ( see Chapte r XXX ,

page The n return to yo ur wo r k and end ea v or to

m ain tain a c alm trus tful c on trolled atti tude o f m
, , ind .

If youar e inclined to be irritable suspicious j e a lous , , ,

fau lt fin din g e nvi ou

,
s etc dwell on the fo ll ow ing
, .
,

th ought pi c tur e s
-

I amnow fu
“
lly r elax ed at rest and at pes ce The .

w or ld is an echo I f I send for th h ritabh l nspi oi ous,

r n to m
.

hatefu l thought vi br ati ons the li k e w i ll retu

-
, e

The mm l send for th l -on ths mor s l amllh fl od

 RE LAXATI O N AND N OR MAL SUGG ES TI ON 41 7

the mo e of lo
r ve w i ll G od and men retur n to m; the e

strength. and tr u e success .

B el m tlon B efore G otng to sleep.

When ready to go to sleep lie flat on yo ur back so , ,

that as n early as poss ible every p art of the spin e

to uch es the bed exte nd the arms alon g the sides of
,

the body h ands turned upward palms open every

, , ,

m uscle rel axed .

Dismi ss all tho ughts of w ork annoy ance or anxiety

I amnow going to sleep eonndly
, , .

“
Say to you r self:

and peacef ulb I amm aster ofmy b ody v m lnd nd m m

my me
.

eo ul . N othing evil shall distu

rb .

fr eehed. str ong i n body and mind I nhall m t to ee

m m
.

task s and du
"
p t and ser enely
'
arr ow e tiee p o t vr .

Si mple this form ula m

as ay seem it has hel ped cure ,

many a case of persi stent insomnia and nervo us pros

tr ation .

Havin g th us set yo ur m en tal alarm clock with a ,

few times p r acti ce youwi ll b e ab le to wake up witho ut ,

bein g called at the appo int ed tim e an d to demonstr ate

,

to yourse lf the powe r of yo ur min d ove r yo ur body .

The q uality of yo ur sleep and its efiec t upo n your

sys tem depen d on th e ch ar a cte r of the menta l an d

psychic vibrations ca rr ied in to it If you h ar bor .

thoughts of passi on w orry or fe ar these destr uctiv e

, , ,

th ought vibrati ons will disturb your sl umbe r s and you

-

will aw ake n in the morni ng we ak and tired .

If however you repe at me n tally a formula like the

, ,

above suggesting harmonious co nstr uctive th oughts

, , ,

until you lose conscio usn ess you will carry in to your ,

sl umbers vibrations of rest health and strength pro , , ,

 N ATUR E CURB

r a perfectly rel axed con diti on o f body an d m in d

a ttain ed it is n ot n ecessary to rem
, ai n ly ing
ack Any position of the body may th en b e
.

which seems most restful .

fr equently ask what position of th e b ody

sleep It is not good to lie con ti n uo usly
Th is te n ds to cause unsymme trical
.

one positi o n .

ent of the di fier ent parts of the body a n d to ,

the functi ons of various or gan s It .

to ch ange occasionally from one posi ti on to

as b odily comfort seem s to in dicate and r eq uire .

y persons fr et an d w o rry if sleep does n ot c o m e

zkly as desired Th ey picture to themsel v es in
.

1:colors the dir e r es u lts of w akefuln ess.

l a s tate of mind makes sleep impo ssibl e If

ed in it will in evitably lead to chronic ins o m
.

, n ia .

i nd ul gi ng in h urtful worry say t o y our

,

n ot c ar e whether I sleep or not ! T h ough

420 s u m cus s
health and these depend upon natural living and
,

natural tre atme nt of h uman ailments .

The Str engthening of W ill Pow er -

and Self Contr ol
-

If I were asked th e q uestion : Wh at do youcomider

the greatest benefit to be derived fr om the Nature (hi r e
”
regimen ? I sho uld answer : The strengthening of

This is the very p urpose of life U po nit depe nds all .

“
furthe r achievement . Self control is the
-
master s '

”
key to all higher developmen t on the mental mora l , ,

and spiritu al planes of being ; b ut before we can ex er

cise it on the highe r pl anes we m ust have le arn ed to
,

app ly it on the lower lan e in the m ana gement and con

p ,

trol of our physical appetites and h abits When we have .

"
le arn ed to con tr ol t hese higher development w ill
,

come easy .

A good method for strengthenin g the will power is -

au to suggestion The most opportune mom

-
ents in the
twenty four h ours of the day for prac ticin g this m
.

“
-
en
”
tal m agic ar e tho se b efore droppin g to sleep At this .

time there is the le ast dis turb ance and i nterference from
outside infl uen ces the min d is most passive and m
m
,

c ep ti b le to su ggestio n and im essions made und er

,

“
these favo r able con ditions upon the pho nograph re c
”
ords of the sub cons ci ous min d are the most lastin g
-

an d the most powerfu l to contro l physical m ental an d , ,

moral activities .

When th oroughly relaxed at rest an d at peac e say

, , ,
“
to your self : Wh atever d uties confro nt me tomorrow ,

I shall exec ute thempromptly without waverin g or hee ,

itation I shall not give in to this bad habit whi ch has

.
 nsnax a rtos A ND
'
N ORMAL sucossr xos 42 1

bee n controllin g me I sh all do th at only of which r ea

.

”
son and conscience approve .

I n order to be m ore specific and sys tematic and to

ob tain resu lts more sur ely and quickly concentr ate
m
,

upon one w eakness at a ti e When that has been over .

c ome take up another one until in this way youhave

, ,

a tt ain ed perfect con trol over yo u r tho ughts feelings , ,

a nd acti ons .

Suppose youh ave acqu ired the habit of r emaining in

b ed and dozi n g after yo ur m en tal alarm clock has given ~

its sign al to aris e , and you drea d the efior t of goin g

through your morning ex erc ise s and abluti ons The n .
,

the night before impress upon the suMonsc ious mind

,
“
deeply and firmly the followin g suggesti ons : Tom or
row m or nin g on awake n in g I shall j ump out of bed
, ,

with out hesitatio n an d go thro ugh my mornin g ex er

”
cises with zest an d vigor .

Or suppose you ar e subj ect to the fear and worry

,

h abit Say to yourself : Tomor row or any time the r e

.
“

after whe n depress in g gl oomy thoughts threaten to

,

c on tr ol me I shall overcome them with tho ughts ofhope

,

a nd faith and with abs ol u

, te co nfidence in the divine
powe r of the will within m e to overcom e and to
”
ach ieve .

I n this mann e r youmay gi ve the sub consci ous min d -

suggestions and impressio ns for overcomin g bad habits

and for establishing and strength enin g good hab its
If a serious problemis co nfro ntin g you and you are
.

un able to solve it to your satisfaction thin k upon it ,

j ust before youare droppin g of f to sleep and con fidently

demand that the right sol ution come to you during the
h ours of rest The inner co nsciousness is always awake
. .

It is the watchman who awak ens you at the appoi nted

,
422 u
N A T URE c s s

tim e in the m orning It will work upon your pr ob l em

.

while your physic al brain is as leep In this li es th e

.

p sycholo gical justifica tio n for the pop u

l ar ph r ase
“
Befor e I decide the matter I ll sleep over it
’
.

I n the practice of M en tal Magic as in everythin g

“
,

else su
, ccess depends upon pati ence and perseverance I t.

w ou ld be entirely useless to go th r ough these m en ta l

drills occasionally and in a d esulto r y fashion ; but if
per sisted in faithfully an d intelligently they will prov e
,

tr u ly ma gical in their efiects upon the developmen t of

will power and selfcontrol and on these depen d th e
- -
,

maste r y of con ditions within and without the conq ues t

,

offate and destin y .

Thie the me esage l wo u
ld br ing you,

When you lea m to li ve as N at m

I n her ten der , lov ing kin dnees,

M eant that men sh o uld live and labor ,

W e you e
h n l ar n to s hun the by w ays
~

Lea di ng OK to vi ci ous habi ts,

When you lear n to keep your body
S trong and clean and pure and active ,

G ive it w or k in r ight o
p p
r or ti on,

G ive i t ai r , an d food ,
and w ater ,
 For the benefi t of th ose pa ti en ts li vi n g
at a d istance w ho cannot
com to our
e m
i ns ti tuti on for treat en t. w e h ave d ev ised a co p lete m
c atem of

Na tur e C ur e By Mil a .

Peop le are si ck of dr us th e onl su g — y

ppr ess th e s pto s of d iay ym m
case, b ut do not re ove th e ca u m
ses T h e onl w ay to per ect hea l th .
. y f
g
stren th. an d beau t i s to be ound by f
li vi n in accord a nce w i th N a y g
tu
'
re s law s . and i n

N a tur a l M thod e s of He a lin g .

N ature is v er y libera l in h er pr ovi si ons for th e recover of h ealth y

my y m m m
,

but not any s ingle one of the an s ste of trea t en t can clai to
be ex cl us i vely

Th e T r ue N a tur e C ur e .

Ph ysi cal Cultur e O steopath .

. y M g
assa e. C h i ropracti c, V e etar ian and g
g
Ra w Bood Di et, F astin , W a ter Cur e ( H d ropa th ) . S u
‘
n and Air y y
g—
o

B a ths . V ibr ati on. Mg

a neti s . S u esti on, m gg
en ta l Heali n a ll th ese M
a re good : all h ave per for ed rea l cu m
res, b ut no si n le one w i ll cu re g
a ll di seases g
T he r i h t w ay is to sel ect and co bi ne the di fferen t m
m m
.

eth ods to su i t th e i ndi vi d ual cas e and th e environ ent and na tu re

of the pa ti en t That i s w ha t w e d o
. Fro a ca reful diaznoeis and
. m
stu y
d of ou y
r case w e devi se w h at is

T he Ri ght N a tur e C ur e for Y ou .

Ou r mthods
e are si mple p leasa nt. easil y und erstood and can he
melf under
. .

gently uccess fully a p plied b y ou

um
in telli and s th e pa tient hi s r
s y stemof N atur e C m M u
s ca t by

We sh a ll not confin e ourselves to gi ving you a li m

.

i ted cour se of
instr u ctions and th en aband on you to you r f a te We sh all stay in .

cons tant tou ch w i th you b e you r ad v iser on dou

. btful q uesti ons and
d uri ng th e cr itical period s ( heali ng c ri ses ) w h ich a re certain to de
velop u nder th e i nfl uence of h ygi eni c
“
na tu li v i ng and tr eatm
"
r al , en t .

In s hor t. w e propose to b e

Y our G ui de on th e Roa d to He a lth .

For fur ther f mation

in or addr ess :

Dr LINDLAHR S SANITARlU
.
’
M
C or re sp on den ce De p a r t mn te .

5 2 5 5 2 9 S A s hlan d Blv d
- . . C HICAG O , ILL
423 RE F ERE N CE max
Foot bath 31 6 hath ars foot 31 7; —
31 6 ; B
Water tread i 31
,
— Foot 3 7;
1 —Par tial a ti ons
,

3 1 7; L
—
im b n
ha g
: 3 1 8 ;
—L ow er
—
b a th 3 1 8 ;
—H i b a th ,
,

318 M or n cold r u b 3 1 9 3 20
'

E si ts
—Head bath 20 to 222 — sye bath 2 22
,
— The fr i cti on
, ’ ,
’

b
a nor ml a co mposition of
an d L p r i m a ca se of u
mpo i tio“n
.

B an d L
—
si o . .

B azaar O u health brea d,

m
r
B as ar a e E x as oxs ss ( see C u nA s Gu n m a n ia tr eat m —
ment of ch r o n i c d i s a
e se , s 2 1 2 — Oorrect, Cha pter XXX, 33 0
to 34 1 — The proc ess of, 33 0, 3 3 1 B s d effects of shallow ,
—
-

3 3 1 , 3 32 G ener al directions for 33 2 , 33 3

-

— :
T he p ro
stan ding for , 3 33 , 3 3 4 8 peci al B ex er c ises,
—
.

I nter nal

m
to 3 38 ; b ed , 3 3 8 Dia ti c , 33 6 , 33 7;
m
-

massage ex er c ises, 3 3 7, 3 3 8 ; t h i ca l 33 8 3 3 9
alter nate b reath, 3 3 9 , 340;
y ,

3 3 9 to 3 4 1 ;
, ;
Li fe for ce —
Bu
Hu
absor bed in br as 11
sw sas vs
n ts man —2 87
.
- 1
m
“ to 3 4 1 .

mm m —
.

Cancun ( 8 Gu ) , Causes of, 296 to 298

mm m
—
.
,

Ca ercu ry, 2 1 9
— is
Cantat a Causes “, 68 to 70; Chapter XI on Gancsr , 1 06
.

c nsti tu t i l, t lo a di e se,
l 1 0 6, 1 0 8 — retu rns af ter
—
o o n a n o a c s a
e i pa
x t r t io n 1 0 6 ;
— Dr Sea n on Cancer , ca uss d
—
.
,

au “) oper ati ons, 1 07 1 08 Discover ies of Dr B C

—
r

M a
°

m
. . .

err bearing on, and eat eati ng, 1 1 0,

— m —
111
u mm
nat r al
Can . ( Vac u
N atural tre t e t o ,
u
a
ethods of tr eat ent, 1 1 3
n

An n e“, H an an
f 1 1 3 B ona5 de cu
m
—
r es ol C
.

H ealth an d disease resi

.

den t in cell, 40; Descr i ption — I nilow of vital for ce —

— u m d

Ea
i nto, 40 p r o li f er s t io n n d e r is cr o sc 1 08 ;
an d tu o m
1 08, 1 09 ,
1 74 ; ia —
lo disease, 20 to 2 1 0
—
°

to 2 1 0 negative, m
ind pos itive, 402 to 405 .

Canaan Poona, 278, 2 79

M m—
.

Cru se or e s 0 acr a e en li st ing inc idental to C

i ? W
.

not na tu ra 1 not necessary,

of, 1 20, 1 2 1 — N atnral treat ent of ail en
m
Unnatur al tr eat ent of ail ents of, 1 23 , m
m m
1 3; M
m
Ge r an s 3 6 1 to 3 63 Differ enee betw een —
—
and C ate
o athi c treat ent, 3 6 1 to 3 6 3 ;
pN ature Cure ” 3 64 to 3 66
m Difl erenco bstw esn 0 and .

m
.

Ca er a s 80n ncs , “ Ther e is no disease ', 3 7

-
” 1 he
' ' ° -

dissass deni ed by o s i s in reali ty the cu r e, 3 8l

m m M
. . .

ar c us
Gn o e An na En r o n os “ S ea ”
or
m
s
— m
-

or Di ssass s , 88 ; of pneu on ia tr eated w i th

go w t t d t y h o id f 92 o f n g i
.
— -
g
i
r e a e p e v er , ; e t
ti rp t on of tonsils and adenoids, 1 03 to 1 06 .
 m m mo a as ss 429

Gn m o D — Chapter XIX, 203 to 21 3 ; N atur e ‘

e i an n a, 1 ;9
—
Cur e defini tion of 203 204 ; ea used by suppressi n
”
— r al tr eatm ent g ? 210
, ,

205 ; T11e cell in 205 to 2 1 0; N atu

Difl er ence betw een treatm
-

—
,

to 2 1 3 ent of acu te and 250 25 1

01 1 1 03 012 12 1 1 os Ca sem mra n— Porsom
.
, ,
o Qu ue 3 3
v mzar xos f Ar tifleiality of 69 ;
, , .

Di senaa of 69 70
Cus smoan ox or Foa m1 1: ba cau s 2 74 275
-
, ' , , .

—
, , .

W e is health 2 09
, , .

Con n 277
Cow s Canons Car m a Drug treatm
, .

— ent 61 6 2 — Catch
,

of a cold 85 ; —
,
I cub ti o pe iod
n 85 — ;
u i1 i
y gn
,

—
a n r ; p r
orts of na tu re ; —hou
,

se clean ings 86 N s tu r al cu re , ,

Con st ant a —Local C

in acu te diseases, 1 40, 1 41
—
. .

Con sorous s s aa, Eatensi ou of, 3 4 .

XXXVI I , 3 9 3 to

mm mN m
3 9 7; of, 3 9 3
Comm arm
.

-
a n w za
m mon
.

Co r
-
Intelligent C . w u
i th at r e the na t ral u

01 , 21 4 ; —The la w

3 42 to 353 ; —Physi

3 45 to 3 4 8 ;
—8uppl mut e e a ry es er ci ses,
348 to —
35 1 ; 8 pecn l
'

es srcises for redu

ci ng fl eah an d strengtheni ng abdn minal or

—
n
g
—M ethods
a s
f m
,

GUur i ti on of, 20 ;
Dsh of C in con or i ty ith con
—
w
res m M
.

ucti v e p i tzi l i N atur e 20; Cu ade by etaphysi

x -
ll 7 rg pg;
,

m m
O u'
, stive, not c r ati ve, u 1 18 .

Dannau —S up
—
n f rossica

m m P m um m
u
m
D
u
n n Pear
o
F um l
D ea osrs aom
s a w N ar
ate or
D uncalled
.

l 7 to 28
for ,

E r a, 74, 252 to 25 5 ; w hat i t

%1 .

—
reveals, 74
—
.

Duos osxsr N ecsssi t ol cor rect, 2 5 1 to 25 5 Osteopathic , 25 1 ,

— m fi
-

m
25 2 tr o the ’ e, 25 2 to 255
—
.

Dra Su f 6 4
m m
o
m—
p , .

Dur an ce ene a ( Du 2 74, 2 75

m —
a as .

D r as sur a nti tox i n, C hapter 1 81 ; Destructive af ter

sas eta of antitox i n treat ent, 1 81 to 1 89 ;
‘
Myster ious m
nois e
"
of anti tox i n tr eat ent descr i bed Dr Osler m
— m —
. .

1 84 N atural tr eat ent of, 1 85 to 1 cured by

astu ral treat eat, 1 89 , 1 90 m .
 REFEREN CE I N D EX

W
29 ; —
D e fl n i ti on
not acci den tal nor ar hi
—
Hereditar y, 33 y N egative, di stu
to

r
o r der ly la w fu l

36 — Dr i
—
30; an
m
m
ary ca u ses of, 4 1 , 42 — entsl an e oti onal i adu en cea M m
upon , 43 ; H er edi — , 46 , 4 7

m
.

Drea 01113 2 8 , 20 ; nition an d descr i ption of, 2 1 4 to 2 20

D ifi eren ce betw een D C and healing cr ises, 2 1 4 to 2 1 7,
'

. .

The law of 2 24 , 2 25 .

Do w : N svn 223 , 2 4 9
Dumas 11 1 11 001 : D i seas es 1 3 0
.

oxsormm4 1 — , .

D av e D Why do allopathic prescr i ptions conta in

—r maled in the i r i s of the eye
,

vir u le t po so l
n i ns 5 7 o
t 5 9 ;
1 5 8 ; —M
, ,

any chr onic i ncur able di seases due to ,

—
Daooa V s H ealin g Cr ises 2 1 8 to 22 0
.
,
.

—
Does, 2 77
m
.

Ensc on r f 25 ; a secon dary force, 2 90, 29 1

mm m
-
.

E an oa Methods w hich r o ote, 35

mm mu
-
.

E i tor i os u. f cas ( see

"
1 11 1. I sth s )
m —
.

u
B r a ia acute diseases, 1 41 .

1 04 .

spondc ncs w atch,

28, 29
—
to
mu—N
.

E atu re u C
r e conception of, 2 9 , 229 to 23 1 ; cor r ective i n
u
p p r o se 2 9 R s i t n o t 2 29 to 23 1
—Ab ; e s
m —
-

, , .

Fur ry solu te P
related to hypn oti s , 270 w ithou t w or s, °
k
—
.

dangaro 3 73 to 3 77 s hou ld be ou nde on reason , 277; f d

o —
Ra ti o j usti fied, 385 to 3 89 ; and increased i nflow —
of v i tal f
orce, 401 , 402
m— m —
.

F a r ed for eli i nat 35 in acute diseases, 1 3 1

‘

How to
m
-

XX
—
hr es k a fast, 1 3 3 pte r
°
V I I 30 1 t0 309 ; a ethod
—
-
,
3 01 ; w hen not in di cated, 301 to 3 09 w hen
to 3 1 0 ; cs u se of a nor al
p
—
syc his , 3 03 , b m m
3 04 ; H ow to fast, 3 05 , 306 ; in chro
-
ni c d1 s aes 3 07 to — m
3 1 0; —ia acu te di seas es and bealing cr ises, 6 How .

3 07 to 3 1 0
m
.

infl u ence of F co ared to f r eesing,

— p b
.

i ti u nd secretions o the d 401

—
o o o
mm
n e s a
m p s s ss y ,
.

Pa ( see I n r w a ) a s econd a ry ca use of disease, 3 3 ;

m m
,

C
P m
ardi nal sy pto s
—
oe B ight and w rong co ination of F mb hle for health
'

— m
.

—
or disease, 4 1 Deflcisncy of ti ve ele ents in,
°

41 °
C lassification diagr a s of, 74 to 2 77; m is i ng star ches -
M
and aci d ru f
i ts, 2 85
mm —
.

h u B r ui ns 282 to 284

M m
u uw or w n
Pomm r u uw s m m , 55
w
.

nss or fl mmDM m
433 m m o mom e s

XXVI II 3 1 2 t0 3 23 ; —G ood efl scts ol ,

i
,

of cold w ater appl ca

—
Ba v ar i an — f m
5 ; Law
s or
of
of —l t d t
314 .

re a s o a solub
te
2 70 -
Pow er m
de onstr ated by, 406 ,

B r en n a, 1 04
mo e an
.

I an Pa nt s, 88 to 9 1 °
r than poison ou
p ressi ve s
m
-

( aN tu r a l ), 4 8 o w to i n a tu r al, 4 9 ,
b y practical testa 5 1 , 5 2 tion of, 2 1 6
'

m m —
.

uw s w onds ry cause ot disease, “ constructi ve, '

a
—
-

destr u ctiv 5 6 R —
ational treat ent of, 5 6 , 5 7, 6 4 ; m '
l h
—
e
e ,
’7 t0 81 ;
;
The five sta ges of, 80 t0 4 ; 8 — Ex ci ti ng
wg
a en ts o f, 7 8 ;
— m
C o p a r iso n o f rs in ho u se t o r e p a ir s
in body du r i ng thi rd stage, 88 ; ects of su r io n d u
— pp e ss r
in first tw o stages of, 84 8uppress ion dur ing thir d stag
g 87 —Suppression during ourth and fi th stages of 9 f f ;
I nso x ur Bu — s i o o f 65 H o to — ca b l n ti o I
rg pp r e a n , w r e y re a a , .

l 41 8
hu m an anuel E
M m otes ,
m m m —
.

l u en os Cns o c l oo s e o a s
r s n Pl 3 3 ; How inor gani c 1
. .

show s i n the ir is, 1 6 4

—
.

I on s, Electric, 25
[ w s .—H ow inorgani c I
show s i n the ir is, 1 6 4
. .

"
C "
so as I s l r so Hi s Far s i , 246
m—
I s 711 1 HRO N IC -

m
.

T
I n an s so a b to be cu L red by na tu ral ethods, 2 4 1
mm —
.

I r on os 8 P ( 8n eon )
m mm — —C
, .

I r on 8 l us, au ses of
m
,
naau n
“ ”
Ka Oau se ot, 297
m m
, .

m
Ra H Ban ana s, 1 6 2
m— —
.

La LThe is one,
.
, ’ U , a n d c o n tin u i ty o f, 3 9 7
D N
efinition of atu r al L u, 39 7
m—
Law or Cs s s , H thy and the, 1 77
—
.

Law or Du n . Br n o 6 t o 6 1 D
ual sh ot of cold w ater , 60
—D
s
m
,

ual efl ect of sti ulants , 60 Dus l efl ect of

—
u —
-

and sleep , 6 1 ,
m
1 al e8 ect of dr ugs,
; ; — 62 , its relation

—
m
to ho eopathy, 6 1 76 1 7 ; i n its ation to allopath y.
1 76, 1 77, is hydrotherapy 3 1 3 to 3 1 5
m m— u
.

L s w e a s s u es a r du al e ects u ff
t h
—A
an i
-
p o n e sy s n
61 cti on of , 21 9
—
IA sting efl ects of, 220
,

m
°

Ca
.

L su s ( see uc asus )

W
ooc

mm
.

or 66 to 1 1 2 in healing cr ises 66
°

— h
-
.

k
2 5 V i l i t 2 i
4
— ; t w n o e p t o n o

mm
, ,

f
24
3 — is vi brs tory.
2
orce, 29 1 .

—A
[ 10 healin 2 u
5
natu
—
mC
ttitude of
’
rae , 26 S aience tow ar d, 26
m m
.

Locu : r u A au ses of, 72 to 74 ; Rational tr eat ent-

of, cu b
ra ili ty of,
—
-

M m N u “
e t al, 3 6 s o t o i
ll g,
— 86 D ifi n e b
a n ~
e
-
r ; -
s c r n ’ e re e o
e
w ean
3 7;
.
mMa
bh w d actu
a int in,
d 3 3 I nflu
a ”b
ence of N atu re Ou re on ,
 REFE RE N CE IND EX 433

m
L oss ( see S vr n s )
Lu mw on Di ar ucsu
.

cr m mu
a“
x ar sN r s o ers os
rn Bos ss,

1 05
ro ( W m — —M
.

Mau AND BLACK ) A , ctive pr inci ples i n, 1 75 ental,

mm mo
420 to 4 2 2
Tu
—E d
a
.

n n el? 3 55 to 3 5 7; —I M T s .

contr olled
. w eakeni
by fi
f 355 ,
f35 7
m
3 57; lectr ic an is ener
M —
.

a seco 290, 1
m
ar i a
M Am m» (
area, .

N u r roN )
muN uum T m (
an o : see
-
.

se on oas see C a non ) 07, 1 09 to 1 1 1

at ral tr ea t ent of, 1 13 ; u
c rse of M by T
u m
. .

“ m mC u
—
nat r al eth ods, 1 1 3 .

a se of, 9 2, 93
—Mae
.

I ,
3 5 4 to 36 7
3 55 to 3 5 7 -
0ste

36 1 to 3 63 .

mm —
a
4 19
m
is the trea t ent of chr oni c diseases. 2 1 2 ;
.

— im as ~

b anch of natu m
Mm
o tant r r al tr eat ent, 3 5 4 , 3 55
—p r
m
.

a not necessar ily a i rac le w orker . 3 9 5, 39 6 .

Osler
m
,
Re
edi es, 1 62
M —
1 21 ; C ~ ation
.

aser Physiolo functions of, of M in

—means
-

m
.

Cli acter ic of pui fication 1 2 1 1 22

121 ;
K l i mt m—
r
M
, , .

er ri a thei rel tionshi p to h lth and disuse

r
43 ; —1 m tan e of ight m
a ea
motional atti tude in
.
,
r ent l
c nd r a a e
acu te 1 4 6 to 1 50; — Importanc of right m enta l e
a nd em otional ttitude on th pa t of f i nd nd relati e
tient 1 50 to 1 5 2 —D
a e r r e s a v s
of the Osle on m ental t os r r
’

th t e tm
, .
,
156 ; ent of hronic
e r a 213 ; t o
c w
fold attitude of m i nd nd sou l Chapter a3 85 to 389 ;
tr ansm
,

uted into p c l con ditions 3 99 to 462

Mu m T un amr i cs apte XXXVI II 39 8 to 407; 1 rue
-
a , .

‘ ‘
r
min of 407—
-
. , ,
do
umns
a .

“
,

col , 33 ; E fl ects of, 98, 99 ; -

Dutr ucti ve atten d ants
434 REFERE NCE IND EX

Ma scara—People w ould rather be

taki ng per sonal effor t 383 384
constr u cti ve l 3 9 5 39 6 — ver sus
, ,
, ,

“ "
self contr ol 3 9 5 to 39 7 A M aster not n ecessar ily a
mi rac le w orker 39 5 3 96
- -
,

M081 0 Rom i
— mental motion
, , .

corr espondence i th and

?
w e al

proc gg
Namu monst ati ng mnt l sci ence, 405, 4 06
Nu m
ON e r e a .

b Law Defin iti on of, 39 7

N m — — m
-
f .

a ax. Di r ty in acu 3
te di seases, 1 29 , 1 0 I portan
l 68 ; —N atural dietetics, Chapter XX 2 71 to 288 é °

m
on che ical co posi tion of m 2 71 ; —Basi c ri nciples of,
2 71 to h I f —m
N i n the b a u en t of dis g
g po r tance o
u
.

eases,
Nar uan Dur an 2 76 to 288
Msr nons or LivumAND mm
. .
,

N uns“ or T r r, 2 2, 34
M
.

Na m %— 22 ;
1 n , 1 80
a. m— m
.

Ele entary, 22 ; Che i eal, 2 2

M ental and spir i tual, 22 ; in acute di seases, 1 2 7
— m
—
m
ito che i cal, 1 6 1 , 1 6 2 ; Knei pp H er b, 1 6 2 —
—
-

m
.

NATURE W t. efiect u p o n fu t ur e ge n era tions 1 6 C ate ch is

and defini tions of , 1 7 to 23 ;
,
is confor ity w i th constr u — cti v e m
u y —
— pp r i
—
n
is
ci le i n na t r
ca, 1 88 ;
e, 2 2 ; i ts hi sto r i
one grand pr ayer , 4 1 2 4 1
n 1 87, 1 88 ;

m m — m
Nuns: c Do fro an allopathic aut or ity, or h
mm m m
e
m — m
.

N noar Co en ts, Pa r esan , M a as“ , Moan “ , ar

m —
r
u v f C ausas of, 40. 4 1
M m — m
.

ana a Su i t t t f 65
“ m
pp res s ve re a e n o
m
, .

Naw b fi i l h ful 73 to 3 75
—
3
mM
ca p en e c a , a r , .

N oeu o
”p m 9
6
9 8; w hen posi ti ve does
2k —
m
, ’ 7 0

Nasi n i . cs N a Definitions or, 1 8, 28, 20 .

N or a. 2 70 .

f 36 3 . 269

mm —
a
288
a ( hir es of
.
r N or of, 2 29 to 23 1 .

LN 1 0
KATI E
PG BN
m H mu —illut
a, N, s r a ting

mom
3 9
—Ob di
g p
1 o w ers, .

th e only, 29
mon D mn —288
e ence .

v, , 289 .

or on Sw uses of 1 65
an C
n s ,—
s a .

secon dar y cau se of 33

—
.

u or N ATURE Conn i ts attitu tow ar d

.

59 to 1 6 2 ; — i ts concep tion of acute di sease, di fl er in g fr om

m
at of allopathy 2 2 1
m mm
.
,

w as , B uns en: P ow nsas , AI N Ka a, 0 P Hr»

or l es, E r c ,—their du
,
'
al action u p on th e r ai n a n d n e r vou s b
m
.

rate , 6 1
m —
.

Ju p , 29 ; sou rce of h ealth, dnesa of soul,

nd su ccess , 3 0, 3 1 ; — k ey to all hi g d
—
fi
as w hole law , 3 70, 3 71 ; loas of S C i n -

—
. .

dr y r ot ’
of the sou l, 3 70 ir acles 395 M
atr en en, 420 to 42 2 ; ecessi t of —N
C y -
.

br ea d 0 atu reN ur e, 4 1 9 C
— estr uctive s fi ects of, 9 8, 99
.

D
— —Im
.

ca u ses of poor 8 ac tion, 3 2 4 , 3 25 p tan ce of 8 as

or
m —
.

eath ca u D
.

or gan of eli ination, 3 26 , 3 27; sed b

y i n a c tiv ity
f 3 2 6 H o— t o h of 8 ho i n the i r i s , 3 25 H ow —
—
, ; w a r p y s w s .

r evi ve atr ophi ed , 3 2 7 to 3 2 9 ; a lso see hapter on H y dr O C

E
hy
p

m m m)
.

x, ( see V ac c ar N .
 RE FERE N CE m ax 437

mmati on 9 1
fia
Sm a rte M eets
.
,

of arti cial, 22 fi 2 23
—
-
r .

u
mm m
Bor cor w Es r ri O N s
'
8upp r essi on 66
f
.

Br n r r r or r s, er XXXV , 39 0 t0 39 2
D ram as )
.

( Lo s ) (
S t r ai
—8 o but
n
1 65 —
s
m 8m ( Boom m
s , see .

Ta : s C
a s) ,
s a lt lic s, 1 65 k e r
u du use of salt, 1 65
x
sc rvy e to excesllive to

m m m—
T oa
2 77
r
and

S
gsl

esai ve tr eat mmt of, 1 02 to 1 05 ; Function

z
-

qr p
-

m
O
mm —o a C au ses of, 1 05
m — m
.

Tu our Causes of, 1 09 , 1 1 0; N atural tr eat ent of, 1 1 3 ;

-

Bona ads cu u m
mmm m
r es of b y na t r a l e th ods 1 1 3
m —re oval of, 1 04
.
, ,

m
T Do
—
a
M m —
.

orn I ’ Supp ressive treat ent of, 9 2 N atur al tr eat” »

m
ent of, 93 , 94 , 1 55 to 1 5 7 — Efi cacy of “
N atur e W e
m
m m m
in tr eat ent of, 1 6 7
m— m m —
.

U or sn ss n l
' ‘
r , 32 77; Tebles illu strat
—
r
i hq 33 to 35 ; Tb e u nity of acu te diseases, 78 ; Unity
nt and l
'
de onstr ated in tr eat
‘
mnt of ali p ant tu ors , m m m
l
a Ad m— , a c ommon u
ca se of disease, 29 1 to 29 3 ; -
How

7
m —L m —L f
.

V i et n a 2 79 to 282 egu in ou s, 279 , 2 80; ea y and

—
.

How to coo 281 , 2 82 ;

-
Efi ect of coc k .

o 2 1 3 u it 2 84 285 f
m
n
m —
g n r a

m
;
—
.
, ,

V acuu » :D . ( see n ew . Dnrr ) , in chr oni c diseases, 21 0,

m 2 1 1 , 2 73 p Efi ects of a
m
ti ve, 305
—
.

au n ‘ 95 to 97,
qh
V s‘ r
cu r ahle, 96 ; S econd r and ter ti ar y st ges of vsy o .

m b y dr u oi o ni n 9 5 to 9 7
g p
—g’
s
m
.

r i oaf of the sick roo in acu te diseases,

V i our i oN or N m—
a
'
s Lawa —E fi ects on Physical H uman
Organismby mry
,

1 8; pr i a u
ca se of d iseasa, 3 3
Vi cam
.
,

m
,

V ir aa sf
 to increase, 3 39 to 3 41 , 400 to 402 ; Obstr u —
cti ons to
of, 401 , 4 02
m — — m
.

Vi r a r , L ow unn, 1 8 Causes of, 33 , 36 ; Co par ison of

L V to “h m
u an oulette , 3 9 ” — H ow can w e h or ses”,
—m
. . r
All of Chapter XXI V , 25 6 to 2 70; E ess of food and

m
dri nk low ers, 25 7, 25 8
m
.

Vrro oan a s, 1 6 1 , 1 6 2
Wasssauan Tsar , 9 7, 9 8 —w hen positive does not alw ays ih
-
.

dicate syp hi li s, 9 7, 9 8
— m —
.

W TC H , 8 n est b ed
A a li sh h ar o ic
n r elationshi p, 2 8, 29 4 or re
sp o n den e t
c o ca u ses o f s —
di ease, 3 2 ; a si ile to functi onal m
and or gan i c di sease, 3 79 , 3 80
m mm — m
.

War , D rsr har ful efi ects of, 3 06

m m m
, .

Wa AnoU r '
s Cn ao c l , Chapter XXII , 24 1 , 24 9
m m
.

W a r N ur s es C A c svns Rss u v r s, 2 4 7, 24 8
m
.

WILL Po , 420 to 4 2 2
m —
.

WO MAN S Sur n a e, Cha ter XI I , 1 1 5 not natur al, not neces

’

sary, 1 1 5 ;
— S i gn s o W S i n the i r is 1 1 5 1 1 6; Tr u—e
ses of, 1 1 6 , 1 1 7; —P esaar i es, 1 1 7
. .
, ,
cau
Woun,—Displace ent of W not alw ays as har ful as clai ed
m m m
.

— m
.

b y sur geons, 1 1 7 M isplace ents of W cur able by natural

m — m m
.

ethods, 1 1 7, 1 1 8 Osteopath ic tr eat ent of displace ent

of 1 1 9 —Chr onic after effects of su r gi cal t m
r eat ent for
m m
-

,
splace ents of, 1 1 9, 1 20 .
 The studen ts an d w or k er s of our sc hool and insti tuti on,
fur ther mor e ar e from the b egi nni ng engaged
, i n the pr acti cal
w or k of n u rsi ng the si ck an d tr eati n
g human ai l mm
ts .

in all the branches Nature Cur e mentioned in the cur riculum

of
i s especi ally su i ted for physi ci ans and nu rses The pr ice of .

thi s cour se i s $ 1 85 payab le i n ad v ance the students prov i ding

boar d and r oomat their ow n ex pense Courses i n any one or
, ,

more br anches of N atur e Cure gi ven by speci al arrangement

.

00 8 QU I ! C O M B FOB S TATE B O ARD M AW

Th ese u
co rses cov er the subj ects r eq ui red to pass any Health
Boar d ex am inati on in the U ni ted States .

Practi cin g physi cians w ho wish to r evi ew their studi es as

well as come i n touch w i th the law st methods of natural heal
i ng sho uld tak e thi s cour se .

Can di da tes for State Boar d ex ami n ation s, w he ther r ecen t

gr ad autes or not, will fin d li ttle tr ou le i n p assi n g these ex a

b m
i na ti ons a fter tak i ng our spec i al q ui z courses .

Osteopaths , c hi r op r ac tor s and dr ugless healers w h o desi r e to

prac ti ce in a uiri ng S tate B oar d ex am
S tate re q i nati on an d
li cense ar e prepar ed i n ou r sp ec ial qu i z cour ses to m eet anew

fully the deman ds of the ex ami ni ng boar ds, and ar e thus

enabled to pr ac ti ce thei r p ar ti cu lar m eth od s legally .

I n some S tates gr ad ua tes of n u rses

’
traini ng sc hools are now
req uir ed m
to pass an ex a i nati on by the S ta te ex a i ni ng boar ds m
“ ”
before they ar e all ow ed to regi ster as Tr ained Nurses Our .

speci al Quis r see for T r ai ned N urses fit the to pass in the m

req uir ed sub jects .

Detailed i nfor mti on

a concer n ing len gth of u
co rse an d r ates

w ill be gi ven af ter the appli c ant has been ex a mi ned as to hi s

edu cati onal statu s .

Bend for our College P ros p ec ttis

The Lin dla hr C ollege of Nat r e u Cure

52 5 529 8 As hla n d Blv d

-
. .
 LA N E ME D I C AL LI B R A R Y

T his book should be r etur ned on or befor e

m
the date last sta ped below .

—72 3 2 0